Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2015.

Registration No. 333-201058

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Summit Materials, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1400   47-1984212

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

(303) 893-0012

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Anne Lee Benedict, Esq.

Chief Legal Officer

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

(303) 893-0012

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Edgar J. Lewandowski, Esq.

Edward P. Tolley III, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 455-2000

 

Michael P. Kaplan, Esq.

Sophia Hudson, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

Amount to be
Registered(1)

Proposed

Maximum Offering

Price Per Share

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  25,555,555   $19.00(2)   $485,555,545   $56,422

 

 

(1) Includes 3,333,333 shares of Class A common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $11,620 of the registration fee, with respect to $100,000,000 of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price, in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated March 2, 2015

Preliminary Prospectus

22,222,222 Shares

 

LOGO

Summit Materials, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. No public market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We are offering all of the 22,222,222 shares of Class A common stock that are being offered in this offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share. We have been approved to list our shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “SUM.”

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will continue to own a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”

We were an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the federal securities laws, at the time we first publicly filed the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Accordingly, we are eligible for reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies through the effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Summary—Reduced Disclosure Requirements.”

Investing in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 22,222,222 shares of our Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 3,333,333 shares of our Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about             , 2015.

 

 

 

Citigroup    Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

  

Barclays

   Deutsche Bank Securities    RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Blackstone Capital Markets        
  BB&T Capital Markets      
    Stephens Inc.    
      Sterne Agee  
          Stifel   

The date of this prospectus is             , 2015.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     22   

Forward-Looking Statements

     40   

Market Data

     40   

Organizational Structure

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     48   

Dividend Policy

     49   

Capitalization

     50   

Dilution

     52   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     54   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     61   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63   

Business

     100   

Management

     122   
     Page  

Executive and Director Compensation

     129   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     151   

Principal Stockholders

     159   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     162   

Description of Capital Stock

     166   

Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     175   

Certain ERISA Considerations

     179   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     181   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     183   

Legal Matters

     192   

Experts

     192   

Where You Can Find More Information

     193   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

 

 

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional 3,333,333 shares of Class A common stock from us and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Financial Statement Presentation

This prospectus includes certain historical consolidated financial and other data for Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“Summit Holdings”). Summit Holdings will be considered our predecessor for financial reporting purposes. Summit Materials, Inc. will be the financial reporting entity following this offering of our Class A common stock. Summit Materials, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings, is the financial reporting entity with respect to our outstanding 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020 (the “senior notes”). The historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and for the three years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the historical consolidated balance sheet data of Summit Holdings as of December 31, 2011 from Summit Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, which is not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.


Table of Contents

This prospectus also includes an unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 27, 2014 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 27, 2014, which present our consolidated financial position and results of operations to give pro forma effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

Our fiscal year is based on a 52 to 53 week period, as applicable, commencing on the first day following the end of the prior fiscal year and ending on a Saturday.

You should read our selected historical consolidated financial data and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and the accompanying notes in conjunction with, and each is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the consolidated historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the financial and other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including information contained in “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Other than the inception balance sheet, the financial statements of Summit Materials, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity, has no business transactions or activities to date, has no capitalization, and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus.

Certain Definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires:

 

    “We,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and “Summit Materials” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Summit Materials, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Existing owners” and “pre-IPO owners” refer to the Sponsors and the other owners of Summit Holdings immediately prior to the Offering Transactions;

 

    “Summit Holdings” refers to Summit Materials Holdings L.P.;

 

    “Cornejo” refers collectively to Cornejo & Sons, L.L.C., C&S Group, Inc., Concrete Materials Company of Kansas, LLC and Cornejo Materials, Inc.;

 

    “Harper Contracting” refers collectively to substantially all the assets of Harper Contracting, Inc., Harper Sand and Gravel, Inc., Harper Excavating, Inc., Harper Ready Mix Company, Inc. and Harper Investments, Inc.;

 

    “Altaview Concrete” refers collectively to Altaview Concrete, LLC, Peak Construction Materials, LLC, Peak Management, L.C. and Wasatch Concrete Pumping, LLC;

 

    “RK Hall” refers collectively to R.K. Hall Construction, Ltd., RHMB Capital, L.L.C., Hall Materials, Ltd., B&H Contracting, L.P., RKH Capital, L.L.C. and SCS Materials, L.P.;

 

    “B&B” refers collectively to B&B Resources, Inc., Valley Ready Mix, Inc. and Salt Lake Sand & Gravel, Inc.;

 

    “Industrial Asphalt” refers collectively to Industrial Asphalt, LLC, Asphalt Paving Company of Austin, LLC, KBDJ, L.P. and all the assets of Apache Materials Transport, Inc.;

 

    “Ramming Paving” refers collectively to J.D. Ramming Paving Co., LLC, RTI Hot Mix, LLC, RTI Equipment Co., LLC and Ramming Transportation Co., LLC;

 

ii


Table of Contents
    “Norris” refers to Norris Quarries, LLC;

 

    “Kay & Kay” refers to certain assets of Kay & Kay Contracting, LLC;

 

    “Sandco” refers to certain assets of Sandco Inc.;

 

    “Lafarge” refers to Lafarge North America, Inc.;

 

    “Westroc” refers to Westroc, LLC;

 

    “Alleyton” refers collectively to Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alcomat, LLC and Alleyton Services Company, LLC, the surviving entities from the acquisition of Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP and certain assets of Barten Shephard Investments, LP;

 

    “Troy Vines” refers to Troy Vines, Incorporated;

 

    “Buckhorn Materials” refers to Buckhorn Materials, LLC, which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Buckhorn Materials LLC and Construction Materials Group LLC;

 

    “Canyon Redi-Mix” refers collectively to Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc. and CRM Mixers LP;

 

    “Mainland” refers to Mainland Sand & Gravel ULC, which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Rock Head Holdings Ltd., B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., Carlson Ventures Ltd., Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd. and Jamieson Quarries Ltd.;

 

    “Southwest Ready Mix” refers to Southwest Ready Mix, LLC;

 

    “Colorado County S&G” refers to Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd. and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C.;

 

    “Concrete Supply” refers to Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C. and Builders Choice Concrete Company of Missouri, L.L.C.;

 

    “Blackstone” refers to investment funds associated with or designated by The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliates;

 

    “Silverhawk” refers to certain investment funds affiliated with Silverhawk Summit, L.P.; and

 

    “Sponsors” refers to Blackstone and Silverhawk.

Defined terms above that relate to our completed acquisitions are in chronological order. See “Business—Acquisition History” for a table of acquisitions we have completed since August 2009.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Our Company

We are one of the fastest growing construction materials companies in the United States, with a 197% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 27, 2014, as compared to an average increase of approximately 38% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition more than five years ago, we have rapidly become a major participant in the U.S. construction materials industry. We believe that, by volume, we are a top 10 aggregates supplier, a top 25 cement producer and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. Our revenue in 2014 was $1.2 billion, with a net loss of $6.3 million. Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons as of December 27, 2014. In 2014, we sold 25.4 million tons of aggregates, 1.0 million tons of cement, 2.8 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete and 4.3 million tons of asphalt paving mix across our more than 200 sites and plants.

The rapid growth we have achieved over the last five years has been due in large part to our acquisitions, which we funded with equity commitments that our Sponsors and certain other investors made to Summit Holdings together with debt financing. During this period, we witnessed a cyclical decline and slow recovery in the private construction market and nominal growth in public infrastructure spending. However, the private construction market is beginning to rebound, which we believe signals the outset of a strong growth period in our industry and end markets. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this anticipated recovery in order to grow our business and reduce our leverage over time. As of December 27, 2014, our total indebtedness was approximately $1,064.9 million, or $765.0 million on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds.

The private construction market includes residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel market. According to the National Association of Home Builders, the number of total housing starts in the United States, a leading indicator for our residential business, is expected to grow 57% from 2013 to 2016. In addition, the Portland Cement Association (“PCA”) projects that spending in private nonresidential construction will grow 26% over the same period. The private construction market represented 56% of our revenue in 2014.

Public infrastructure, which includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects, has been a relatively stable portion of government budgets providing consistent demand to our industry and is projected by the PCA to grow approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase. Despite this projected

 

 

1


Table of Contents

growth, we do not believe it will be consistent across the United States, but will instead be concentrated in certain regions. The public infrastructure market represented 44% of our revenue in 2014.

In addition to the anticipated growth in our end markets, we expect higher volume and pricing in our core product categories. The PCA estimates that cement consumption will increase approximately 30% from 2013 to 2016, reflecting rising demand in the major end markets. At the same time, we believe that cement pricing will be driven higher by tightening production capacity in the United States, where the PCA projects consumption will exceed domestic cement capacity by 2017 driven by both increasing demand and by other capacity constraints arising from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (“NESHAP”) regulation for Portland Cement Plants (“PC-MACT”), with which compliance is generally required in 2015. Favorable market dynamics can also be seen in aggregates, where volumes decreased from 3.1 billion tons in 2006 to an estimated 2.1 billion tons in 2013, a 34% decline that has been offset by growth in the average price per ton, which increased from $7.37 in 2006 to an estimated $8.94 in 2013, a 21% increase, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. Consistent with these market trends, our cement and aggregates average pricing increased 6% and 2%, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014.

Historically, we have sought to supplement organic growth potential with acquisitions, by strategically targeting attractive, new markets or expanding in existing markets. We consider population trends, employment rates, competitive landscape, private construction outlook, public funding and various other factors prior to entering a new market. In addition to analyzing macroeconomic data, we seek to establish a top position in our local markets, which we believe supports our achieving sustainable organic growth and attractive returns. This positioning provides local economies of scale and synergies, which benefit our pricing, costs and profitability. We believe that each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market.

Our acquisition strategy, to date, has helped us to achieve scale and rapid growth, and we believe that significant opportunities remain for growth through acquisition. We estimate that approximately 65% of the U.S. construction materials market is privately owned. From this group, our senior management team maintains contact with over 300 private companies. These long-standing relationships, cultivated over decades, have been the primary source for our past acquisitions and, we believe, will be a key driver of our future growth. We believe the value proposition we offer to potential sellers has made us a buyer of choice and has enabled us to largely avoid competitive auctions and instead negotiate directly with sellers at attractive valuations.

Our Regional Platforms

We currently operate across 17 U.S. states and in British Columbia, Canada through our three regional platforms that make up our operating segments: West; Central; and East. Each of our operating businesses has its own management team that, in turn, reports to a regional president who is responsible for overseeing the operating businesses, developing growth opportunities, implementing best practices and integrating acquired businesses. Acquisitions are an important element of our strategy, as we seek to enhance value through increased scale and cost savings within local markets.

 

    West Region:  Our West region includes operations in Texas, the Mountain states of Utah, Colorado, Idaho and Wyoming and in British Columbia, Canada where we supply aggregates, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the West region controlled approximately 0.7 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $362.4 million of net property, plant and equipment and inventories (“hard assets”). During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 55% of our revenue and approximately 49% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the West region. In 2014, we continued to expand the West region, with significant growth in Texas through key acquisitions as well as the establishment of a new platform in British Columbia, Canada with our September acquisition of Mainland.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    Central Region:  Our Central region extends across the Midwestern United States, most notably in Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois, where we supply aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the Central region controlled approximately 0.9 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, approximately 0.4 billion of which serve its cement business, and $539.9 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 33% of our revenue and approximately 42% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the Central region.

Our cement plant, commissioned in 2008, is a highly efficient, technologically advanced, integrated manufacturing and distribution system strategically located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We utilize an on-site solid and liquid waste fuel processing facility, which can reduce the plant’s fuel costs by up to 50% and is one of only 12 facilities in the United States with such capabilities. Our cement business primarily serves markets in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois.

 

    East Region:  Our East region serves markets in Kentucky, South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, where we supply aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the East region controlled approximately 0.5 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $152.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 12% of our revenue and approximately 9% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the East region.

Summary Regional Data

(as of December 27, 2014)

 

    West     Central     East     Total  

Aggregates Details:

       

Tonnage of Reserves (thousands of tons):

       

Hard Rock

    297,489        872,883        459,057        1,629,429   

Sand and Gravel

    383,494        53,035        7,174        443,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tonnage of Reserves (thousands of tons)

  680,983      925,918      466,231      2,073,132   

Annual Production Capacity (thousands of tons)

  21,967      5,479      4,960      32,406   

Average Years Until Depletion(1)

  31      169      94      64   

Ownership Details:

Owned

  34   69   39   51

Leased

  66   31   61   49

Aggregate Producing Sites

  49      61      24      134   

Ready-Mix Plants

  41      23          64   

Asphalt Plants

  20      5      14      39   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Primary States and Provinces:

  Texas      Kansas      Kentucky   
  Utah      Missouri      South Carolina   
  Colorado      Nebraska      North Carolina   
  Idaho      Iowa      Tennessee   
  Wyoming      Illinois      Virginia   
  British Columbia   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    West     Central     East     Total  

Primary Markets:

    Houston, TX        Wichita, KS        Lexington, KY     
    Austin, TX        Kansas City, KS        Louisville, KY     
    San Antonio, TX        Topeka, KS        Bowling Green, KY     
    Midland, TX        Manhattan, KS        Elizabethtown, KY     
    Dallas, TX        Lawrence, KY        Charlotte, NC     
    Amarillo, TX        Columbia, MO       
    Longview, TX        St. Louis, MO       
    Texarkana, TX        Davenport, IA       
    Denison, TX        Iowa City, IA       
    Salt Lake City, UT         
    Grand Junction, CO         
    British Columbia, Canada         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Products Produced:

  Aggregates      Aggregates      Aggregates   
  Ready-Mix      Cement      Asphalt   
  Asphalt      Ready-Mix   
  Asphalt   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue by End Market for Year ended December 27, 2014:

Residential and Nonresidential

  67   55   10                           56

Public

  33   45   90   44

 

(1) Calculated based on total reserves divided by our average of 2013 and 2014 annual production.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading market positions. We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating histories, averaging over 35 years. We believe we are a top 10 supplier of aggregates, a top 25 producer of cement and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix in the United States by volume. We focus on acquiring companies that have leading local market positions in aggregates, which we seek to enhance by building scale with other local aggregates and downstream products and services. The construction materials industry is highly local in nature due to transportation costs from the high weight-to-value ratio of the products. Given this dynamic, we believe achieving local market scale provides a competitive advantage that drives growth and profitability for our business. We believe that our ability to prudently acquire, improve and rapidly integrate multiple businesses has enabled, and will continue to enable, us to become market leaders.

Operations positioned to benefit from attractive industry fundamentals. We believe the construction materials industry has attractive fundamentals, characterized by high barriers to entry and a stable competitive environment in the majority of markets. Barriers to entry are created by scarcity of raw material resources, limited efficient distribution range, asset intensity of equipment, land required for quarry operations and a time-consuming and complex regulatory and permitting process. According to the April 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, aggregates pricing in the United States had increased in 65 of the previous 70 years, with growth accelerating since 2002 as continuing resource scarcity in the industry has led companies to focus increasingly on improved pricing strategies. While aggregates volumes decreased 19% from 2.6 billion tons in 2008 to 2.1 billion tons in 2013, average price per ton of aggregates in the United States during this same time period increased 4% from $8.57 in 2008 to $8.95 in 2013. Pricing growth remained strong in 2013, despite volume declines in certain key end markets. Consistent with these market trends, our average aggregates and cement pricing increased 2% and 6%, respectively, from average prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average prices for the year ended December 27, 2014.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

One significant factor that allows for pricing growth in periods of volume declines is that aggregates and asphalt paving mix have significant exposure to public road construction, which has demonstrated growth over the past 30 years, even during times of broader economic weakness. The majority of public road construction spending is funded at the state level through the states’ respective departments of transportation. The five key states in which we operate (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri) have funds with certain constitutional protections for revenue sources dedicated for transportation projects. These dedicated, earmarked funding sources limit the negative effect current state deficits may have on public spending. As a result, we believe our business exhibits significantly more stability in profitability than witnessed in most other building product subsectors. We believe these business characteristics have helped mitigate the impact of the challenging economic environment on our profitability. Profits in the construction materials industry are relatively stable throughout various economic cycles compared to other businesses in the construction industry, aided by favorable pricing dynamics with historically stable public infrastructure spending.

Vertically-integrated business model. We generate revenue across a spectrum of related products and services. We internally supply over approximately 80% of the aggregates used in the ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes that we produce and the asphalt paving mix that our paving crews lay. Our vertically-integrated business model enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses. We believe this creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production, fosters more stable demand for aggregates through a captive demand outlet, creates a competitive advantage through the efficiency gains, convenience and reliability provided to customers and enhances our acquisition strategy by allowing a greater range of target companies.

Attractive diversity, scale and product portfolio. Our three regional platforms operate across 17 U.S. states and British Columbia, Canada in 27 metropolitan statistical areas. Between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 27, 2014, we grew our revenue by 197% and brought substantial additional scale and geographic diversity to our operations. A combination of increased scale and vertical integration enabled us to improve profitability with Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 390 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014. In the year ended December 27, 2014, 88% of EBITDA was derived from materials and products, with 52% coming from materials and 36% from products, and the remaining 12% of EBITDA being derived from services. We have approximately 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves serving our aggregates and cement business. Assuming production rates in future years are equal to those in 2014, we estimate that the useful life of the proven and probable reserves for our aggregates and cement businesses are over 55 years and 300 years, respectively.

We own a dry process cement plant that was commissioned in 2008. This large capacity plant has technologically advanced manufacturing capabilities and favorable environmental performance compared to older facilities within the industry that will require upgrades to comply with stringent EPA standards coming into effect in the near term. According to PCA forecasts, consumption of cement in the United States is expected to exceed production capacity by the year 2017, creating opportunities for existing cement plants. In addition, our plant is strategically located on the Mississippi River. The U.S. cement industry is regional in nature, with customers typically purchasing material from local sources due to transportation costs. According to the PCA 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, approximately 98% of cement sold in the United States was shipped to customers by truck in 2012. However, in 2013, as a result of our plant’s strategic location on the Mississippi River, we shipped approximately 15% of our cement sold by barge, which is generally more cost-effective than truck transport.

Proven ability to incorporate new acquisitions and grow businesses. Since July 2009, we have acquired 34 companies, successfully integrating the businesses into three regions through the implementation of operational improvements, industry-proven information technology systems, a comprehensive safety program and

 

 

5


Table of Contents

best in class management programs. A typical acquisition generally involves retaining the local management team of the acquired business, maintaining operational decisions at the local level and providing strategic insights and leadership directed by our President and Chief Executive Officer, a 30-year industry veteran. These acquisitions have helped us achieve significant revenue growth, from $405.3 million in 2010 to $1,204.2 million in 2014.

Experienced and proven leadership driving organic growth and acquisition strategy. Our management team, led by Tom Hill, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has a proven track record of creating value. In addition to Mr. Hill, our management team, including corporate and regional operations managers, corporate development, finance executives and other heavy side industry operators, has extensive experience in the industry. Our management team has a track record of executing and successfully integrating acquisitions in the sector. Mr. Hill and his team successfully executed a similar consolidation strategy at another company in the industry, where Mr. Hill led the integration of numerous acquisitions, taking the business from less than $0.3 billion to $7.4 billion in sales from 1992 to 2008 through 173 acquisitions worth approximately $6.3 billion in the aggregate.

Our Business Strategy

Capitalize on expected recovery in U.S. economy and construction markets. The residential and nonresidential markets are starting to show positive growth signs in varying degrees across our markets. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts total housing starts to accelerate to 1.46 million in the United States by 2016, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2013 to 2016. The American Institute of Architects’ Consensus Construction Forecast projects nonresidential construction to grow 8.1% in 2015. We believe that we have sufficient exposure to the residential and nonresidential end markets to benefit from a potential recovery in all of our markets. In 2014, approximately 83% of our revenue was derived from Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri—five key states with attractive construction and growth stories. Across these states, Department of Transportation (“DOT”) budgets grew a combined 12.9% from 2013 to 2014. Given the nation’s aging infrastructure and considering longstanding historical spending trends, we expect U.S. infrastructure investment to grow over time. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase in investment.

Expand local positions in the most attractive markets through targeted capital investments and bolt-on acquisitions. We plan to expand our business through organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions in each of our local markets. Our acquisition strategy involves acquiring platforms that serve as the foundation for continued incremental and complementary growth via locally situated bolt-on acquisitions to these platforms. We believe that increased local market scale will drive profitable growth. Our existing platform of operations is expected to enable us to grow significantly as we expand in our existing markets. In pursuing our growth strategy, we believe that our balance sheet and liquidity position will enable us to acquire most of the bolt-on acquisitions and platforms that we seek to purchase, but we may also pursue larger acquisition transactions that may require us to raise additional equity capital and indebtedness. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and any pending transaction may be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this offering.

Drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions. Our goal is to become a top-five U.S. construction materials company through the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and implementation of best practices to drive organic growth. Based on aggregates sales, in volumes, we believe that we are currently a top-ten player, which we achieved within five years of our first acquisition. We believe that the relative fragmentation of our industry creates an environment in which we can continue to acquire companies at attractive valuations and increase scale and diversity over time through strategic acquisitions in markets adjacent to our existing markets within the states where we currently operate, as well as into additional states as market and competitive conditions support further growth.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Enhance margins and free cash flow generation through implementation of operational improvements. Our management team includes individuals with decades of experience in our industry and proven success in integrating acquired businesses and organically growing operations. This experience represents a significant source of value to us that has driven Adjusted EBITDA margins up 390 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014. These margin improvements are accomplished through proven profit optimization plans, leveraging information technology and financial systems to control costs, managing working capital, achieving scale-driven purchasing synergies and fixed overhead control and reduction. Our regional presidents, supported by our central operations, risk management and finance and information technology teams, drive the implementation of detailed and thorough profit optimization plans for each acquisition post close, which typically includes, among other things, implementation of a systematic pricing strategy and an equipment utilization analysis that assesses repair and maintenance spending, the health of each piece of equipment and a utilization review to ensure we are maximizing productivity and selling any pieces of equipment that are not needed in the business.

Leverage vertically-integrated and strategically located operations for growth. We believe that our vertical integration of construction materials, products and services is a significant competitive advantage that we will leverage to grow share in our existing markets and enter into new markets. A significant portion of materials used to produce our products and provide services to our customers is internally supplied, which enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials, products and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers and enabling us to capture additional value throughout the supply chain, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses.

Our Industry

The U.S. construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational corporations that offer a wide array of construction materials and services. Competition is constrained in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations.

Transportation infrastructure projects, driven by both state and federal funding programs, represent a significant share of the U.S. construction materials market. In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is also available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, which represented approximately 34%, 19%, 11%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2014) each have funds whose revenue sources have certain constitutional protections and may only be spent on transportation projects.

Aggregates. Aggregates are key material components used in the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes for the residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure markets and are also widely used for various applications and products, such as road and building foundations, railroad ballast, erosion control, filtration, roofing granules and in solutions for snow and ice control. Generally extracted from the earth using surface or underground mining methods, aggregates are produced from natural deposits of various materials such as limestone, sand and gravel, granite and trap rock.

Aggregates represent an attractive market with high profit margins, high barriers to entry and increasing resource scarcity, which, as compared to construction services, leads to relatively stable profitability through economic cycles. Production is moderately capital intensive and access to well-placed reserves is important given

 

 

7


Table of Contents

high transport costs and environmental permitting restrictions. Markets are typically local due to high transport costs and are generally fragmented, with numerous participants operating in localized markets. The top players controlled approximately 30% of the national market in 2013. According to the March 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, the U.S. market for these products was estimated at approximately 2.1 billion tons in 2013, at a total market value of $18.6 billion. Relative to other construction materials, such as cement, aggregates consumption is more heavily weighted towards public infrastructure and maintenance and repair. However, the mix of end uses can vary widely by geographic location, based on the nature of construction activity in each market. Typically, three to six competitors comprise the majority market share of each local market because of the constraints around the availability of natural resources and transportation. Vertically-integrated players can have an advantage versus smaller, non-integrated producers by leveraging their aggregates for downstream operations, such as ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services.

Cement. Portland cement, an industry term for the common cement in general use around the world, is the basic ingredient of concrete and is made from a combination of limestone, shale, clay, silica and iron ore. Together with water, cement creates the paste that binds the aggregates together when making concrete. Cement is an input for ready-mixed concrete and concrete products and commands significantly higher prices relative to aggregates, reflecting the more intensive capital investment required. Cement production in the United States is distributed among 98 production facilities located across 34 states and is a capital-intensive business with variable costs dominated by raw materials and energy required to fuel the kiln. Building new plants is challenging given the extensive permitting requirements and capital investment requirements. We estimate new plant construction costs in the United States to be approximately $250-300 per ton, not including costs for property or securing raw materials and the required distribution network. Assuming construction costs of $275 per ton, a 1.25 million ton facility, comparable to our cement plant’s potential annual capacity, would cost approximately $343.8 million to construct.

Ready-mixed concrete. Ready-mixed concrete is one of the most versatile and widely used materials in construction today. It is created through the combination of coarse and fine aggregates, which make up approximately 60 to 75% of the mix by volume, with water, various chemical admixtures and cement making up the remainder. Given the high weight-to-value ratio, delivery of ready-mixed concrete is typically limited to a one-hour haul from a production plant and is further limited by a 90 minute window in which newly-mixed concrete must be poured to maintain quality and performance. As a result of the transportation constraints, the ready-mixed concrete market is highly localized, with an estimated 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States, according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (the “NRMCA”). We participate selectively in ready-mixed concrete markets where we provide our own aggregates for production, which we believe provides us a competitive advantage.

Asphalt paving mix. Asphalt paving mix is the most common roadway material used today, covering 93% of the more than 2.6 million miles of paved roadways in the United States, according to the National Asphalt Pavement Association (“NAPA”). Major inputs include aggregates and liquid asphalt (the refined residue from the distillation process of crude oils by refineries). Given the significant aggregates component in asphalt paving mix (up to 95% by weight), local aggregates producers often participate in the asphalt paving mix business to secure captive demand for aggregates. Asphalt and paving is highly fragmented in the United States, with end markets skewed towards new road construction and maintenance and repair of roads. Barriers to entry include permit requirements, access to aggregates (where possible, asphalt plants are typically located at quarries) and access to liquid asphalt.

Our Structure

Following this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. will operate and control all of the

 

 

8


Table of Contents

business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. Prior to the completion of this offering, the partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying the interests currently held by our pre-IPO owners into a single new class of units that we refer to as “LP Units.” We and our pre-IPO owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Summit Owner Holdco LLC (“Summit Owner Holdco”), a Delaware limited liability company that will be owned by our pre-IPO owners and holders of Class B Units of Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“Continental Cement”), will initially hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering (the “IPO Date”). The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LP Units held by all limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding Summit Materials, Inc.) as of the IPO Date and their respective successors and assigns on or after the IPO Date (the “Initial LP Units”) less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) any other future holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. At the completion of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will comprise all of the limited partners of Summit Holdings. However, Summit Holdings may in the future admit additional limited partners, in connection with an acquisition or otherwise, that would not constitute pre-IPO owners. Limited partners of Summit Holdings are not entitled to shares of Class B common stock solely as a result of their admission as limited partners. However, we may in the future issue shares of Class B common stock to one or more limited partners to whom LP Units are also issued, for example in connection with the contribution of assets to us or Summit Holdings by such limited partner. Accordingly, as a holder of both LP Units and Class B common stock, any such holder of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of LP Units held by it. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of a conversion rate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering. For additional detail, see “Organizational Structure.”

 

LOGO

 

 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) Affiliates of Blackstone have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd. (“Summit GP”).
(2) The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If Summit Owner Holdco were to transfer shares of Class B common stock to a holder of Initial LP Units, such holder of Initial LP Units and shares of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Initial LP Units held and the number of votes available to Summit Owner Holdco would decrease commensurately.
(3) As of the IPO Date, 3,031,524 of the LP Units, or approximately 3.3% of the total LP Units outstanding, will be unvested and will be subject to certain time and performance vesting conditions. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation—Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Conversion of Class D Interests” on page 136.
(4) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, a non-wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings, the holders of 100,000,000 Class B Units of Continental Cement (the “Class B Unitholders”) have the right to elect to rollover their interests in Continental Cement in connection with an initial public offering. In lieu of the Class B Unitholders electing to rollover their interests in connection with this offering, we have entered into a contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders whereby, concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) Summit GP will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Materials, Inc. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock and will contribute to Summit Materials, Inc. its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, (y) Summit Materials, Inc. will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement it receives to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to the excess of (x) the product of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP Units issued in connection with this offering (the “pre-IPO LP Units”) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 100% minus 1.469496% over (y) the number of pre-IPO LP Units. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings. Based on 69,007,298 aggregate pre-IPO LP Units, Summit Owner Holdco would receive 1,029,183 shares of Class A common stock and 69,007,298 shares of Class B common stock (representing all outstanding shares of Class B common stock at the time of the consummation of this offering). As of December 27, 2014, Continental Cement had total assets of $368.8 million and for the year ended December 27, 2014 generated net income of $8.0 million.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Summit Materials, Inc. was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 23, 2014. Our principal executive office is located at 1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor, Denver, Colorado 80202. Through our predecessors, we commenced operations in 2009 when Summit Holdings was formed as an exempted limited partnership in the Cayman Islands. In December 2013, Summit Holdings was domesticated as a limited partnership in Delaware. Our telephone number is (303) 893-0012.

Our Sponsors

Blackstone. Blackstone is one of the world’s leading investment firms. Blackstone’s asset management businesses, with approximately $290 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2014, include investment vehicles focused on private equity, real estate, public debt and equity, non-investment grade debt and secondary funds, all on a global basis. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services.

Silverhawk. Silverhawk Capital Partners, LLC is a private equity firm with offices in Greenwich, Connecticut and Charlotte, North Carolina. The founding partners have invested as a team and operated businesses since 1989. Founded in 2005, Silverhawk’s investments are focused in the energy, manufacturing and business service sectors. As of December 31, 2014, Silverhawk had approximately $200.0 million under management.

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include, among other things, the following:

 

    Our business depends on activity within the construction industry and the strength of the local economies in which we operate.

 

    Our business is cyclical and requires significant working capital to fund operations.

 

    Weather can materially affect our business, and we are subject to seasonality.

 

    Our industry is capital intensive and we have significant fixed and semi-fixed costs. Therefore, our earnings are sensitive to changes in volume.

 

    Within our local markets, we operate in a highly competitive industry.

 

    The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our acquisition strategy, to successfully integrate acquisitions and to retain key employees of our acquired businesses.

 

    A decline in public infrastructure construction and reductions in governmental funding could adversely affect our operations and results.

 

    Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and any changes to, or liabilities arising under, such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall risks, requirements or costs when we bid on or negotiate contracts that are ultimately awarded to us, we may achieve lower than anticipated profits or incur contract losses.

 

    The cancellation of a significant number of contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

    Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations to debt payments.

 

    Blackstone and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our Class A common stock.

Reduced Disclosure Requirements

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during the most recently completed fiscal year prior to the initial filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we qualified as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Accordingly, we are eligible for reduced disclosure requirements applicable to an emerging growth company through the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—We are eligible for reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies through the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and we cannot be certain if such reduced disclosure requirements will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by Summit Materials, Inc.

22,222,222 shares (plus up to an additional 3,333,333 shares at the option of the underwriters).

 

Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

23,251,405 shares (or 92,258,703 shares if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

25.2% (or 100% if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by Summit Owner Holdco as a holder of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering

74.8% (or 0.0% if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). If all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and such shares continued to be held by such limited partners, our pre-IPO owners would hold 74.8% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and an equivalent percentage of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors, and, as a result, we would still be a “controlled company” if such limited partners formed a group. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering” and “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”

 

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  Summit Owner Holdco, an entity that will be owned by certain of our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, holds all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with shares of Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, will be approximately $376.0 million (or $432.4 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Summit Holdings will bear or reimburse Summit Materials, Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $7.5 million.

 

  We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”

 

  We intend to cause Summit Holdings to use these proceeds to repay indebtedness, to purchase a portion of the Class B Units of Continental Cement, to make a one-time payment to an affiliate of Blackstone in connection with the termination of our transaction and management fee agreement and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of any such dividends at any time.

 

  Summit Materials, Inc. is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of Summit Holdings. Should we decide to pay a cash dividend on our Class A common stock in the future, we intend to fund this cash dividend by causing Summit Holdings to make distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. in an amount sufficient to cover such cash dividend, if any, declared by us. If Summit Holdings makes such distributions to Summit Materials, Inc., the other holders of LP Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

 

 

The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings as it will be in effect at the time of this offering provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to be made to the holders of the LP Units if it is determined that the income of Summit Holdings will give rise to net taxable income allocable to holders of LP Units. To the extent that the tax distributions Summit Materials, Inc. receives exceed the amounts it actually requires to pay taxes and

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

make payments under the tax receivable agreement, we anticipate that our board of directors will cause Summit Materials, Inc. to use such excess cash to acquire additional newly-issued LP Units at a per unit price determined by reference to the volume weighted average price per share of the Class A common stock during the five trading days immediately preceding the date of the relevant board action. If Summit Materials, Inc. acquires additional LP Units in this manner, we also anticipate that in order to maintain the relationship between the shares of Class A common stock and the LP Units our board of directors will at that time declare a stock dividend on the Class A common stock of an aggregate number of additional newly-issued shares that corresponds to the number of additional LP Units that Summit Materials, Inc. is acquiring. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

  Our senior secured credit facilities and our senior notes contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Summit Materials, LLC’s ability to pay dividends to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Exchange rights of holders of LP Units

Prior to the completion of this offering we will enter into an exchange agreement with our pre-IPO owners so that they may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

 

Tax receivable agreement

Future exchanges of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that hold interests in entities (the “Investor Entities”) that may be merged with or contributed to us in the future in accordance with the stockholders’ agreement we will enter into with Blackstone that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, team members and other individuals associated with us and members of their respective families. These sales will be made by an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to any shares purchased through the directed share program, which restriction may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

 

NYSE trading symbol

“SUM.”
 

 

Conflicts of interest

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., which is deemed an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate, is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and an underwriter in this offering. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121 of FINRA (“Rule 5121”). Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

For a discussion of certain material United States federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. stockholders, see “Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

 

    3,333,333 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us;

 

    69,007,298 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of 69,007,298 LP Units that will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings immediately following this offering;

 

 

17


Table of Contents
    160,333 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of 160,333 warrants to purchase Class A common stock to be issued in connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings. See “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.,” in each case assuming that the shares to be sold in this offering are sold at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would decrease the number of warrants to be issued by 8,438, and a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of warrants by 9,430; or

 

    13,500,000 shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), including 4,358,841 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that we refer to as “leverage restoration options” to be issued in connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings and up to 320,000 additional stock options which are expected to be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan at the time of this offering, in each case assuming that the shares to be sold in this offering are sold at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would decrease the aggregate number of stock options to be granted at the time of this offering by 229,406, and a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of stock options by 256,414. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following summary historical consolidated financial and other data of Summit Holdings should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summit Holdings will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical financial statements following this offering. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be the primary beneficiary of Summit Holdings as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Summit Holdings and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Summit Holdings that could potentially be significant to Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to consolidate Summit Holdings on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LP Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated balance sheets and statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income (loss).

The summary historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared to reflect the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

 

  Summit Materials, Inc.   Summit Holdings  
(in thousands)   Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 27,

2014
    Year Ended
December 27,
2014
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
 

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Total revenue

  $ 1,204,231      $ 1,204,231      $ 916,201      $ 926,254   

Total cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

    887,160        887,160        677,052        713,346   

General and administrative expenses

    150,992        150,732        142,000        127,215   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          68,202        —    

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

    87,826        87,826        72,934        68,290   

Transaction costs

    8,554        8,554        3,990        1,988   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  69,699      69,959      (47,977   15,415   

Other income, net

  (3,447   (3,447   (1,737   (1,182

Loss on debt financings

  —        —        3,115      9,469   

Interest expense

  68,566      86,742      56,443      58,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

  4,581      (13,336   (105,798   (50,951

Income tax benefit

  (5,353   (6,983   (2,647   (3,920
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 9,934    $ (6,353 $ (103,151 $ (47,031
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents
    Summit Materials, Inc.     Summit Holdings  
(in thousands)   Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 27,

2014
    Year Ended
December 27,
2014
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
 

Cash Flow Data:

       

Net cash (used for) provided by:

       

Operating activities

  $ 72,795      $ 79,089      $ 66,412      $ 62,279   

Investing activities

    (496,280     (461,280     (111,515     (85,340

Financing activities

    418,516        377,222        32,589        7,702   

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

       

Cash

  $ 13,215      $ 13,215      $ 18,183      $ 30,697   

Total assets

    1,719,835        1,729,777        1,251,060        1,284,479   

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

    765,019        1,064,917        688,987        639,843   

Capital leases

    31,210        31,210        8,026        3,092   

Total partners’ interest/stockholders’ equity

    78,076        286,983        286,817        385,694   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    —          33,740        24,767        22,850   

Other Financial Data:

       

Total hard assets(1)

  $ 1,062,154      $ 1,062,154      $ 928,210      $ 906,584   

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 160,972      $ 161,232      $ 91,781      $ 75,418   

 

(1) Defined as the consolidated balance sheet book value as of period end of the sum of (a) net property, plant and equipment and (b) inventories.
(2) EBITDA is defined by us as net loss before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. We evaluate our operating performance using a metric we refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA.” Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, as adjusted to exclude accretion, goodwill impairment and loss from discontinued operations. In addition, we use a metric we refer to as “Further Adjusted EBITDA,” which we define as Adjusted EBITDA plus certain non-cash or non-operating items and the EBITDA contribution of certain recent acquisitions, to measure our compliance with debt covenants and to evaluate flexibility under certain restrictive covenants. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt” on pages 86 and 87 for more information.

We include EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with our results according to U.S. GAAP because management believes they help to provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone. Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP measures assists our board of directors, management, lenders and investors in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis because they remove where applicable, the impact of our capital structure, asset base, acquisition accounting, non-cash charges and non-operating items from our operations. In addition, management uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operational performance as a basis for strategic planning and as a performance evaluation metric.

Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our business, evaluating our operating performance and determining covenant compliance, as well as the use of adjusted EBITDA measures by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP; nor are Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA intended to be measures of liquidity or free cash flow for our discretionary use. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

    they do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

    they do not reflect income tax payments we are required to make; and

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the financial statements included in this prospectus, and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. We also strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA set forth below and net income to Further Adjusted EBITDA on page 87. Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, because Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. All of the items included in the reconciliation from net loss to Adjusted EBITDA are either (i) non-cash items (such as depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion and non-cash compensation expense) or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance (such as income taxes and interest expense). In the case of the non-cash items, management believes that investors can better assess our comparative operating performance if the measures are presented without such items because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items, management believes that investors can better assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact does not reflect ongoing operating performance.

 

    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 27,
2014
    Year Ended
 
(in thousands)     December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 10,004      $ (6,282   $ (103,679   $ (50,577

Interest expense

    68,566        86,742        56,443        58,079   

Income tax benefit

    (5,353     (6,983     (2,647     (3,920

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    86,955        86,955        72,217        67,665   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

$ 160,172    $ 160,432    $ 22,334    $ 71,247   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion

  871      871      717      625   

Goodwill impairment

  —        —        68,202      —     

Discontinued operations(a)

  (71   (71   528      3,546   

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 160,972    $ 161,232    $ 91,781    $ 75,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents certain concrete paving operations and railroad construction and repair operations that we have exited.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in shares of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Business

Industry Risks

Our business depends on activity within the construction industry and the strength of the local economies in which we operate.

We sell most of our construction materials and products and provide all of our paving and related services to the construction industry, so our results are significantly affected by the strength of the construction industry. Demand for our products, particularly in the residential and nonresidential construction markets, could decline if companies and consumers cannot obtain credit for construction projects or if the slow pace of economic activity results in delays or cancellations of capital projects. In addition, federal and state budget issues may continue to hurt the funding available for infrastructure spending, particularly highway construction, which constitutes a significant portion of our business.

Our earnings depend on the strength of the local economies in which we operate because of the high cost to transport our products relative to their price. In recent years, many states have reduced their construction spending due to budget shortfalls resulting from lower tax revenue as well as uncertainty relating to long-term federal highway funding. As a result, there has been a reduction in many states’ investment in infrastructure spending. If economic and construction activity diminishes in one or more areas, particularly in our top revenue-generating markets of Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, our results of operations and liquidity could be materially adversely affected, and there is no assurance that reduced levels of construction activity will not continue to affect our business in the future.

Our business is cyclical and requires significant working capital to fund operations.

Our business is cyclical and requires that we maintain significant working capital to fund our operations. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow depends on future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to operate our business and service our outstanding debt and other obligations, we may be required, among other things, to further reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures, sell assets or take other measures, including the restructuring of all or a portion of our debt, which may only be available, if at all, on unsatisfactory terms.

Weather can materially affect our business, and we are subject to seasonality.

Nearly all of the products we sell and the services we provide are used or performed outdoors. Therefore, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can adversely affect our business and operations through a decline in both the use and production of our products and demand for our services. Adverse weather conditions such as extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall can reduce demand for our products and reduce sales or render our contracting operations less efficient. Major weather events such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows with quick rainy melts could adversely affect sales in the near term.

Construction materials production and shipment levels follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters of our fiscal year typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. The first quarter of our fiscal year has typically lower levels of activity due to the weather conditions. Our second quarter varies greatly with spring rains and wide temperature variations. A cool wet spring increases drying time on projects, which can delay sales in the second quarter, while a warm dry spring may enable earlier project startup.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our industry is capital intensive and we have significant fixed and semi-fixed costs. Therefore, our earnings are sensitive to changes in volume.

The property and machinery needed to produce our products can be very expensive. Therefore, we need to spend a substantial amount of capital to purchase and maintain the equipment necessary to operate our business. Although we believe that our current cash balance, along with our projected internal cash flows and our available financing resources, will provide sufficient cash to support our currently anticipated operating and capital needs, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash to purchase and maintain the property and machinery necessary to operate our business, we may be required to reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or incur additional debt. In addition, given the level of fixed and semi-fixed costs within our business, particularly at our cement production facility, decreases in volumes could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Within our local markets, we operate in a highly competitive industry.

The U.S. construction aggregates industry is highly fragmented with a large number of independent local producers in a number of our markets. Additionally, in most markets, we compete against large private and public infrastructure companies, some of which are also vertically-integrated. Therefore, there is intense competition in a number of the markets in which we operate. This significant competition could lead to lower prices, lower sales volumes and higher costs in some markets, negatively affecting our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. Further, the lack of availability of skilled labor, such as truck drivers, may require us to increase compensation or reduce deliveries, which could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Growth Risks

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our acquisition strategy, to successfully integrate acquisitions and to retain key employees of our acquired businesses.

A significant portion of our historical growth has occurred through acquisitions, and we will likely enter into acquisitions in the future. We are presently evaluating, and we expect to continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis, possible acquisition transactions. We are presently engaged, and at any time in the future we may be engaged, in discussions or negotiations with respect to possible acquisitions, including larger transactions that would be significant to us, but are not currently probable. We regularly make, and we expect to continue to make, non-binding acquisition proposals, and we may enter into letters of intent, in each case allowing us to conduct due diligence on a confidential basis. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and any pending transaction may be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this offering. To successfully acquire a significant target, we may need to raise additional equity capital and indebtedness, which would increase our leverage level above our leverage level at the time of, and prior to the contemplated use of proceeds of, this offering. There can be no assurance that we will enter into definitive agreements with respect to any contemplated transactions or that they will be completed. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial resources. Acquisitions involve risks that the businesses acquired will not perform as expected and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired will prove incorrect.

Acquisitions may require integration of the acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, engineering, purchasing, finance and administrative organizations. We may not be able to integrate successfully any business we may acquire or have acquired into our existing business and any acquired businesses may not be profitable or as profitable as we had expected. Our inability to complete the integration of new businesses in a timely and orderly manner could increase costs and lower profits. Factors affecting the successful integration of acquired businesses include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We may become liable for certain liabilities of any acquired business, whether or not known to us. These risks could include, among others, tax liabilities, product liabilities, environmental liabilities and liabilities for employment practices, and they could be significant.

 

23


Table of Contents
    Substantial attention from our senior management and the management of the acquired business may be required, which could decrease the time that they have to service and attract customers.

 

    We may not effectively utilize new equipment that we acquire through acquisitions or otherwise at utilization and rental rates consistent with that of our existing equipment.

 

    The complete integration of acquired companies depends, to a certain extent, on the full implementation of our financial systems and policies.

 

    We may actively pursue a number of opportunities simultaneously and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and delays, including difficulties in employing sufficient staff and maintaining operational and management oversight.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with acquisitions. In addition, many of the businesses that we have acquired and will acquire have unaudited financial statements that have been prepared by the management of such companies and have not been independently reviewed or audited. We cannot assure you that the financial statements of companies we have acquired or will acquire would not be materially different if such statements were audited. Finally, we cannot assure you that we will continue to acquire businesses at valuations consistent with our prior acquisitions or that we will complete future acquisitions at all. We cannot assure you that there will be attractive acquisition opportunities at reasonable prices, that financing will be available or that we can successfully integrate such acquired businesses into our existing operations. In addition, our results of operations from these acquisitions could, in the future, result in impairment charges for any of our intangible assets, including goodwill, or other long-lived assets, particularly if economic conditions worsen unexpectedly. These changes could materially negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Our long-term success is dependent upon securing and permitting aggregate reserves in strategically located areas. The inability to secure and permit such reserves could negatively affect our earnings in the future.

Aggregates are bulky and heavy and therefore difficult to transport efficiently. Because of the nature of the products, the freight costs can quickly surpass production costs. Therefore, except for geographic regions that do not possess commercially viable deposits of aggregates and are served by rail, barge or ship, the markets for our products tend to be very localized around our quarry sites and are served by truck. New quarry sites often take a number of years to develop. Our strategic planning and new site development must stay ahead of actual growth. Additionally, in a number of urban and suburban areas in which we operate, it is increasingly difficult to permit new sites or expand existing sites due to community resistance. Therefore, our future success is dependent, in part, on our ability to accurately forecast future areas of high growth in order to locate optimal facility sites and on our ability to either acquire existing quarries or secure operating and environmental permits to open new quarries. If we are unable to accurately forecast areas of future growth, acquire existing quarries or secure the necessary permits to open new quarries, our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected.

Economic Risks

Our business relies on private investment in infrastructure, and a slower than expected recovery may adversely affect our results.

A significant portion of our sales are for projects with non-public owners. Construction spending is affected by developers’ ability to finance projects. The credit environment has negatively affected the U.S. economy and demand for our products in recent years. Residential and nonresidential construction could decline if companies and consumers are unable to finance construction projects or if an economic recovery is stalled, which could result in delays or cancellations of capital projects. If housing starts and nonresidential projects do not rise steadily with the economic recovery as they historically have when recessions end, sale of our construction materials, downstream products and paving and related services may decline and our financial position, results of operations and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

A decline in public infrastructure construction and reductions in governmental funding could adversely affect our operations and results.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from publicly-funded construction projects. As a result, if publicly-funded construction decreases due to reduced federal or state funding or otherwise, our results of operations and liquidity could be negatively affected.

In January 2011, the U.S. House of Representatives passed a new rules package that repealed a transportation law dating back to 1998, which protected annual funding levels from amendments that could reduce such funding. This rule change subjects funding for highways to yearly appropriation reviews. The change in the funding mechanism increases the uncertainty of many state departments of transportation regarding funds for highway projects. This uncertainty could result in states being reluctant to undertake large multi-year highway projects which could, in turn, negatively affect our sales. Funding for Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century (“MAP-21”) expired on September 30, 2014 and on August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted that provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May 2015. Any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved, and we are uncertain as to the size and term of the transportation funding program that will follow.

As a result of the foregoing and other factors, we cannot be assured of the existence, amount and timing of appropriations for spending on federal, state or local projects. Federal support for the cost of highway maintenance and construction is dependent on congressional action. In addition, each state funds its infrastructure spending from specially allocated amounts collected from various taxes, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees, along with voter-approved bond programs. Shortages in state tax revenues can reduce the amounts spent on state infrastructure projects, even below amounts awarded under legislative bills. In recent years, nearly all states have experienced state-level funding pressures caused by lower tax revenues and an inability to finance approved projects. Delays or cancellations of state infrastructure spending could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity because a significant portion of our business is dependent on public infrastructure spending.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and any changes to, or liabilities arising under, such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things: (i) the release or discharge of materials into the environment; (ii) the management, use, generation, treatment, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of hazardous materials, including the management of hazardous waste used as a fuel substitute at our cement kiln in Hannibal, Missouri; and (iii) the protection of public and employee health and safety and the environment. These laws and regulations impose strict liability in some cases without regard to negligence or fault and expose us to liability for the environmental condition of our currently or formerly owned or operated facilities or third-party waste disposal sites, and may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions, even if such actions complied with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. In particular, we may incur remediation costs and other related expenses because our facilities were constructed and operated before the adoption of current environmental laws and the institution of compliance practices or because certain of our processes are regulated. These laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for claims of personal injury or property or natural resource damage related to alleged exposure to, or releases of, regulated or hazardous materials. The existence of contamination at properties we own, lease or operate could also result in increased operational costs or restrictions on our ability to use those properties as intended, including for purposes of mining.

Despite our compliance efforts, there is an inherent risk of liability in the operation of our business, especially from an environmental standpoint, or from time to time, we may be in noncompliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These potential liabilities or noncompliances could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. In many instances, we must have government approvals,

 

25


Table of Contents

certificates, permits or licenses in order to conduct our business, which often require us to make significant capital, operating and maintenance expenditures to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to obtain and maintain required approvals, certificates, permits or licenses or to comply with applicable governmental requirements could result in sanctions, including substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some or all of our operations. Governmental requirements that affect our operations also include those relating to air and water quality, waste management, asset reclamation, the operation and closure of municipal waste and construction and demolition debris landfills, remediation of contaminated sites and worker health and safety. These requirements are complex and subject to frequent change. Stricter laws and regulations, more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the future discovery of environmental conditions may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operating hours, require additional investment by us in pollution control equipment or impede our opening new or expanding existing plants or facilities. We have incurred, and may in the future incur, significant capital and operating expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations. The cost of complying with such laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. In addition, we have recorded liabilities in connection with our reclamation and landfill closure obligations, but there can be no assurances that the costs of our obligations will not exceed our accruals.

Financial Risks

Difficult and volatile conditions in the credit markets could affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Demand for our products is primarily dependent on the overall health of the economy, and federal, state and local public infrastructure funding levels. A stagnant or declining economy tends to produce less tax revenue for public infrastructure agencies, thereby decreasing a source of funds available for spending on public infrastructure improvements, which constitute a significant part of our business.

With the slow pace of economic recovery, there is also a likelihood that we will not be able to collect on certain of our accounts receivable from our customers. Although we are protected in part by payment bonds posted by some of our customers, we have experienced payment delays and defaults from some of our customers during the recent economic downturn and subsequent slow recovery. Such delays and defaults could have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall risks, requirements or costs when we bid on or negotiate contracts that are ultimately awarded to us, we may achieve lower than anticipated profits or incur contract losses.

Even though the majority of our governmental contracts contain certain raw material escalators to protect us from certain price increases, a portion or all of the contracts are often on a fixed cost basis. Pricing on a contract with a fixed unit price is based on approved quantities irrespective of our actual costs and contracts with a fixed total price require that the total amount of work be performed for a single price irrespective of our actual costs. We realize a profit on our contracts only if our revenue exceeds actual costs, which requires that we successfully estimate our costs and then successfully control actual costs and avoid cost overruns. If our cost estimates for a contract are inadequate, or if we do not execute the contract within our cost estimates, then cost overruns may cause us to incur a loss or cause the contract not to be as profitable as we expected. The costs incurred and gross profit realized, if any, on our contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    failure to include materials or work in a bid, or the failure to estimate properly the quantities or costs needed to complete a lump sum contract;

 

    delays caused by weather conditions or otherwise failing to meet scheduled acceptance dates;

 

    contract or project modifications creating unanticipated costs not covered by change orders;

 

26


Table of Contents
    changes in availability, proximity and costs of materials, including liquid asphalt, cement, aggregates and other construction materials (such as stone, gravel, sand and oil for asphalt paving), as well as fuel and lubricants for our equipment;

 

    to the extent not covered by contractual cost escalators, variability and inability to predict the costs of purchasing diesel, liquid asphalt and cement;

 

    availability and skill level of workers;

 

    failure by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers or customers to perform their obligations;

 

    fraud, theft or other improper activities by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers, customers or our own personnel;

 

    mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment;

 

    citations issued by any governmental authority, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) and Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”);

 

    difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals;

 

    changes in applicable laws and regulations;

 

    uninsured claims or demands from third parties for alleged damages arising from the design, construction or use and operation of a project of which our work is part; and

 

    public infrastructure customers may seek to impose contractual risk-shifting provisions more aggressively, that result in us facing increased risks.

These factors, as well as others, may cause us to incur losses, which could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

We could incur material costs and losses as a result of claims that our products do not meet regulatory requirements or contractual specifications.

We provide our customers with products designed to meet building code or other regulatory requirements and contractual specifications for measurements such as durability, compressive strength, weight-bearing capacity and other characteristics. If we fail or are unable to provide products meeting these requirements and specifications, material claims may arise against us and our reputation could be damaged. Additionally, if a significant uninsured, non-indemnified or product-related claim is resolved against us in the future, that resolution could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

The cancellation of a significant number of contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

We could be prohibited from bidding on certain governmental contracts if we fail to maintain qualifications required by those entities. In addition, contracts with governmental entities can usually be canceled at any time by them with payment only for the work already completed. A cancellation of an unfinished contract or our disqualification from the bidding process could result in lost revenue and cause our equipment to be idled for a significant period of time until other comparable work becomes available, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our operations are subject to special hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, subjecting us to liabilities and possible losses which may not be covered by insurance.

Operating hazards inherent in our business, some of which may be outside our control, can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, plant and equipment and environmental damage. We maintain insurance coverage in amounts and against the risks we believe are consistent with industry practice,

 

27


Table of Contents

but this insurance may not be adequate or available to cover all losses or liabilities we may incur in our operations. Our insurance policies are subject to varying levels of deductibles. Losses up to our deductible amounts are accrued based upon our estimates of the ultimate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. However, liabilities subject to insurance are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the effectiveness of our safety programs. If we were to experience insurance claims or costs above our estimates, we might also be required to use working capital to satisfy these claims rather than using working capital to maintain or expand our operations.

Unexpected factors affecting self-insurance claims and reserve estimates could adversely affect our business.

We use a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle accident, property and medical benefit claims. Although we believe we have minimized our exposure on individual claims, for the benefit of costs savings we have accepted the risk of multiple independent material claims arising. We estimate the projected losses and liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations to debt payments.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 27, 2014 our total debt was approximately $1,064.9 million. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and pursue future business opportunities;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities are at variable rates of interest;

 

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We are a holding company, and our consolidated assets are owned by, and our business is conducted through, our subsidiaries. Revenues from these subsidiaries are our primary source of funds for debt payments and operating expenses. If our subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions to us, that may impair our ability to meet our debt service obligations or otherwise fund our operations. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by subsidiaries to their parent companies under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. As a result, although a subsidiary of ours may have cash, we may not be able to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligation to service our outstanding debt or fund our operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

Certain of our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which could prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indenture that governs our senior notes and the credit agreement that governs our senior secured credit facilities impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends (including to us) and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate;

 

    enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the issuers;

 

    designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    transfer or sell assets.

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our other indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or are unable to refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements could restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, and we may do so, among other reasons, to fund acquisitions as part of our growth strategy. Although the indenture governing our senior notes and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and we could incur substantial additional indebtedness in compliance with these restrictions. Any such additional indebtedness

 

29


Table of Contents

would increase our leverage, requiring us to devote more of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness and increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, subject to collateral arrangements, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. Our senior secured credit facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that will allow us the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the senior secured revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million plus (ii) an additional amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. Availability of such incremental facilities will be subject to, among other conditions, the absence of an event of default and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants under our credit agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

Other Risks

Our success is dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and other key personnel.

Our success depends on the continuing services of our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Tom Hill, and other key personnel. We believe that Mr. Hill possesses valuable knowledge and skills that are crucial to our success and would be very difficult to replicate. Our senior management team was assembled under the leadership of Mr. Hill. The team was assembled with a view towards substantial growth, and the size and aggregate compensation of the team increased substantially. The associated significant increase in overhead expense could decrease our margins if we fail to grow substantially. Not all of our senior management team resides near or works at our headquarters. The geographic distance of the members of our senior management team may impede the team’s ability to work together effectively. Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts and abilities of our senior management and their ability to work together. We cannot assure you that they will be able to do so.

Over time, our success will depend on attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Competition for senior management is intense, and we may not be able to retain our management team or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of a member of senior management would require our remaining senior officers to divert immediate attention, which could be substantial or require costly external resources in the short term. The inability to adequately fill vacancies in our senior executive positions on a timely basis could negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our results of operations and prospects.

We use large amounts of electricity, diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources that are subject to potential reliability issues, supply constraints and significant price fluctuation, which could affect our financial position, operating results and liquidity.

In our production and distribution processes, we consume significant amounts of electricity, diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources. The availability and pricing of these resources are subject to market forces that are beyond our control. Furthermore, we are vulnerable to any reliability issues experienced by our suppliers, which also are beyond our control. Our suppliers contract separately for the purchase of such resources and our sources of supply could be interrupted should our suppliers not be able to obtain these materials due to higher demand or other factors that interrupt their availability. Variability in the supply and prices of these resources could materially affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity from period to period.

Climate change and climate change legislation or regulations may adversely affect our business.

A number of governmental bodies have introduced or are contemplating legislative and regulatory changes in response to the potential effects of climate change. Such legislation or regulation has and potentially could include provisions for a “cap and trade” system of allowances and credits, among other provisions. The EPA promulgated a mandatory reporting rule covering greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions from sources considered to

 

30


Table of Contents

be large emitters. The EPA has also promulgated a greenhouse gas emissions permitting rule, referred to as the “Tailoring Rule” which sets forth criteria for determining which facilities are required to obtain permits for GHG emissions pursuant to the U.S. Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) and Title V operating permit programs. The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in June 2014 that the EPA exceeded its statutory authority in issuing the Tailoring Rule but upheld the Best Available Control Technology (“BACT”) requirements for GHGs emitted by sources already subject to PSD requirements for other pollutants. Our cement plant and one of our landfills hold Title V Permits. If future modifications to our facilities require PSD review for other pollutants, GHG BACT requirements may also be triggered, which could require significant additional costs.

Other potential effects of climate change include physical effects such as disruption in production and product distribution as a result of major storm events and shifts in regional weather patterns and intensities. There is also a potential for climate change legislation and regulation to adversely affect the cost of purchased energy and electricity.

The effects of climate change on our operations are highly uncertain and difficult to estimate. However, because a chemical reaction inherent to the manufacture of Portland cement releases carbon dioxide, a GHG, cement kiln operations may be disproportionately affected by future regulation of GHGs. Climate change and legislation and regulation concerning GHGs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Unexpected operational difficulties at our facilities could disrupt operations, raise costs, and reduce revenue and earnings in the affected locations.

The reliability and efficiency of certain of our facilities, such as our sole cement manufacturing kiln, is dependent upon vital pieces of equipment. Although we have scheduled outages to perform maintenance on certain of our facilities, vital equipment may periodically experience unanticipated disruptions due to accidents, mechanical failures or other unanticipated events such as fires, explosions, violent weather conditions or other unexpected operational difficulties. A substantial interruption of one of our facilities could require us to make significant capital expenditures to restore operations and could disrupt our operations, raise costs, and reduce revenue and earnings in the affected locations.

We are dependent on information technology. Our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cyber security risks and data leakage risks.

We are dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure. Any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction or interruption of these systems by employees, others with authorized access to our systems, or unauthorized persons could negatively affect operations. There is also a risk that we could experience a business interruption, theft of information or reputational damage as a result of a cyber attack, such as an infiltration of a data center, or data leakage of confidential information either internally or at our third-party providers. While we have invested in the protection of our data and information technology to reduce these risks and periodically test the security of our information systems network, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent breakdowns or breaches in our systems that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Labor disputes could disrupt operations of our businesses.

As of December 27, 2014, labor unions represented approximately 5.4% of our total employees, substantially all at Continental Cement and Mainland. Our collective bargaining agreements for employees generally expire between 2015 and 2018. Although we believe we have good relations with our employees and unions, disputes with our trade unions, or the inability to renew our labor agreements, could lead to strikes or other actions that could disrupt our operations, raise costs, and reduce revenue and earnings in the affected locations.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Summit Materials, Inc.’s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in Summit Holdings, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Summit Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement and pay dividends.

Summit Materials, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LP Units. Summit Materials has no independent means of generating revenue. Summit Materials, Inc. intends to cause Summit Holdings to make distributions to holders of LP Units in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and cash dividends, if any, declared by it. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Summit Materials, Inc. needs funds, and Summit Holdings is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Any financing arrangement that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Summit Holdings is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a limited partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Summit Holdings (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Summit Holdings are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Summit Holdings.

Summit Materials, Inc. anticipates using certain distributions from Summit Holdings to acquire additional LP Units.

As described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Summit Materials Holdings L.P. Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement,” the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to be made to the holders of the LP Units if it is determined that the income of Summit Holdings will give rise to net taxable income allocable to holders of LP Units. To the extent that the tax distributions Summit Materials, Inc. receives exceed the amounts it actually requires to pay taxes and make payments under the tax receivable agreement, we expect that our board of directors will cause Summit Materials Inc. to use such excess cash to acquire additional newly-issued LP Units at a per unit price determined by reference to the volume weighted average price per share of the Class A common stock during the five trading days immediately preceding the date of the relevant board action. Although we anticipate that any such decision by our board of directors would be approved by a majority of our independent directors, any cash used by Summit Materials, Inc. to acquire additional LP Units would not then be available to fund cash dividends on the Class A common stock.

Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners for most of the benefits relating to any additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may claim as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with sales or exchanges of LP Units and related transactions and our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities.

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to the vesting and minimum retained ownership requirements and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to

 

32


Table of Contents

pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis described above and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. While the actual increase in tax basis and the actual amount and utilization of net operating losses, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that as a result of the size of the transfers and increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings and our possible utilization of net operating losses, the payments that Summit Materials, Inc. may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the holders of LP Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, Summit Materials, Inc. elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, Summit Materials, Inc.’s obligations under the tax receivable agreement would be calculated by reference to the present value (at a discount rate equal to one year LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of all future payments that holders of LP Units or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the tax receivable agreement using certain valuation assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control. In the case of an early termination election by Summit Materials, Inc., such payments will be calculated assuming that all unexchanged LP units were exchanged at the time of such election. Our obligations under the tax receivable agreement in such circumstance, in the case of a change of control, applies to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units and in the case of an early termination election, to all LP Units. In addition, holders of LP Units will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such tax basis increase and our utilization of certain net operating losses is successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such detriment would be taken into account in calculating future payments under the tax receivable agreement). Summit Materials, Inc.’s ability to achieve benefits from any tax basis increase or net operating losses, and the payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the tax receivable agreement payments under the tax receivable agreement could be in excess of 85% of Summit Materials, Inc.’s actual cash tax savings.

Accordingly, it is possible that, with respect to a particular year, the actual cash tax savings realized by Summit Materials, Inc. may be less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments or that payments under the tax receivable agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. Depending on our ability to take such detriments into account in making future payments, there may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials realizes in respect of the tax attributes

 

33


Table of Contents

subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. by Summit Holdings are not sufficient to permit Summit Materials, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions described in greater detail below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” we estimate that if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering, the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $461.0 million. The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payments could differ materially. We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the tax receivable agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

Blackstone and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, Blackstone and its affiliates will hold 74.8% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock (or 72.2% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Moreover, under our bylaws and the stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone and its affiliates that will be in effect by the completion of this offering, for so long as our existing owners and their affiliates retain significant ownership of us, we will agree to nominate to our board individuals designated by Blackstone, whom we refer to as the “Sponsor Directors.” Even when Blackstone and its affiliates cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Blackstone continues to own a significant percentage of our stock Blackstone will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through its voting power. Accordingly, for such period of time, Blackstone will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as Blackstone continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, Blackstone will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our Sponsors and their respective affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, Our Sponsors and their respective affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of Blackstone, Silverhawk, any of their respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Our Sponsors may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

Upon the listing of our shares of Class A common stock on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with

 

34


Table of Contents

certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our Class A common stock:

 

    we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

    we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

    we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect that a majority of the directors on our board will be independent upon completion of this offering. In addition, we do not expect that any of the committees of the board will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish reports by management and our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

35


Table of Contents

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our Class A common stock, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. It is possible that after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock was determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

We are eligible for reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies through the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and we cannot be certain if such reduced disclosure requirements will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We were an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, at the time we first publicly filed the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the SEC, and although we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we are eligible for reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies through the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which permits us to present reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we have relied on the exemption that permits such reduced disclosure. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our share price may be more volatile. See “Summary—Reduced Disclosure Requirements.”

 

36


Table of Contents

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our senior secured credit facility and our senior notes and may be limited by covenants of other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of Class A common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of Class A common stock than the amounts paid for the LP Units by our pre-IPO owners. Assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $16.25 per share of Class A common stock. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately 976,748,595 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including approximately 69,007,298 shares of Class A common stock available for issuance upon exchange of LP units that will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. We may need to raise significant additional equity capital in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Similarly, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings permits Summit Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partnership interests of Summit Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LP Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, we have reserved an aggregate of 13,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and LP Units for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Upon consummation of this offering we will have outstanding options issued under our Omnibus Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 4,678,841 shares of Class A common stock. In addition, we expect to issue warrants to purchase an aggregate of 160,333 shares of Class A common stock in connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings. See “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.” Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.

 

37


Table of Contents

If we or our existing investors sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 23,251,405 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the 22,222,222 shares sold in this offering (or 25,555,555 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The remaining outstanding 1,029,183 shares of Class A common stock held by Summit Owner Holdco will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our officers, directors and holders of certain of our outstanding LP Units immediately prior to this offering, including Blackstone, that collectively own 62,284,254 LP Units, will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares of Class A common stock subject to lock-up agreements. Participants in the directed share program, which provides for the sale of up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, have agreed to similar restrictions for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, which restrictions may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.” See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up agreements. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, all of such shares will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that Blackstone will be considered an affiliate 180 days after this offering based on their expected share ownership, as well as their board nomination rights. Certain other of our stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time. However, commencing 180 days following this offering, the holders of these shares of Class A common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of Class A common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 13,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock.

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of Class A common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of Class A common stock or other securities.

 

38


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

    would allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock in connection with a stockholder rights plan or otherwise, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders’ agreement cease to beneficially own at least 30% of the total voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 66  2 3 % or more in voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock, if Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

39


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “trends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

 

40


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Existing Organizational Structure

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure:

 

LOGO

 

41


Table of Contents

 

 

(1) Summit GP currently serves as the sole general partner of Summit Holdings. In addition, Summit GP holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A-1 limited partnership interests in Summit Holdings and does not hold interests in any of the other existing classes of limited partnership interests in Summit Holdings. Affiliates of Blackstone have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of Summit GP.

 

(2) Guarantor under our senior secured credit facilities, but not our senior notes.

 

(3) Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. are the issuers of our senior notes and Summit Materials, LLC is the borrower under our senior secured credit facilities. Summit Materials Finance Corp. was formed in December 2011 solely to act as co-issuer of the senior notes and other indebtedness, has no assets and does not conduct any operations.

 

(4) Guarantor under our senior notes and guarantor under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

(5) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, in the absence of a dissolution or liquidation of Continental Cement, Summit Materials Holdings II, LLC (“Summit II”), which holds Class A Units of Continental Cement, and the holders of the Class B Units of Continental Cement are each entitled to receive a percentage of the distributions on a pari passu basis. The percentage received by the holders of the Class B Units relative to Summit II adjusts based on the time period that the Class A Units have been outstanding and whether Summit II has received a certain return on the capital contributions it made to purchase the Class A Units it holds. Summit II’s sharing percentage is generally between 70% and 80%. The holders of the Class B Units collectively share in the remaining distributions not allocated to Summit II. In connection with a dissolution or liquidation of Continental Cement, distributions are made either in the manner set forth above or, if it provides a greater return to Summit II with respect to the Class A Units, Summit II will receive a priority distribution ahead of the Class B Units up to an amount equal to the capital contributions made by Summit II in respect of the Class A Units, plus interest on such capital contributions of 11%, accruing daily and compounding annually from the date of issuance of the Class A Units. Any excess amount to be distributed after the priority payment to Summit II is then made to the holders of the Class B Units. Subject to certain exceptions and conditions, Summit II has the right to require Continental Cement to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class B Units at any time after May 27, 2016. In addition, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, holders of the Class B Units have the right to require Continental Cement to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class B Units at a strike price that approximates fair value, including in the event of a change of control of Summit Holdings prior to May 27, 2016, or at any time thereafter. Holders of Class B Units also have certain rights that allow them to rollover their interests in connection with an initial public offering. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to acquire all of the Class B Units of Continental Cement and that Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings. See footnote (4) to the diagram included under “—Organizational Structure Following this Offering” below for additional details.

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be a holding company, and its sole material asset is expected to be a controlling equity interest in Summit Holdings. As the general partner of Summit Holdings, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to operate and control all of the business and affairs of Summit Holdings and, through Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Under U.S. GAAP, Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity since the voting rights of its investors is not expected to be proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of Summit Holdings. That is, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to hold 100% of the voting power in Summit Holdings but is expected to initially own less than 50% of the LP Units and our pre-IPO owners are expected to hold no voting rights in Summit Holdings but initially own more than 50% of the LP Units. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be the primary beneficiary of Summit Holdings as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Summit Holdings and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Summit Holdings that could potentially be significant to Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to consolidate Summit Holdings on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LP Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income.

 

42


Table of Contents

Summit Owner Holdco, an entity that will be owned by our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without

regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) any other future holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such other holder. At the completion of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will comprise all of the limited partners of Summit Holdings. However, Summit Holdings may in the future admit additional limited partners, in connection with an acquisition or otherwise, that would not constitute pre-IPO owners. Limited partners of Summit Holdings are not entitled to shares of Class B common stock solely as a result of their admission as limited partners. However, we may in the future issue shares of Class B common stock to one or more limited partners to whom LP Units are also issued, for example in connection with the contribution of assets to us or Summit Holdings by such limited partner. Accordingly, as a holder of both LP Units and Class B common stock, any such holder of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of LP Units held by it. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

43


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Affiliates of Blackstone have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of Summit GP.
(2)

The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units

 

44


Table of Contents
  less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If Summit Owner Holdco were to transfer shares of Class B common stock to a holder of Initial LP Units, such holder of Initial LP Units and shares of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Initial LP Units held and the number of votes available to Summit Owner Holdco would decrease commensurately.
(3) As of the IPO Date, 3,031,524 of the LP Units, or approximately 3.3% of the total LP Units outstanding will be unvested and will be subject to certain time and performance vesting conditions. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation—Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Conversion of Class D Interests” on page 136.
(4) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, a non-wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings, the Class B Unitholders have the right to elect to rollover their interests in Continental Cement in connection with an initial public offering. In lieu of the Class B Unitholders electing to rollover their interests in connection with this offering, we have entered into a contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders whereby, concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) Summit GP will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Materials, Inc. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock and will contribute to Summit Materials, Inc. its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, (y) Summit Materials, Inc. will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement it receives to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to the excess of (x) the product of the number of pre-IPO LP Units multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 100% minus 1.469496% over (y) the number of pre-IPO LP Units. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings. Based on 69,007,298 aggregate pre-IPO LP Units, Summit Owner Holdco would receive 1,029,183 shares of Class A common stock and 69,007,298 shares of Class B common stock (representing all outstanding shares of Class B common stock at the time of the consummation of this offering). As of December 27, 2014, Continental Cement had total assets of $368.8 million and for the year ended December 27, 2014 generated net income of $8.0 million.

Incorporation of Summit Materials

Summit Materials, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on September 23, 2014. Summit Materials, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The certificate of incorporation of Summit Materials authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

The capital structure of Summit Holdings currently consists of six different classes of limited partnership interests (Class A-1, Class A-2, Class B-1, Class C, Class D-1 and Class D-2), each of which has different

 

45


Table of Contents

amounts of aggregate distributions above which its holders would share in distributions. There are currently no outstanding Class A-2 interests. Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by creating a single new class of units that we refer to as “LP Units.” We refer to this as the “Reclassification.” Immediately following the Reclassification and the issuance of LP Units in connection with the contribution and purchase agreement described above, but prior to the Offering Transactions described below, there will be 69,007,298 LP Units issued and outstanding.

In the Reclassification, the ratio of LP Units received per Class A-1, Class B-1, Class C, Class D-1 and Class D-2 limited partnership interest will, on average by class, be approximately 1,875:1, 1,870:1, 1,454:1, 954:1, 958:1, respectively. In addition, in substitution for part of the economic benefit of the Class C and Class D interests that is not reflected in the conversion of such interest to LP Units, we expect to issue warrants to purchase an aggregate of 160,333 shares of Class A common stock to holders of Class C interests and options to purchase an aggregate of 4,358,841 shares of Class A common stock to holders of Class D interests, in each case with exercise prices at or above the initial public offering price per share. For additional information regarding the conversion of the Class C and Class D interests, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Warrant Issuances” and “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Conversion of Class D Interests.”

Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings, Summit Materials, Inc. will be the sole general partner of Summit Holdings upon consummation of this offering. Accordingly, Summit Materials, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of LP Units and the amount of any such distributions. If Summit Materials, Inc., as sole general partner, authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to holders of LP Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests.

The holders of LP Units, including Summit Materials, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Summit Holdings will generally be allocated to its holders (including Summit Materials, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests, except as otherwise required by law. The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings provides for cash distributions to the holders of the LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that the taxable income of Summit Holdings will give rise to taxable income for the holders of LP Units. In accordance with the limited partnership agreement, we intend to cause Summit Holdings to make pro rata cash distributions to the holders of LP Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Summit Holdings that is allocated to them. These distributions will only be paid to the extent that other distributions made by Summit Holdings were otherwise insufficient to cover the tax liabilities of holders of LP Units. Generally, these distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Summit Holdings multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual resident in New York, New York. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Summit Materials Holdings L.P. Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement.”

Exchange Agreement

We and the holders of outstanding LP Units will enter into an exchange agreement at the time of this offering under which they (or certain of their permitted transferees) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. The exchange agreement will also provide that a holder of LP Units will not have the right to exchange LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Summit Materials, Inc. or its subsidiaries to which the holder of LP Units may be subject. Summit Materials, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Summit Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder

 

46


Table of Contents

exchanges LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LP Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Offering Transactions

At the time of the consummation of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. intends to purchase, for cash, newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering net of underwriting discounts. At the time of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. will purchase from Summit Holdings 22,222,222 newly-issued LP Units for an aggregate of $376.0 million (or 25,555,555 LP Units for an aggregate of $432.4 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The issuance and sale of such newly-issued LP Units by Summit Holdings to Summit Materials, Inc. will correspondingly dilute the ownership interests of our pre-IPO owners in Summit Holdings. Accordingly, following this offering Summit Materials, Inc. will hold a number of LP Units that is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that it has issued, as a result a single share of Class A common stock will represent (albeit indirectly) the same percentage equity interest in Summit Holdings as a single LP Unit.

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and of certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

As a result of the transactions described above:

 

    the investors in this offering will collectively own 22,222,222 shares of our Class A common stock (or 25,555,555 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and Summit Materials, Inc. will hold 22,222,222 LP Units (or 25,555,555 LP Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) prior to giving effect to the 1,029,183 LP Units to be issued to Summit Materials, Inc. pursuant to the contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement;

 

    our pre-IPO owners will hold 69,007,298 LP Units;

 

    the investors in this offering will collectively have 24.1% of the voting power in Summit Materials, Inc. (or 26.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

    Summit Owner Holdco, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the shares of Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering, and will have 75.9% of the voting power in Summit Materials, Inc. (or 73.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

47


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $376.0 million (or $432.4 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering by approximately $20.9 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Summit Holdings will bear or reimburse Summit Materials, Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $7.5 million.

We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”

We intend to cause Summit Holdings to use these proceeds as follows: (i) to redeem $287.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes at a redemption price of 100% and an applicable premium thereon; (ii) to purchase 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement; (iii) to pay a one-time termination fee of $13.8 million to an affiliate of Blackstone in connection with the termination of a transaction and management fee agreement; and (iv) for general corporate purposes. As of December 27, 2014, $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes was outstanding. The senior notes mature on January 31, 2020 and have an interest rate of 10.5% per annum. As of December 27, 2014, the applicable interest rate on our senior secured term loan facility, which matures on January 30, 2019, was 5.00%. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Transaction and Management Fee Agreement.”

 

48


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of any such dividends at any time. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

Summit Materials, Inc. is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LP Units in Summit Holdings. Should we decide to pay a cash dividend on our Class A common stock in the future, we intend to fund this cash dividend by causing Summit Holdings to make distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. in an amount sufficient to cover such dividend, whereupon the other holders of LP Units will also be entitled to receive distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests. Because Summit Materials, Inc. must pay taxes and make payments under the tax receivable agreement, any amounts ultimately distributed as dividends to holders of our Class A common stock are expected to be less on a per share basis than the amounts distributed by Summit Holdings to its partners on a per LP Unit basis.

The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings as it will be in effect at the time of this offering provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to be made to the holders of LP Units if it is determined that the income of Summit Holdings will give rise to net taxable income allocable to holders of LP Units. To the extent the tax distributions Summit Materials, Inc. receives exceed the amounts it actually requires to pay taxes and make payments under the tax receivable agreement, we expect our board of directors will cause Summit Materials, Inc. to use such excess cash to acquire additional newly-issued LP Units at a per unit price determined by reference to the volume weighted average price per share of the Class A common stock during the five trading days immediately preceding the date of the relevant board action. If Summit Materials, Inc. acquires additional LP Units in this manner, we also anticipate that in order to maintain the relationship between the shares of Class A common stock and the LP Units our board of directors will at that time declare a stock dividend on the Class A common stock of an aggregate number of additional newly-issued shares that corresponds to the number of additional LP Units that Summit Materials, Inc. is acquiring.

The agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities and senior notes contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Summit Materials, LLC’s ability to pay dividends to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Any financing arrangements that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Summit Holdings is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a limited partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Summit Holdings (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Summit Holdings are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Summit Holdings.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and capitalization as of December 27, 2014 for:

 

    Summit Materials Holdings L.P., on a historical basis; and

 

    Summit Materials, Inc., on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    the sale by us of 22,222,222 shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering had occurred on December 27, 2014; and

 

    the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash is not a component of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 27, 2014  
(in thousands, except shares and per share data)    Historical
Summit
Holdings
    Pro Forma
Summit
Materials, Inc.
 

Cash

   $ 13,215      $ 13,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

Senior secured credit facilities(1)

$ 415,670    $ 415,670   

Capital leases and other

  31,210      31,210   

10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020(2)

  625,000      337,300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

$ 1,071,880    $ 784,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

Partners’ interest

  506,361      —     

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 23,251,405 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

  —        233   

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 250,000,000 shares authorized, shares 69,007,298 issued and outstanding, as adjusted

  —        690   

Additional paid-in capital

  12,286      390,207   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (15,546   (15,546

Accumulated deficit

  (217,416   (297,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ interest/stockholders’ equity(3)

  285,685      78,076   

Noncontrolling interests

  1,298      519,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  286,983      598,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization(3)

$ 1,358,863    $ 1,382,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

 

(1) The senior secured credit facilities provide senior secured financing in an amount of $572.0 million, consisting of a $150.0 million five-year revolving credit facility and a $422.0 million seven-year term loan facility. In connection with this offering we anticipate entering into an amendment that will, among other things, increase the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.” Amount shown represents the principal amount of loans without giving effect to original issue discount. Does not reflect any borrowings we may make under our revolving credit facility to pay accrued interest on senior notes that will be redeemed with proceeds of this offering.
(2) Represents the aggregate principal amount of senior notes, without giving effect to (a) original issuance discounts or premium to par or commissions to the initial purchasers or (b) accrued interest from the July 31, 2014 interest payment date through December 27, 2014. We expect to use cash on hand or borrowings under our revolving credit facility to pay accrued interest from January 31, 2015 through the redemption date of senior notes that will be redeemed with proceeds of this offering.
(3) To the extent we change the number of shares of Class A common stock sold by us in this offering from the shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the $18.00 per share assumed initial public offering price, representing the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or any combination of these events occurs, the net proceeds to us from this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization may increase or decrease. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $20.9 million. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering and our total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $16.9 million. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the pro forma amount of each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total equity and total capitalization would increase by approximately $56.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, and we would have 26,584,738 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

 

51


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our pre-IPO owners.

As of December 27, 2014, we had a historical net tangible deficit value of $(116.2) million, or $(1.68) per share of our Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Offering Transactions and assuming that all of the holders of LP Units in Summit Holdings (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the sale of 22,222,222 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price per share of $18.00 and the other transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and assuming that all of the pre-IPO owners exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 27, 2014, would have been $161.1 million, or $1.75 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.43 per share of Class A common stock to our pre-IPO owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $16.25 per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

$ 18.00  

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock as of December 27, 2014

$ (1.68 )

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to the Offering Transactions

$ 3.43  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock as of December 27, 2014 after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds

$ 1.75  
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering

$ 16.25  
    

 

 

 

The pro forma information discussed above is for illustrative purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of the offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual offering price of our Class A common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of December 27, 2014, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our pre-IPO owners, the Class B Unitholders and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the pre-IPO owners exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

     Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
    Average
Price per
Share
of Class A

Common
Stock
 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Pre-IPO owners

            

Class A interest holders

     59,055         64.0   $ 466,610         51.5   $ 7.90   

Class B interest holders

     4,875         5.3     39,750         4.4     8.15   

Class C interest holders

     554         0.6     —           —          —     

Class D interest holders

     4,524         4.9     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(1)

  69,007      74.8 $ 506,360      55.9 $ 7.34   

Class B Unitholders(2)

  1,029      1.1   —        —        —     

Investors in this offering

  22,222      24.1   400,000      44.1   18.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(1)

  92,259      100.0 $ 906,360      100.0 $ 9.82  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Certain sums do not foot due to rounding.
(2) Represents a number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to the excess of (x) the product of the number of pre-IPO LP Units multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 100% minus 1.469496% over (y) the number of pre-IPO LP Units. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering.”

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, assuming that all of the pre-IPO owners exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, the number of shares of Class A common stock held by the pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders would be 70,036,481, or 73.3%, and the number of shares of Class A common stock held by new investors would increase to 25,555,555, or 26.7%, of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering, respectively.

 

53


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been derived by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments are based on currently available information, accounting judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations and balance sheet are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent our results of operations or balance sheet that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to below been consummated on December 28, 2013 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations and on December 27, 2014 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, or to project our results of operations or financial position for any future date or period. The adjustments are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 27, 2014 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 27, 2014 are presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to the following items:

 

    the sale of 22,222,222 shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering at the initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), resulting in net proceeds of $376.0 million from the Class A common stock issuance, and the application of $327.2 million of the net proceeds to redeem a portion of the outstanding senior notes;

 

    the consummation of the transactions involving Continental Cement described in “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering”; and

 

    the consummation of the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”

Following the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” Summit Materials, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. However, given cumulative losses in recent years, we expect to record a valuation allowance on Summit Materials, Inc.’s net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have not recorded any tax impact or incremental tax effects related to other pro forma adjustments for Summit Materials, Inc. in the pro forma statement of operations upon becoming subject to income taxes. The pro forma adjustment to tax expense reflects the projected impact that the reduction in interest expense would have on Summit Holdings’ incorporated legal entities, which have and will continue to be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional 3,333,333 shares of Class A common stock from us.

As described in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the cash savings in income tax, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes as a result of (i) increases in tax basis described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. No such exchanges or other tax benefits have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma financial information and therefore no pro forma adjustment is necessary.

 

54


Table of Contents

Following the offering, we will incur costs associated with being a U.S. publicly traded company. Such costs will include new or increased expenses for such items as insurance, directors’ fees, accounting work, legal advice and compliance with applicable U.S. regulatory and stock exchange requirements, including costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and periodic or current reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). No pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect such costs due to the fact that they currently are not objectively determinable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations or financial position that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. You should read this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

 

55


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 27, 2014

(in thousands)

 

    Summit
Holdings
Historical
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
       Summit
Materials, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Assets          

Current assets:

         

Cash

  $ 13,215       $ —           $ 13,215   

Accounts receivable, net

    141,302         —             141,302   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

    10,174         —             10,174   

Inventories

    111,553         —             111,553   

Other current assets

    17,172         —             17,172   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

  293,416      —        293,416   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  950,601      —        950,601   

Goodwill

  419,270      —        419,270   

Intangible assets, net

  17,647      —        17,647   

Other assets

  48,843      (9,942 )(a)    38,901   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,729,777    $ (9,942 $ 1,719,835   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest/Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt

$ 5,275    $ —      $ 5,275   

Current portion of acquisition-related liabilities

  18,402      2,500 (b)    20,902   

Accounts payable

  78,854      —        78,854   

Accrued expenses

  101,496      2,215 (a)    103,711   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

  8,958      —        8,958   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  212,985      4,715      217,700   

Long-term debt

  1,059,642      (299,898 )(c)    759,744   

Acquisition-related liabilities

  42,736      (7,943 )(b)    50,679   

Other noncurrent liabilities

  93,691      —        93,691   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  1,409,054      (287,240   1,121,814   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

  33,740      (33,740 )(b)    —     

Partners’ interest/stockholders’ equity:

Partners’ interest

  506,361      (506,361 )(d)    —     

Accumulated deficit

  (217,416   (80,092 )(e)    (297,508

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (15,546   —        (15,546

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  —        233 (f)    233   

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  —        690 (f)    690   

Additional paid-in capital

  12,286      377,921 (g),(d)    390,207   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Partners’ interest/stockholders’ equity

  285,685      (207,609   78,076   

Noncontrolling interest

  1,298      518,647 (d)    519,945   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total equity

  286,983      311,038      598,021   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interests/stockholders’ equity

$ 1,729,777    $ (9,942 $ 1,719,835   
 

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents an adjustment to other assets reflecting (i) $5.3 million for deferred transaction costs incurred through December 27, 2014 and (ii) a $4.7 million write off of deferred financing fees as a result of the redemption of $287.7 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding senior notes. Total transaction costs of approximately $7.5 million are expected to be substantially paid by the time of this offering. As such, we recorded an adjustment to accrued liabilities to reflect additional offering expenses we estimate to incur after December 27, 2014. The transaction costs and deferred financing fee adjustments are also reflected in additional paid-in capital (see footnote (g)) and accumulated deficit (see footnote (e)), respectively.

 

56


Table of Contents
(b) Represents the $63.9 million purchase of the noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering.” The purchase is composed of $18.5 million of equity, $35.0 million in cash paid with proceeds from this offering and $10.4 million of deferred consideration. The deferred consideration balance of $10.4 million represents the net present value of $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes payable in six aggregate annual installments of $2.5 million. The current portion of acquisition-related liabilities and long-term portion of acquisition-related liabilities increased $2.5 million and $7.9 million, respectively, reflecting the fair value of the $15.0 million notes. Effective upon the purchase of the noncontrolling interest, the accretion will be accelerated to true up the balance to the purchase price and is included as a $30.2 million increase to accumulated deficit (see footnote (e)) with an aggregate $33.7 million adjustment to the redeemable noncontrolling interest resulting in a zero balance. The $30.2 million is calculated as the difference between the total purchase price ($63.9 million) and historical redeemable noncontrolling interest balance ($33.7 million). The $18.5 million of equity is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital (see footnote (g)).
(c) Reflects the redemption of $287.7 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes and a $12.2 million reduction in the original issue premium. The reduction in the premium on debt was calculated by applying the percentage of senior notes paid down as a result of this offering, approximately 46.0% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, to the December 27, 2014 net premium balance of $26.5 million. The reduction in the original issue premium is also reflected in accumulated deficit (see footnote (e)).
(d) Represents an adjustment to partners’ interest for the reclassification of partners’ interest and historical paid-in capital of $506.4 million and $12.3 million, respectively, to noncontrolling interest. The historical additional paid-in capital is also reflected in the additional paid-in capital pro forma adjustment (see footnote (g)).
(e) Represents the following adjustments to the accumulated deficit:

 

(in millions)    

Redemption fees on the senior notes (1)

$ (39.5

Write off of the deferred financing fees related to the senior notes redeemed (see footnote (a))

  (4.7

Reduction of the premium related to the senior notes redeemed (see footnote (c))

  12.2   

Termination of the transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C (2)

  (13.8

Adjustment of outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement to fair value (see footnote (b))

  (30.2

Incremental stock compensation expense and non-recurring charge (see footnote (g))

  (4.1
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 80.1   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) At any time prior to January 31, 2016, we may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable prepayment penalties as of the redemption date under the terms of the indenture and accrued and unpaid interests. This adjustment reflects the prepayment penalties on the senior notes redeemed.
  (2) In connection with the formation of Summit Holdings, Summit Holdings entered into a transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services. This is the termination payment associated with this agreement.
(f) Represents the par value of $0.01 and $0.01 for Class A and Class B common stock, respectively. These adjustments are also reflected in additional paid-in capital (see footnote (g)).

 

57


Table of Contents
(g) Represents the following increase of $377.9 million of additional paid-in capital as a result of the sale of 22,222,222 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $18.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds of $376.0 million from the Class A common stock issuance), incremental stock compensation expense of $4.1 million, issuance of shares to purchase the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement, less adjustments for the par value of $0.9 million, transaction fees of $7.5 million and reclassification of historical additional paid-in capital of $12.3 million, detailed as follows:

 

(in millions)       

Net proceeds from this offering

   $ 376.0   

Incremental stock compensation expense and non-recurring charge (see footnote (e))

     4.1   

Shares issued as part of the purchase of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement (see footnote (b))

     18.5   

Less: Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (see footnote (f))

     (0.9

Less: Deferred transaction costs (see footnote (a))

     (7.5

Less: Reclassification of historical additional paid-in capital to noncontrolling interest (see footnote (d))

     (12.3
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 377.9   
  

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 27, 2014

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Summit
Holdings
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Summit
Materials, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenue

   $ 1,204,231      $ —        $ 1,204,231   

Cost of revenue

     887,160        —          887,160   

General and administrative expenses

     150,732        260 (a)      150,992   

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     87,826        —          87,826   

Transaction costs

     8,554        —          8,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  69,959      (260   69,699   

Other income, net

  (3,447   —        (3,447

Interest expense

  86,742      (18,176 )(b)    68,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes

  (13,336   17,917      4,581   

Income tax benefit

  (6,983   1,630 (c)    (5,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  (6,353)      16,287      9,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  —        7,431 (d)    7,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Summit Materials, Inc.

$ (6,353)    $ 8,857    $ 2,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding

Basic

  23,251 (e) 

Diluted

  23,668 (e) 

Net income per share attributable to Class A common stock

Basic

$ 0.11 (e) 

Diluted

$ 0.11 (e) 

 

(a) Reflects the incremental compensation expense associated with the unvested portion of the time-vesting Class D interests, which will be modified in conjunction with the recapitalization of Summit Holding’s partnership interest. In addition, we will recognize a $3.9 million non-recurring charge for the incremental compensation cost on the vested portion of the time-vesting Class D interests.

In addition to the time-vested LP Units, there were also performance-vested LP Units and stock options issued in connection with this offering, which vest when certain investment returns are achieved by the investors of Summit Holdings (performance-vesting interests). Compensation expense for performance-vesting interests would be recognized based on the grant date fair value. However, no adjustment for compensation expense has been recognized for the performance-vesting interests, as management does not believe it is currently probable that the performance criteria will be achieved.

 

59


Table of Contents
(b) Reflects reduction in interest expense of $18.2 million for the following adjustments:

 

(in millions)       

Pro forma interest expense as a result of the senior notes redemption(1)

   $ 35.4   

Less: Summit Holdings’ historical senior notes interest expense for the year ended December 27, 2014

     55.6   
  

 

 

 

Reduction in senior notes interest expense

  (20.2

Reduction for the amortization of deferred financing fees

  (0.5

Addition for the amortization of the net premium to par

  1.4   

Addition for the accretion on the $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes to be issued to the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement

  1.1   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ (18.2
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) Summit Holdings historical senior notes December 27, 2014 balance of $625.0 million less senior notes redemption of $287.7 million aggregate principal amount multiplied by interest rate of 10.5%

 

(c) Following the recapitalization changes described “Capitalization,” there will be a reduction in senior notes interest expense. A portion of this reduction will be applied to Summit Holdings’ incorporated legal entities, which have and will continue to be subject to U.S. federal income taxes. This adjustment reflects the reduction of the income tax benefit at Summit Holdings’ incorporated entities as a result of the recapitalization.
(d) Reflects an adjustment to record the 74.8% noncontrolling interests that partners of Summit Holdings (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) own in Summit Holdings relating to their 69,007,298 LP Units. After this offering, 23,251,405 shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding and 69,007,298 LP Units will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding Summit Materials, Inc.).
(e) Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to holders of Class A common stock by the weighted average Class A common stock outstanding during the year ended December 27, 2014. Diluted net income per share reflects the effect of the exchange of each of the issued and outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings (including unvested LP Units, calculated using the treasury stock method), along with their corresponding Class B common stock, into Class A common stock outstanding as of the later of the beginning of year ended December 27, 2014 or their date of issuance. Certain stock options we expect to grant in connection with this offering are based on performance conditions that have not been met and are therefore not included as dilutive shares. Certain stock options and warrants we expect to grant in connection with this offering have no performance conditions; however, because the exercise price is equal to the initial public offering price per share, there is no dilutive effect.

 

60


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical consolidated financial data of Summit Holdings should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summit Holdings, which commenced operations on August 26, 2009, will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical financial statements following this offering. Under U.S. GAAP, Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity.

The selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected successor balance sheet data as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings not included in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

In 2011, we adopted a fiscal year based on a 52-53 week year.

 

61


Table of Contents

You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 27,
2014
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Total revenue

  $ 1,204,231      $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ 789,076      $ 405,297   

Total cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

    877,160        677,052        713,346        597,654        284,336   

General and administrative expenses

    150,732        142,000        127,215        95,826        48,557   

Goodwill impairment

    —          68,202        —          —          —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

    87,826        72,934        68,290        61,377        33,870   

Transaction costs

    8,554        3,990        1,988        9,120        22,268   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  69,959      (47,977)      15,415      25,099      16,266   

Other income, net

  (3,447)      (1,737)      (1,182)      (21,244)      1,583   

Loss on debt financings

  —        3,115      9,469      —        9,975   

Interest expense

  86,742      56,443      58,079      47,784      25,430   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

  (13,336)      (105,798)      (50,951)      (1,441)      (20,722)   

Income tax (benefit) expense

  (6,983)      (2,647)      (3,920)      3,408      2,363   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

$ (6,353)    $ (103,151)    $ (47,031)    $ (4,849)    $ (23,085)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

Net cash provided by (used for):

Operating activities

$ 79,089    $ 66,412    $ 62,279    $ 23,253    $ (20,529)   

Investing activities

  (461,280)      (111,515)      (85,340)      (192,331)      (500,854)   

Financing activities

  377,222      32,589      7,702      146,775      578,855   

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

Cash

$ 13,215    $ 18,183    $ 30,697    $ 46,056    $ 68,359   

Total assets

  1,729,777      1,251,060      1,284,479      1,287,531      1,104,847   

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

  1,064,917      688,987      639,843      608,981      559,980   

Capital leases

  31,210      8,026      3,092      3,158      3,217   

Total partners’ interest

  286,983      286,817      385,694      439,638      349,259   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

  33,740      24,767      22,850      21,300      21,300   

Other Financial Data (as of period end):

Total hard assets(1)

$ 1,062,154    $ 928,210    $ 906,584    $ 906,166    $ 775,457   

 

(1) Defined as the sum of (a) net property, plant and equipment and (b) inventories.

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

The historical consolidated financial information discussed below reflects the historical results of operations and financial position of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. The historical consolidated financial information discussed below does not give effect to this offering or the Offering Transactions. See “Organizational Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are one of the fastest growing construction materials companies in the United States, with a 197% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 27, 2014, as compared to an average increase of approximately 38% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition more than five years ago, we have received equity commitments of $798.1 million, of which $467.5 million has been deployed. Through the deployed equity and debt financings, we have completed 34 acquisitions, which are organized into 11 operating companies that make up our three distinct operating segments—West, Central and East regions—spanning 17 U.S. states and British Columbia, Canada and 27 metropolitan statistical areas. We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating history, averaging over 35 years. Our highly experienced management team, led by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Tom Hill, a 30-year industry veteran, has successfully enhanced the operations of acquired companies by focusing on scale advantages, cost efficiencies and pricing discipline to improve profitability and cash flow.

 

63


Table of Contents

Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons as of December 27, 2014. From time to time, in connection with certain acquisitions, we engage a third party engineering firm to perform an aggregates reserves audit, but we do not perform annual reserve audits. By segment, our estimate of proven and probable reserves for which we have permits for extraction and that we consider to be recoverable aggregates of suitable quality for economic extraction, including the underground mine that was substantially completed in 2014 to support our cement plant, are shown in the table below along with average annual production.

 

     Aggregate
producing
sites
     Tonnage of reserves for
each general type of
aggregate
     Annual
production(1)
     Average years
until depletion
at current
production
     Percent of
reserves owned and
percent leased
 

Segment

      Hard rock(1)      Sand and
gravel(1)
           Owned     Leased(2)  

West

     49         297,489         383,494         21,967         31         34     66

Central

     61         872,883         53,035         5,479         169         69     31

East

     24         459,057         7,174         4,960         94         39     61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

Total

  134      1,629,429      443,703      32,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

(1) Hard rock, sand and gravel and annual production tons are shown in thousands.
(2) Lease terms range from monthly to on-going with an average lease expiry of 2020.

We operate in 17 U.S. states and British Columbia, Canada, and we currently have assets in 15 states and British Columbia, Canada across our three geographic regions. The map below illustrates our geographic footprint:

 

LOGO

For the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 56% of our revenue related to residential and nonresidential construction and approximately 44% related to public infrastructure projects. In general, our

 

64


Table of Contents

aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving services businesses are weighted towards public infrastructure projects. Our cement and ready-mixed concrete businesses serve both the private construction and public infrastructure markets.

Private construction includes both residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel markets. From a macroeconomic view, we see positive indicators for the construction sector, including upward trends in housing starts and construction employment and highway obligations. All of these factors should result in increased construction activity in the private sector. However, we do not expect this recovery to be consistent across the United States. Certain of our markets are showing greater, more rapid signs of recovery than other markets.

Public infrastructure includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure projects represent a significant share of the U.S. construction materials market and have historically been a relatively stable portion of state and federal budgets. Our acquisitions to date have been primarily focused in states with certain constitutional protections for transportation funding sources, which we believe limits our exposure to state and local budgetary uncertainties. Funding for the existing federal transportation funding program expired on September 30, 2014, and on August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted. This bill provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May 2015. Any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase.

Business Trends and Conditions

The U.S. construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Competition is limited in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational companies that offer a wide array of construction materials, products and related services. We estimate that approximately 65% of the aggregates in the United States are held by private companies.

Our revenue is derived from multiple end-use markets including private residential and nonresidential construction, as well as public infrastructure construction. Residential and nonresidential construction consists of new construction and repair and remodel markets. The construction sectors in the local economies in which we operate have begun to show signs of recovery. However, we could still be affected by any economic stagnation or decline, which could vary by local region and market. Our sales and earnings are sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and particularly to cyclical changes in construction spending, especially in the private sector. From a macroeconomic view, we see positive indicators for the construction sector, including upward trends in housing starts, construction employment and highway obligations. All of these factors should result in increased construction activity in the private sector. However, we do not expect this recovery to be consistent across the United States. Certain of our markets are showing greater, more rapid signs of recovery. Increased construction activity in the private sector could lead to increased public infrastructure spending in the relatively near future. Public infrastructure includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure projects have historically been a relatively stable portion of state and federal budgets. Our acquisitions to date have been primarily focused in states with certain constitutional protections for transportation funding sources, which we believe limits our exposure to state and local budgetary uncertainties.

In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is also available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, which represented approximately 34%, 19%, 11%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2014) each have funds whose revenue sources have certain constitutional protections and are dedicated for transportation projects.

 

    Texas Department of Transportation’s budget from 2014 to 2016 is $25.3 billion.

 

65


Table of Contents
    Kansas has a 10-year $8.2 billion highway bill that was passed in May 2010. On November 4, 2014, voters in Texas passed a proposition that is expected to provide between $1.2 billion and $1.7 billion of incremental funding annually to the Texas Department of Transportation. The funds must be used for construction, maintenance, rehabilitation and acquiring right-of-way for public roads.

 

    Kentucky’s biennial highway construction plan has funding of $3.6 billion from July 2014 to June 2016.

 

    Utah’s transportation investment fund has $3.5 billion committed through 2018.

 

    Missouri has an estimated $0.7 billion in annual construction funding committed to essential road and bridge programs through 2017.

Within many of our markets, state and local governments have taken actions to maintain or grow highway funding during a time of uncertainty with respect to federal funding. For example:

 

    The Texas legislature recently passed the largest two-year budget in the history of the Texas Department of Transportation (with growth in both new construction and maintenance). In addition, Austin and Houston, Texas have seen rapid residential demand expansion, which we expect to provide a stimulus for nonresidential and public infrastructure demand, as job growth has drawn new residents. On November 4, 2014, voters in Texas passed a proposition that is expected to provide between $1.2 billion and $1.7 billion of incremental funding annually to the Texas Department of Transportation. The funds must be used for construction, maintenance, rehabilitation and acquiring right-of-way for public roads.

 

    Increases in heavy truck registration fees, dedicated sales tax revenue and bond issuances have enabled Kansas to maintain stability in public infrastructure spending.

 

    We believe that public infrastructure spending in Kentucky, which comprises the majority of our revenue in the state, will remain consistent in the upcoming years.

 

    We expect primarily maintenance-related public demand in Utah and Missouri, both of which have recently completed large spending programs.

The table below sets forth additional details regarding our five key states, including growth rates as compared to the U.S. as a whole:

 

   

 

    Revenue by End Market (1)     Projected Industry Growth by End Market
2013 to 2018(2)
 
    Percentage of
Our Total
Revenue(1)
    Residential and
Nonresidential
Construction
    Public
Infrastructure
Construction
    Residential
Construction
    Nonresidential
Construction
    Public
Infrastructure
Construction
 

State

                                   

Texas

    34     52     48     8.9     6.8     6.1

Kansas

    19     41     59     11.6     5.8     3.4

Kentucky

    11     10     90     12.2     5.7     7.2

Utah

    10     96     4     7.5     6.0     5.8

Missouri

    9     72     28     10.9     5.8     2.8
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average(3)

  10.0   6.2   5.3

United States(2)

  9.1   5.2   4.5

 

(1) Percentages based on our revenue by state for the year ended December 27, 2014 and management’s estimates as to end markets.
(2) Source: FMI Management Consulting.
(3) Calculated using weighted average based on each state’s percentage contribution to our total revenue.

In addition to being subject to cyclical changes in the economy, our business is seasonal in nature. Substantially all of our products and services are produced, consumed and performed outdoors. Severe weather,

 

66


Table of Contents

seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can significantly affect the production and sales volumes of our products. Typically, the highest sales and earnings are in the second and third quarters, and the lowest are in the first and fourth quarters. Winter weather months are generally periods of lower sales as we, and our customers, generally cannot cost-effectively mobilize and demobilize equipment and manpower under adverse weather conditions. Periods of heavy rainfall also adversely affect our work patterns and demand for our products. Our working capital may vary greatly during peak periods, but generally returns to average levels as our operating cycle is completed each fiscal year.

We are subject to commodity price risk with respect to price changes in liquid asphalt and energy, including fossil fuels and electricity for aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix production, natural gas for hot mix asphalt production and diesel fuel for distribution vehicles and production related mobile equipment. Liquid asphalt escalator provisions in most of our private and commercial contracts limit our exposure to price fluctuations in this commodity. We often obtain similar escalators on public infrastructure contracts. In addition, we enter into various firm purchase commitments, with terms generally less than one year, for certain raw materials. As a result of the contract escalation clauses and effective use of the firm purchase commitments, commodity prices did not have a material effect on our results of operations in the year ended December 27, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 28, 2013, or in 2013, as compared to 2012.

Our acquisition strategy requires capital contributions or debt financings. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, our long-term borrowings, including the current portion and less original issue premium and discount, totaled $1,040.7 million and $695.9 million, respectively, and we incurred $86.7 million and $56.4 million of interest expense in the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. Although the amounts borrowed and related interest expense are relatively material to us, we have been in compliance with our debt covenants and have made all required principal and interest payments. In addition, our cash flows provided by operating activities were $79.1 million and $66.4 million in the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, which is net of interest payments. Our senior secured revolving credit facility provides us with up to $150.0 million of borrowings, which has been adequate to fund our seasonal working capital needs and certain acquisitions. As of December 27, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility. When we have made additional issuances of senior notes to fund acquisitions, we have complied with the incurrence tests in the indenture governing our senior notes. To the extent that a portion of the net proceeds from the offering described herein is used to pay down debt, our interest payments will correspondingly decrease, which will further increase our cash flow provided by operating activities and amounts available for operations and acquisitions.

Financial Highlights—Year Ended December 27, 2014

The principal factors in evaluating our financial condition and operating results for the year ended December 27, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 28, 2013, are:

 

    Revenue increased $288.0 million in 2014 primarily driven by volume increases across our product lines and net increases in prices. The following table presents volume and average selling price changes by product:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     45.3     (1.1 )% 

Cement

     9.0     7.2

Ready-mixed concrete

     135.7     3.4

Asphalt

     8.8     (0.4 )% 

 

    Our operating earnings increased $117.9 million to income of $70.0 million in 2014 from a $48.0 million loss in 2013 due to the conversion of increased revenue to operating income in 2014 and 2013 goodwill impairment charges. In 2013, we recognized goodwill impairment charges of $68.2 million as a result of uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah and Kentucky construction markets.

 

67


Table of Contents
    Cash provided by operations improved to $79.1 million in 2014, compared to $66.4 million in 2013 as a result of the improvement in operating income and partially offset by increased interest payments. In 2014, we increased our long-term debt by $375.0 million with the issuance of additional senior notes. The proceeds from the borrowings were primarily used to fund acquisitions.

Acquisitions

In addition to our organic growth, we continued to grow our business through acquisitions in 2014 and 2013, completing the following transactions:

 

    On October 3, 2014, we purchased Concrete Supply, which included 10 ready-mixed concrete plants and two sand and gravel sites in Topeka and northeast Kansas, and a ready-mixed concrete plant in western Missouri.

 

    On September 30, 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding ownership interests in Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., a Texas corporation, Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, which collectively supply aggregates to the west Houston, Texas markets.

 

    On September 19, 2014, we acquired all of the membership interests of Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, which included two ready-mixed concrete plants and serves the downtown and southwest Houston, Texas markets.

 

    On September 4, 2014, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares and certain shareholder notes of Rock Head Holdings Ltd. and B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., which collectively indirectly own all the shares of Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd., a supplier of construction aggregates to the Vancouver metropolitan area based in Surrey, British Columbia.

 

    On July 29, 2014, we acquired all of the assets of Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc., and CRM Mixers LP. The acquired assets include two ready-mixed concrete plants, which serve the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

 

    On June 9, 2014, we acquired all of the membership interests of Buckhorn Materials, LLC, an aggregates quarry in South Carolina, and Construction Materials Group LLC, a sand pit in South Carolina.

 

    On March 31, 2014, we acquired all of the stock of Troy Vines, Incorporated, an integrated aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business headquartered in Midland, Texas, which serves the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

 

    On January 17, 2014, we acquired certain aggregates and ready-mixed concrete assets of Alleyton in Houston, Texas, which expands our presence in the Texas market.

 

    On April 1, 2013, we acquired certain aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas, which expanded our footprint in the Wichita market across our lines of business.

 

    On April 1, 2013, we acquired the membership interests of Westroc in Utah. The Westroc acquisition expanded our market coverage for aggregates and ready-mixed concrete in Utah.

Components of Operating Results

Total Revenue

We derive our revenue predominantly by selling construction materials and products and providing paving and related services. Construction materials consist of aggregates and cement. Products consist of related downstream products, including ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paying mix and concrete products. Paving and related services that we provide are primarily asphalt paving and related services.

 

68


Table of Contents

Revenue derived from construction materials sales are recognized when risks associated with ownership have passed to unaffiliated customers. Typically this occurs when products are shipped. Product revenue generally includes sales of aggregates, cement and related downstream products and other materials to customers, net of discounts or allowances and taxes, if any.

Revenue derived from paving and related services are recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, measured by the cost incurred to date compared to estimated total cost of each project. This method is used because management considers cost incurred to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts. Due to the inherent uncertainties in estimating costs, it is at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change over the life of the contract.

Operating Costs and Expenses

The key components of our operating costs and expenses consist of the following:

Cost of Revenue (excluding items shown separately)

Cost of revenue consists of all production and delivery costs and primarily includes labor, repair and maintenance, utilities, raw materials, fuel, transportation, subcontractor costs, royalties and other direct costs incurred in the production and delivery of our products and services. Our cost of revenue is directly affected by fluctuations in commodity energy prices, primarily diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources. As a result, our operating profit margins can be significantly affected by changes in the underlying cost of certain raw materials if they are not recovered through corresponding changes in revenue. We attempt to limit our exposure to changes in commodity energy prices by entering into forward purchase commitments when appropriate. In addition, we have sales price adjustment provisions that provide for adjustments based on fluctuations outside a limited range in certain energy-related production costs. These provisions are in place for most of our public infrastructure contracts, and we aggressively seek to include similar price adjustment provisions in our private contracts.

Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill impairment charges consist of the amount by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Goodwill and Goodwill Impairment.”

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel costs for our sales and marketing, administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems, human resources and certain managerial employees. Additional expenses include audit, consulting and professional fees, travel, insurance, rental costs, property taxes and other corporate and overhead expenses.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs consist primarily of third party accounting, legal, valuation and financial advisory fees incurred in connection with acquisitions.

Depreciation, Depletion, Amortization and Accretion

Our business is capital intensive. We carry property, plant and equipment on our balance sheet at cost, net of applicable depreciation, depletion and amortization. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis or based on the economic usage over the estimated useful life of the asset. The general

 

69


Table of Contents

range of depreciable lives by category, excluding mineral reserves, which are depleted based on the units of production method on a site-by-site basis, is as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

  7 - 40 years   

Plant, machinery and equipment

  20 - 40 years   

Office equipment

  3 - 6 years   

Truck and auto fleet

  5 - 10 years   

Mobile equipment and barges

  15 - 20 years   

Landfill airspace and improvements

  5 - 60 years   

Other

  2 - 10 years   

Amortization expense is the periodic expense related to leasehold improvements and intangible assets, which were primarily acquired with certain acquisitions. The intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the life of the underlying asset or the remaining lease term.

Accretion expense is the periodic expense recorded for the accrued mining reclamation liabilities and landfill closure and post-closure liabilities using the effective interest method .

Results of Operations

The following discussion of our results of operations is focused on the key financial measures we use to evaluate the performance of our business from both a consolidated and operating segment perspective. Operating income and margins are discussed in terms of changes in volume, pricing and mix of revenue source (i.e., type of product sales or service revenue). We focus on operating margin, which we define as operating income as a percentage of revenue, as a key metric when assessing the performance of the business, as we believe that analyzing changes in costs in relation to changes in revenue provides more meaningful insight into the results of operations than examining costs in isolation.

Operating income reflects our profit from continuing operations after taking into consideration cost of revenue, general and administrative expenses, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion and transaction costs. Cost of revenue generally increases ratably with revenue, as labor, transportation costs and subcontractor costs are recorded in cost of revenue. General and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue vary throughout the year due to the seasonality of our business. Considering the percentage of our historic growth that was derived from acquisitions and our focus on infrastructure development (finance, information technology, legal and human resources), annual general and administrative costs historically grew ratably with revenue. However, the growth in general and administrative costs stabilized in 2014. Also as a result of our revenue growth occurring primarily through acquisitions, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion have generally grown ratably with revenue. As volumes increase, we expect these costs, as a percentage of revenue, to decrease. Our transaction costs fluctuate with the number and size of acquisitions completed each year.

The table below includes revenue and operating income (loss) by segment for the periods indicated. Operating income (loss) by segment is computed as earnings before interest, taxes and other income / expense.

 

  Year Ended  
  December 27, 2014   December 28, 2013   December 29, 2012  
(in thousands)    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
 

West

   $ 665,716       $ 61,882      $ 426,195       $ (47,476   $ 484,922       $ (6,625

Central

     391,553         44,167        329,621         39,246        302,113         37,560   

East

     146,962         2,201        160,385         (14,207     139,219         (245

Corporate(1)

     —           (38,291     —           (25,540     —           (15,275
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,204,231       $ 69,959      $ 916,201       $ (47,977   $ 926,254       $ 15,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate results primarily consist of compensation and office expenses for employees included in our headquarters.

 

70


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. GAAP Performance Measures

We evaluate our operating performance using a metric that we refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA” which is not defined by U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to earnings measures defined by U.S. GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, depletion and amortization, accretion, goodwill impairment and (income) loss from discontinued operations. We present this metric for the convenience of investment professionals who use such metrics in their analyses. The investment community often uses this metric as an indicator of a company’s ability to incur and service debt, to assess the operating performance of a company’s business and to provide a more consistent comparison of performance from period to period. We use Adjusted EBITDA, among other metrics, to assess the operating performance of our individual segments and the consolidated company. Adjusted EBITDA is used for certain items to provide a more consistent comparison of performance from period to period. In addition, we use a metric we refer to as “Further Adjusted EBITDA,” which we define as Adjusted EBITDA plus certain non-cash or non-operating items and the EBITDA contribution of certain recent acquisitions, to measure our compliance with debt covenants and to evaluate flexibility under certain restrictive covenants. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt” on pages 86 and 87 for more information. We do not use this metric as a measure to allocate resources.

In addition, non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are not standardized; therefore, it may not be possible to compare such financial measures with other companies’ non-U.S. GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated interim and audited financial statements in their entirety and not rely on any single financial measure.

The tables below reconcile our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and present Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA

        

(in thousands)

        

Net loss

   $ (6,282 )    $ (103,679    $ (50,577

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (6,983 )      (2,647      (3,920

Interest expense

     86,742         56,443         58,079   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     86,955         72,217         67,665   

Accretion

     871         717         625   

Goodwill impairment

     —           68,202         —     

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

     (71 )      528         3,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 161,232    $ 91,781    $ 75,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA by Segment

(in thousands)

West

$ 96,133    $ 28,607    $ 14,429   

Central

  83,912      72,918      65,767   

East

  17,955      15,134      10,782   

Corporate(1)

  (36,768 )   (24,878   (15,560
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 161,232    $ 91,781    $ 75,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The decrease in Corporate Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 27, 2014 is due to a $3.5 million increase in transaction costs, a $1.7 million increase in monitoring fees due to our Sponsors, which are based on a percentage of earnings and were allocated as a regional expense in 2013, and an increase in labor costs from the infrastructure investment in the prior year.

 

71


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended  
(in thousands)   December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Revenue

  $ 1,204,231      $ 916,201      $ 926,254   

Cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

    887,160        677,052        713,346   

General and administrative expenses

    150,732        142,000        127,215   

Goodwill impairment

    —          68,202        —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

    87,826        72,934        68,290   

Transaction costs

    8,554        3,990        1,988   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  69,959      (47,977   15,415   

Other income, net

  (3,447   (1,737   (1,182

Loss on debt financings

  —        3,115      9,469   

Interest expense

  86,742      56,443      58,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

  (13,336   (105,798   (50,951

Income tax benefit

  (6,983   (2,647   (3,920
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

  (6,353   (103,151   (47,031

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  (71   528      3,546   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (6,282   (103,679   (50,577
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2014 Compared to 2013

 

($ in thousands)    2014     2013     Variance  

Revenue

   $ 1,204,231      $ 916,201      $ 288,030         31.4

Operating income

     69,959        (47,977     117,936         245.8

Operating margin

     5.8     (5.2 )%      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 161,232      $ 91,781      $ 69,451         75.7

Revenue increased $288.0 million in 2014 due to a $244.4 million and $43.6 million increase in product and service revenue, respectively. We had volume growth in each of our lines of business, driven primarily by the 2014 and 2013 acquisitions and organic growth. Organic revenue, or incremental revenue that was not derived from acquisitions, increased by $81.7 million, or 8.9%, while the remaining 22.5% of our revenue increase, or $206.3 million, was from acquisitions. Service revenue in 2014 and 2013 included $132.7 million and $95.4 million, respectively, of delivery and subcontract revenue, which is recorded gross in revenue and cost of revenue. Detail of consolidated percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in 2014 from 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     45.3     (1.1 )% 

Cement

     9.0     7.2

Ready-mixed concrete

     135.7     3.4

Asphalt

     8.8     (0.4 )% 

In the year ended December 27, 2014, volumes increased in all of our product lines. Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete volumes were positively affected by our 2014 and 2013 acquisitions. The 1.1% net decrease in aggregate pricing was due to lower average prices from our acquisitions, partially offset by increased pricing in

 

72


Table of Contents

our organic aggregate sales. In addition, the 3.4% increase in ready-mixed concrete pricing was constrained by different pricing structures across our markets. The majority of the increase in ready-mixed volumes occurred in Texas, which has lower average selling prices than our ready-mixed concrete operations outside of Texas.

Cement volumes grew 9.0% and pricing increased 7.2% due to overall price improvements and a shift in customer mix. Cement sales in 2014 included a greater percentage of low volume, or retail, sales, which generally are sold at a higher price than sales to high-volume customers. Customer mix varies each year based on demand in the applicable markets. Asphalt volumes increased 8.8% and pricing decreased slightly by 0.4%, due to product mix and despite an increase in underlying prices. Asphalt sales in 2014 included a greater percentage of asphalt base mix, which is thicker than intermediate or surface mix, and has a lower selling price per ton.

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $238.8 million and $66.1 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased $50.5 million primarily as a result of increased activity in Texas, Utah and Kansas. Prior to eliminations, the revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2014      2013      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 229,047       $ 159,019       $ 70,028   

Cement

     89,911         76,211         13,700   

Ready-mixed concrete

     274,970         112,878         162,092   

Asphalt

     278,867         219,811         59,056   

Paving and related services

     528,817         478,280         50,537   

Other

     (197,381      (129,998      (67,383
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 1,204,231    $ 916,201    $ 288,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2014, operating income increased $117.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $69.5 million as a result of the increase in revenue discussed above and the improvement in operating margin from (5.2)% to 5.8%. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2013

  (5.2 )% 

2013 Goodwill impairment(1)

  5.7

General and administrative expenses (“G&A”)(2)

  3.0

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion(3)

  0.7

Transaction costs (4)

  (0.3 )% 

Other(5)

          1.9
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2014

  5.8
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2013, we recognized $68.2 million of goodwill impairment charges. Approximately $53.3 million and $14.9 million of the goodwill impairments charges were recognized in our West (Utah) and East (Kentucky) regions, respectively. The goodwill impairment was a result of a decline in the estimated fair value of certain reporting units caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah and Kentucky construction markets.

Revenue generated from the Utah-based operations declined 7.2% from $204.1 million in 2012 to $189.4 million in 2013, compared to $221.0 million, or a 8.3% increase, adjusted for acquisitions, that was assumed in the 2012 goodwill impairment analysis. The Utah operations incurred an operating loss of $4.5 million,

 

73


Table of Contents

excluding the goodwill impairment charge, and $13.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, demonstrating an improvement in operating loss, but not yet earning operating income. The fair value estimates used in this assessment were dependent upon assumptions and estimates about the future profitability and other financial metrics of our reporting units, as well as relevant financial data, recent transactions and market valuations of comparable public companies. The increase in cash flows from 2012 to 2013 projected in the 2012 goodwill analysis assumed that an increase in housing permits and infrastructure spending in Utah would result in increased revenue for our operations. However, our revenue, and the private construction and public infrastructure spending, did not increase as projected. In the 2013 goodwill analysis, we assumed that an economic recovery in this market would be delayed beyond 2014, which resulted in a decrease in the overall valuation of the Utah operations. Subsequent to the 2013 goodwill analysis, management determined that certain cost savings measures would be required for 2014, including a reduction in G&A. Any benefits from such cost reductions were not assumed in the 2013 goodwill analysis, as they had not been fully quantified when it was completed. During the year ended December 27, 2014, the Utah-based operations’ earnings exceeded the 2014 full year earnings that were forecast in the 2013 goodwill analysis. This earnings improvement was driven by $11.8 million of G&A reductions, which was primarily a result of a 20% headcount reduction of Utah’s G&A operations and a $4.4 million loss on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado that was recognized in 2013. We believe that the risk of additional impairment of the $36.6 million of the Utah operation’s remaining goodwill is low given that the 2013 analysis assumed a delayed market recovery and did not take into consideration cost cutting measures that could be, and were, implemented in 2014.

The operating loss in the East region, which is the Kentucky reporting unit, improved from a loss of $0.2 million in 2012 to approximately break-even in 2013, excluding the goodwill impairment charge. An operating loss was incurred despite a 15.2% increase in revenue. We had expected revenue growth from public infrastructure projects to exceed that which has been realized and is expected in the near term. We also had expected operating income improvements at a greater rate than was projected at the time the 2013 goodwill analysis was performed.

After recognizing these impairment charges, the goodwill attributable to the Utah and Kentucky reporting units was $36.6 million and zero, respectively. We do not believe material uncertainty that could result in an additional impairment charge exists in these reporting units.

 

(2) G&A, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 15.5% in 2013 to 12.5% in 2014. During 2013, we invested in our infrastructure (finance, information technology, legal and human resources) and expect G&A, as a percentage of revenue, to stabilize in 2015 and beyond. In addition, we incurred a $4.4 million loss on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado in 2013.
(3) Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 8.0% in 2013 to 7.3% in 2014. Increased investments in depreciable assets through either capital expenditures or business acquisitions generally increase depreciation expense, while assets being fully depreciated or disposed generally decrease depreciation expense. In 2014, our revenue grew approximately 22.5% from acquisitions, which exceeded the percentage increase in depreciation expense recognized from the acquisitions. As a result, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, decreased from 2013 despite an overall increase in depreciable assets.
(4) Transaction costs increased $4.6 million in 2014 as a result of the eight acquisitions in 2014 compared to two acquisitions in 2013.
(5) The remaining margin improvement was primarily a result of a shift in product and customer mix. Our acquisitions in 2014 were materials and products businesses. As a result and as shown in the table above, revenue from aggregates and ready-mixed concrete was 19.0% and 22.8%, respectively, of total revenue in 2014 compared to 17.4% and 12.3%, respectively in 2013. Revenue from paving and related services, which generally has lower operating margins than the materials and products, was 43.9% of total revenue in 2014 compared to 52.2% in 2013.

In addition to the items discussed above, contributing to the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA in 2014, was a $3.1 million loss on a debt refinancing recognized in 2013 related to the February 2013 debt repricing.

 

74


Table of Contents

Other Financial Information

Loss on Debt Financings

In February 2013, we completed a repricing of our credit facilities, which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million (the “senior secured credit facilities”), which reduced our stated term-loan interest rate by 1.0% and provided additional borrowing capacity of $25.0 million. As a result of the repricing, we recognized a loss of $3.1 million for related bank fees. We did not refinance our debt in 2014.

Segment Results of Operations

West Region

 

($ in thousands)    2014     2013     Variance  

Revenue

   $ 665,716      $ 426,195      $ 239,521         56.2

Operating income (loss)

     61,882        (47,476     109,358         230.3

Operating margin

     9.3     (11.1 )%      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 96,133      $ 28,607      $ 67,526         236.0

Revenue in the West region increased $239.5 million, or 56.2%, in 2014 due primarily to acquisitions and organic revenue growth. Organic revenue growth accounted for approximately 11.7%, or $49.7 million, of the increase in revenue, and acquisitions accounted for 44.5%, or $189.8 million, of the increase in revenue. Of the total $239.5 million revenue increase, $209.6 million was attributable to product revenue and $29.9 million was attributable to increased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. In 2014, the West region’s aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt volumes increased and pricing of aggregates improved. Ready-mixed concrete pricing declined as a result of the 2014 acquisitions in Texas, as ready-mixed concrete prices in the Texas markets are lower than in our markets outside of Texas. Asphalt pricing declined 0.5% due to product mix and despite an increase in underlying prices. Asphalt sales in 2014 included a greater percentage of asphalt base mix, which is thicker than intermediate or surface mix, and has a lower selling price. The West region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in 2014 from 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     125.8     1.1

Ready-mixed concrete

     247.2     (0.3 )% 

Asphalt

     8.0     (0.5 )% 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $239.0 million and $(0.4) million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $35.9 million primarily as a result of increased activity in Texas and Utah. Prior to eliminations, the revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2014      2013      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 106,443       $ 46,645       $ 59,798   

Ready-mixed concrete

     213,588         61,780         151,808   

Asphalt

     168,227         141,271         26,956   

Paving and related services

     295,556         259,630         35,926   

Other

     (118,098      (83,131      (34,967
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 665,716    $ 426,195    $ 239,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

75


Table of Contents

The West region’s operating income increased $109.4 million and operating margin improved from (11.1)% in 2013 to 9.3% in 2014. The improvement was primarily driven by the 2014 acquisitions in the Houston and Midland/Odessa Texas markets and organic volume growth. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2013

     (11.1 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

     8.0

G&A(2)

     5.7

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion(3)

     0.7

Other(4)

     6.0
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2014

  9.3
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $53.3 million goodwill impairment charge in 2013 from a decline in the estimated fair value of our reporting unit based in Utah caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah construction market.
(2) G&A, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 15.6% to 9.9% in 2014. During 2014, we reduced G&A in the Utah-based operations by $11.8 million, which was primarily a result of a 20% headcount reduction of Utah’s G&A operations and $4.4 million loss in 2013 on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado. These G&A reductions were partially offset by increases resulting from the 2014 acquisitions in the West region.
(3) Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 5.7% to 5.0% in 2014. In 2014, our revenue grew approximately 44.5% from acquisitions, which exceeded the percentage increase in depreciation expense recognized from the 2014 acquisitions. As a result, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion increased at less of a rate than revenue.
(4) The remaining margin improvement was primarily a result of a shift in product and customer mix. Our acquisitions in 2014 were materials and products businesses. As a result and as shown in the table above, revenue from aggregates and ready-mixed concrete was 16.0% and 32.1%, respectively, of total revenue in 2014 compared to 10.9% and 14.5%, respectively in 2013. Revenue from paving and related services, which generally has lower operating margins than the materials and products, was 44.4% of total revenue in 2014 compared to 60.9% in 2013.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.6 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the amount of loss on debt financings allocated to the West region.

Central Region

 

($ in thousands)    2014     2013     Variance  

Revenue

   $ 391,553      $ 329,621      $ 61,932         18.8

Operating income

     44,167        39,246        4,921         12.5

Operating margin

     11.3     11.9     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 83,912      $ 72,918      $ 10,994         15.1

Revenue in the Central region increased $61.9 million, or 18.8%, in 2014 due primarily to organic revenue growth and acquisitions. Organic growth accounted for approximately 15.1%, or $49.6 million, of the increase in 2014, and incremental revenue from acquisitions accounted for approximately 3.7%, or $12.3 million in 2014.

Of the total $61.9 million revenue increase, $38.8 million was attributable to increased product revenue and $23.1 million was attributable to increased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. In 2014, volumes increased among all of the Central region’s product lines. The increase in aggregates and asphalt volumes were due to strong, primarily organic, demand in our Kansas markets. Cement volumes increased 9.0% and prices increased 7.2% due to overall price improvements and a shift in customer mix. Cement sales in 2014 included a greater percentage of low volume, or retail, sales,

 

76


Table of Contents

which generally are sold at a higher price than sales to high-volume customers. Customer mix varies each year based on demand in the applicable markets. Overall, product pricing increased, while asphalt pricing declined due to a change in product mix. The Central region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in 2014 from 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     8.2     2.0

Cement

     9.0     7.2

Ready-mixed concrete

     10.3     8.8

Asphalt

     38.3     (3.9 )% 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $31.1 million and $11.3 million, respectively. The $27.3 million increase in paving and related services was driven by increased demand for our services in Kansas. Prior to eliminations, the revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2014      2013      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 80,038       $ 72,130       $ 7,908   

Cement

     89,911         76,211         13,700   

Ready-mixed concrete

     61,383         51,098         10,285   

Asphalt

     38,522         28,004         10,518   

Paving and related services

     129,822         102,542         27,280   

Other

     (8,123      (364      (7,759
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 391,553    $ 329,621    $ 61,932   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

The Central region’s operating income increased $4.9 million and operating margin decreased by 60 basis points in 2014. Operating income was positively affected by the volume growth in each line of business, synergies realized from the April 1, 2013 acquisition of the Lafarge-Wichita assets, a $1.3 million curtailment benefit recognized in 2014 related to a retiree postretirement benefit plan maintained for certain union employees and a $0.8 million charge recognized in 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River. These profit improvements were somewhat offset by increased repair and maintenance expense at the cement plant and a $1.4 million impairment charge on inventory. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2013

  11.9

Curtailment benefit(1)

  0.3

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(2)

  0.2

Inventory impairment(3)

  (0.3 )% 

Cement production costs/plant repairs(4)

  (0.8 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2014

  11.3
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.3 million curtailment benefit was recognized in 2014 related to a retiree postretirement benefit plan maintained for certain union employees at our cement plant, which was amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage for the remaining union employees, effective January 1, 2014.

 

77


Table of Contents
(2) A $1.8 million charge was recognized in 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River. No charges for the barge removal were recognized in 2014.
(3) During 2014, $1.4 million of impairment charges were recognized on inventory in the Central region.
(4) During 2014, we recognized $3.3 million of additional repair and maintenance and production costs at our cement plant as compared to 2013.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $0.6 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the amount of loss on debt financings allocated to the Central region.

East Region

 

($ in thousands)    2014     2013     Variance  

Revenue

   $ 146,962      $ 160,385      $ (13,423      (8.4 )% 

Operating income (loss)

     2,201        (14,207     16,408         115.5

Operating margin

     1.5     (8.9 )%      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 17,955      $ 15,134      $ 2,821         18.6

The East region’s revenue decreased $13.4 million, or 8.4%, in 2014 due primarily to a decrease in revenue related to paving and related services as we continue to exit low margin projects. Of the total $13.4 million revenue decrease $3.9 million was from decreased product revenue and $9.5 million from decreased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. Volumes and pricing were mixed in the East region due to a shift in product mix that drove a 4.7% volume and 1.0% pricing increase in aggregates and a 3.1% increase in asphalt pricing, but asphalt volumes were down 6.0%. The East region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in 2014 from 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average Selling
Pricing
 

Aggregates

     4.7     1.0

Asphalt

     (6.0 )%      3.1

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $(31.3) million and $55.2 million, respectively. The $12.7 million decrease in paving and related services was driven by decreased demand for our services in Kentucky. Prior to eliminations, the revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2014      2013      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 42,566       $ 40,244       $ 2,322   

Asphalt

     72,118         50,536         21,582   

Paving and related services

     103,440         116,108         (12,668

Other

     (71,162      (46,503      (24,659
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 146,962    $ 160,385    $ (13,423
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

78


Table of Contents

In 2013, the East region’s operating income increased $16.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $2.8 million as a result of an increase in operating margin from (8.9)% in 2013 to 1.5% in 2014. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2013

     (8.9 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

     10.2

Other

     0.2
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2014

  1.5
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2013, we recognized a $14.9 million goodwill impairment charge from a decline in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Kentucky construction market.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.2 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the amount of loss on debt financings allocated to the East region.

Fiscal Year 2013 Compared to 2012

 

($ in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ (10,053      (1.1 )% 

Operating (loss) income

     (47,977     15,415        (63,392      (411.2 )% 

Operating margin

     (5.2 )%      1.7     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 91,781      $ 75,418      $ 16,363         21.7

Revenue decreased $10.1 million in 2013 due to a $14.9 million decline in service revenue, partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in product revenue. The $14.9 million decrease in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned, was a result of an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects and completion of low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. The decreased service revenue primarily occurred in our Utah and Texas operations. Service revenue in 2013 and 2012 included $95.4 million and $112.8 million, respectively, of delivery and subcontract revenue, which is recorded gross in revenue and cost of revenue.

Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete volumes were positively affected from the April 1, 2013 acquisitions of the Lafarge-Wichita assets and Westroc near Salt Lake City, Utah. Our cement volumes decreased 4.1% due primarily to lower volumes in the fourth quarter of 2013, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2012. Adverse weather in 2013, compared to much dryer weather in 2012, and an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects largely offset the effect of the acquisitions and drove the decline in asphalt volumes.

Detail of consolidated percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     4.5     7.4

Cement

     (4.1 %)      3.4

Ready-mixed concrete

     9.2     3.6

Asphalt

     (13.8 %)      4.8

 

79


Table of Contents

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately ($33.1) million and $32.9 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $26.9 million primarily as a result of the completion of certain construction projects, primarily in Texas, which provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013      2012      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 159,019       $ 146,991       $ 12,028   

Cement

     76,211         77,676         (1,465

Ready-mixed concrete

     112,878         100,941         11,937   

Asphalt

     219,811         242,458         (22,647

Paving and related services

     478,280         505,189         (26,909

Other

     (129,998      (147,001      17,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 916,201    $ 926,254    $ (10,053
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, operating (loss) income decreased $63.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $16.3 million as a result of a 690 basis point decrease in operating margin. The decrease in operating profit and margin was primarily attributable to goodwill impairment charges recognized in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

  1.7

Goodwill impairment(1)

  (7.4 )% 

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(2)

  (0.1 )% 

Transaction costs(3)

  (0.2 )% 

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(4)

  0.9

Other

  (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2013

  (5.2 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2013, we recognized $68.2 million of goodwill impairment charges. Approximately $53.3 million and $14.9 million of the goodwill impairments charges were recognized in our West (Utah) and East (Kentucky) regions, respectively. The goodwill impairment was a result of a decline in the estimated fair value of certain reporting units caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah and Kentucky construction markets.

Revenue generated from the Utah-based operations declined 7.2% from $204.1 million in 2012 to $189.4 million in 2013, compared to $221.0 million, or a 8.3% increase, adjusted for acquisitions, that was assumed in the 2012 goodwill impairment analysis. The Utah operations incurred an operating loss of $4.5 million, excluding the goodwill impairment charge, and $13.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, demonstrating an improvement in operating loss, but not yet earning operating income. The fair value estimates used in this assessment were dependent upon assumptions and estimates about the future profitability and other financial metrics of our reporting units, as well as relevant financial data, recent transactions and market valuations of comparable public companies. The increase in cash flows from 2012 to 2013 projected in the 2012 goodwill analysis assumed that an increase in housing permits and infrastructure spending in Utah would result in increased revenue for our operations. However, our revenue, and the private construction and public infrastructure spending, did not increase as projected. In the 2013 goodwill analysis, we assumed that an economic recovery in this market would be delayed beyond 2014, which resulted in a decrease in the

 

80


Table of Contents

overall valuation of the Utah operations. Subsequent to the 2013 goodwill analysis, management determined that certain cost savings measures would be required for 2014, including a reduction in G&A. Any benefits from such cost reductions were not assumed in the 2013 goodwill analysis, as they had not been fully quantified when it was completed. At year ended December 27, 2014, the Utah-based operations’ earnings have exceeded the 2014 full year earnings that were forecast in the 2013 goodwill analysis. This earnings improvement was driven by $11.8 million of G&A reductions, which was primarily a result of a 20% headcount reduction of Utah’s G&A operations, and a $4.4 million loss on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado that was recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013. We believe that the risk of additional impairment of the $36.6 million of the Utah operation’s remaining goodwill is low given that the 2013 analysis assumed a delayed market recovery and did not take into consideration cost cutting measures that could be, and were, implemented in 2014.

The operating loss in the East region, which is the Kentucky reporting unit, improved from a loss of $0.2 million in 2012 to approximately break-even in 2013, excluding the goodwill impairment charge. An operating loss was incurred despite a 15.2% increase in revenue. We had expected revenue growth from public infrastructure projects to exceed that which has been realized and is expected in the near term. We also had expected operating income improvements at a greater rate than was projected at the time the 2013 goodwill analysis was performed.

After recognizing these impairment charges, the goodwill attributable to the Utah and Kentucky reporting units was $36.6 million and zero, respectively. We do not believe material uncertainty that could result in an additional impairment charge exists in these reporting units.

 

(2) In 2013, a $0.8 million charge was recognized to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River.
(3) Transaction costs increased $2.0 million in 2013 as a result of the April 1, 2013 Lafarge-Wichita and Westroc acquisitions and costs incurred in advance of the January 17, 2014 Alleyton acquisition.
(4) In 2012, we recognized a $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $6.4 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a decrease in the loss on debt financings. In 2013, we recognized a $3.1 million loss related to the February 2013 debt repricing and recognized a $9.5 million loss in 2012 related to the January 2012 financing transactions.

Other Financial Information

Loss on Debt Financings

In February 2013, we completed a repricing of our senior secured credit facilities, which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million, which reduced our stated term-loan interest rate by 1.0% and provided additional borrowing capacity of $25.0 million. As a result of the repricing, we recognized a loss of $3.1 million for related bank fees. In January 2012, we refinanced our debt existing at that time, resulting in a net loss of $9.5 million. Both the repricing and the refinancing were accounted for as partial extinguishments.

Discontinued Operations

As part of our strategy to focus on our core business as a construction materials company, we have exited certain activities, including certain concrete paving operations, our railroad construction and maintenance operations (the “railroad business”), which involved building and repairing railroad sidings, and our environmental remediation operations (the “environmental remediation business”), which primarily involved the repair of retaining walls along highways in Kentucky and the removal and remediation of underground fuel storage tanks. The concrete paving operations were wound down in the second quarter of 2013, and all assets have been sold. The railroad and environmental remediation businesses were sold in 2012 in separate transactions for aggregate proceeds of $3.1 million.

 

81


Table of Contents

The results of these operations have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Prior to recognition as discontinued operations, all of these businesses were included in the East region’s operations. Revenue from these discontinued operations was $3.9 million in 2013 and $50.2 million in 2012. The loss from discontinued operations was $0.5 million in 2013 and $3.5 million in 2012.

Segment Results of Operations

West Region

 

($ in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 426,195      $ 484,922      $ (58,727      (12.1 )% 

Operating loss

     (47,476     (6,625     (40,851      616.6

Operating margin

     (11.1 )%      (1.4 )%      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 28,607      $ 14,429      $ 14,178         98.3

Revenue in the West region decreased $58.7 million in 2013 due to a $6.2 million decline in product revenue and a $52.5 million decline in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. The $52.5 million decrease in paving and related services was a result of an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects and completion of low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012.

The effect on revenue from the decrease in asphalt volumes was partially offset by improved pricing across our products lines and increased aggregate and ready-mixed concrete volumes from the April 1, 2013 Westroc acquisition. The West region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     2.8     9.5

Ready-mixed concrete

     12.7     5.8

Asphalt

     (24.5 %)      7.8

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $(44.6) million and $26.3 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $69.6 million primarily as a result of completing certain construction projects which provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013      2012      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 46,645       $ 41,409       $ 5,236   

Ready-mixed concrete

     61,780         52,982         8,798   

Asphalt

     141,271         173,571         (32,300

Paving and related services

     259,630         329,268         (69,638

Other

     (83,131      (112,308      (29,177
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 426,195    $ 484,922    $ (58,727
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

82


Table of Contents

In 2013, the West region’s operating loss increased $40.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $14.2 million as a result of a decrease in operating margin from (1.4)% in 2012 to (11.1)% in 2013. The decrease in operating profit and margin was primarily attributable to a goodwill impairment charge recognized in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2012

     (1.4 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

     (12.5 )% 

Disposition of certain Colorado assets(2)

     (1.0 )% 

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(3)

     1.9

Other(4)

     1.9
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2013

  (11.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $53.3 million goodwill impairment charge from a decline in the estimated fair value of our reporting unit based in Utah caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah construction market. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating earnings improved $12.4 million, and operating margin improved 280 basis points in 2013 from 2012.
(2) A $4.4 million loss in 2013 on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado.
(3) These charges were partially offset by an $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement in 2012.
(4) The remaining margin improvement was primarily a result of a shift in product and customer mix. In 2013, we increased our focus on higher margin, lower-volume paving projects and completed certain low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. As shown in the table above, revenue from paving and related services was 67.9% of the West region’s revenue in 2012 compared to 60.9% in 2013. Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete were 10.9% and 14.5%, respectively, of 2013 revenue compared to 8.5% and 10.9%, respectively, in 2012.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.7 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the West region.

Central Region

 

($ in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 329,621      $ 302,113      $ 27,508         9.1

Operating income

     39,246        37,560        1,686         4.5

Operating margin

     11.9     12.4     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 72,918      $ 65,767      $ 7,151         10.9

Revenue in the Central region increased $27.5 million in 2013 due to an $8.1 million increase in product revenue and a $19.4 million increase in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned.

The acquisition of the Lafarge assets in and around Wichita, Kansas contributed to the increases in aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt volumes. Asphalt prices decreased 1.9% from 2012 due to a concentration of higher grade asphalt mixes in 2012, which commanded a higher price due to higher material input cost. Cement volumes decreased 4.1% with a 3.4% price increase. Price and volume variances across the Central region’s products increased revenue by $6.4 million and $10.2 million in 2013, respectively. The remaining revenue increase in 2013 was primarily due to paving and related projects.

 

83


Table of Contents

The Central region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     7.9     5.5

Cement

     (4.1 %)      3.4

Ready-mixed concrete

     5.6     1.0

Asphalt

     25.9     (1.9 %) 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $6.9 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The $21.7 million increase in paving and related services was driven by increased demand for our services in Kansas. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013      2012      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 72,130       $ 67,895       $ 4,235   

Cement

     76,211         77,676         (1,465

Ready-mixed concrete

     51,098         47,959         3,139   

Asphalt

     28,004         22,697         5,307   

Paving and related services

     102,542         80,882         21,660   

Other

     (364      5,004         (5,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 329,621      302,113    $ 27,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, the Central region’s operating income increased $1.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $7.2 million as a result of increased revenue, partially offset by a 50 basis point decrease in operating margin. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

  12.4

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(1)

  (0.2 )% 

Other

  (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2013

  11.9
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $0.8 million charge was recognized in 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.5 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the Central region.

East Region

 

($ in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 160,385      $ 139,219      $ 21,166         15.2

Operating loss

     (14,207     (245     (13,962      5,698.8

Operating margin

     (8.9 )%      (0.2 )%      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 15,134      $ 10,782      $ 4,352         40.4

 

84


Table of Contents

Revenue in the East region increased $21.1 million in 2013 due to a $2.9 million increase in product revenue and an $18.2 million increase in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned.

The East region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     1.2     8.0

Asphalt

     9.3     (1.4 %) 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $4.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The $21.1 million increase in paving and related services was driven by increased demand for our services in Kentucky. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013      2012      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 40,244       $ 37,687       $ 2,557   

Asphalt

     50,536         46,190         4,346   

Paving and related services

     116,108         95,039         21,069   

Other

     (46,503      (39,697      (6,806
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 160,385      139,219    $ 21,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, the East region’s operating loss increased $14.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.4 million as a result of a decrease in operating margin from (0.2)% in 2012 to (8.9)% in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

  (0.2 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

  (9.3 )% 

Other(2)

  0.6
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2013

  (8.9 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2013, we recognized a $14.9 million goodwill impairment charge from a decline in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Kentucky construction market.
(2) In 2013, we implemented various cost savings initiatives, including headcount reductions of approximately 60 salaried employees. We intend to continue to reduce operating costs with the objective of generating operating income in the East region. The goodwill impairment charge of $14.9 million is not expected to reoccur and, absent that charge, the operating loss in 2013 would have been operating income.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $2.4 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the East region.

 

85


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity include cash on-hand, cash provided by our operations and amounts available for borrowing under our credit facilities and capital-raising activities in the debt and equity capital markets. As of December 27, 2014, we had $13.2 million in cash and working capital of $80.4 million as compared to cash and working capital of $18.2 million and $58.4 million, respectively, at December 28, 2013. Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. There were no restricted cash balances as of December 27, 2014 or December 28, 2013. Our remaining borrowing capacity on our senior secured revolving credit facility as of December 27, 2014 was $126.7 million, which is net of $23.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, and is fully available to us within the terms and covenant requirements of our credit agreement.

Given the seasonality of our business, we typically experience significant fluctuations in working capital needs and balances throughout the year. Our working capital requirements generally increase during the first half of the year as we build up inventory and focus on repair and maintenance and other set-up costs for the upcoming season. Working capital levels then decrease as the construction season winds down and we enter the winter months, which is when we see significant inflows of cash from the collection of receivables.

We believe we have access to sufficient financial resources from our liquidity sources to fund our business and operations, including contractual obligations, capital expenditures and debt service obligations, for at least the next twelve months. Our growth strategy contemplates future acquisitions for which we believe we have sufficient access to capital. As of December 27, 2014, we had approximately $330.6 million of funding commitments outstanding from our equity sponsors. We do not expect outstanding equity funding commitments will be available to us after consummation of this offering, although Blackstone and its affiliates may provide financing to us in the future. To finance future acquisitions, particularly larger acquisitions, we may raise additional equity capital and indebtedness. Any such additional indebtedness would increase our leverage. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Business—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness.”

Our Long-Term Debt

Please refer to the notes to the consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus for detailed information regarding our long-term debt and senior secured revolving credit facility, scheduled maturities of long-term debt and affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, we are required to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio that is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00 for the period from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and 4.25 to 1.00 thereafter. Our first lien net leverage ratio, for purposes of the senior secured credit facility, is calculated following each quarter and is based on information for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial information is available by dividing our consolidated first lien net debt as of the end of such period by our consolidated EBITDA for such period. Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of our senior secured credit facility is calculated in accordance with our presentation of Further Adjusted EBITDA below.

For the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio was 2.05 to 1.00 and 3.43 to 1.00, respectively, based on consolidated first lien net debt of $434.0 million and $440.6 million as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, divided by Further Adjusted EBITDA of $212.1 million and $128.5 million for the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, we were in compliance with all debt covenants.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are not U.S. GAAP measures and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for our results as reported under U.S. GAAP.

 

     Year Ended  
(in thousands)    December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Net loss

   $ (6,282    $ (103,679

Interest expense

     86,742         56,443   

Income tax benefit

     (6,983      (2,647

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     86,955         72,217   

Accretion

     871         717   

Goodwill impairment

     —           68,202   

Discontinued operations(a)

     (71      528   

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 161,232       $ 91,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition transaction expenses(b)

  8,554      3,990   

Management fees and expenses(c)

  4,933      2,620   

Strategic fees and initiatives(d)

  419      3,887   

Non-cash compensation(e)

  2,235      2,315   

Loss on disposal and impairment of assets(f)

  8,735      12,419   

Severance and relocation costs

  1,163      2,755   

Other(g)

  1,762      10,280   

EBITDA for certain completed acquisitions(h)

  23,105      (1,596
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Further Adjusted EBITDA

$ 212,138    $ 128,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents certain concrete paving operations and railroad construction and repair operations that we have exited.
(b) Represents the transaction expenses associated with past acquisitions and potential acquisitions, consisting primarily of accounting, legal, valuation and financial advisory fees for the acquisitions that were completed in the periods presented.
(c) Represents certain fees paid and expenses reimbursed to affiliates of our Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transaction and Management Fee Agreement.”
(d) Represents incurred “costs of” strategic initiatives we put in place, including costs incurred for finance effectiveness improvements and information technology start-up costs. We cannot assure you that we will achieve the synergies that we anticipate achieving in connection with these strategic initiatives.
(e) Represents non-cash equity-based compensation granted to executives and other members of senior management.
(f) Represents the loss recognized on assets identified for disposal, net of gains realized on asset sales.
(g) Includes non-recurring or one time income and expense items that were incurred outside normal operating activities.
(h) The adjustment for the year ended December 27, 2014 represents the EBITDA for the period from December 29, 2013 to the respective dates of acquisition for the Alleyton, Troy Vines, Buckhorn Materials, Canyon Redi-Mix, Mainland, Southwest Ready Mix, Colorado County S&G and Concrete Supply acquisitions. The adjustment for the year ended December 28, 2013 represents the EBITDA for the period from December 30, 2012 to the respective dates of acquisition for the Lafarge and Westroc acquisitions.

At December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, $1,040.7 million and $695.9 million, respectively, of total debt, without giving effect to original issuance discount or premium, were outstanding under our respective debt agreements. Summit Materials, LLC and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Summit Materials Finance Corp. (together, the “Issuers”), have issued $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due January 31, 2020 under an indenture dated as of January 30, 2012 (as amended and supplemented). We initially issued $250.0 million of senior notes on January 30, 2012. We issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million of senior notes on January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, respectively, at a premium over their par value, receiving aggregate proceeds of $409.3 million, before payment of fees and expenses. The proceeds from the January and September 2014 issuances were used for the purchase of Alleyton and Mainland, to make payments on the senior secured revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes.

In addition to the senior notes, Summit Materials, LLC’s senior secured credit facilities provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and credit commitments under the senior secured revolving credit

 

87


Table of Contents

facility in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million. Summit Materials’ domestic wholly-owned subsidiary companies and its non-wholly-owned subsidiary, Continental Cement, are named as guarantors of the senior notes and the senior secured credit facilities. Certain other partially-owned subsidiaries, including a subsidiary of Continental Cement, and the wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary, Mainland, do not guarantee the senior notes. Summit Materials, LLC has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the senior secured credit facilities.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our net cash provided by and used for operating, investing and financing activities and our capital expenditures for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended  
(in thousands)    December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Net cash provided by (used for):

        

Operating activities

   $ 79,089       $ 66,412       $ 62,279   

Investing activities

     (461,280      (111,515      (85,340

Financing activities

     377,222         32,589         7,702   

Cash paid for capital expenditures

   $ (76,162    $ (65,999    $ (45,488

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 27, 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $79.1 million primarily as a result of:

 

    A net loss of $6.3 million, adjusted for $97.3 million of non-cash expenses, including $95.2 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion.

 

    An increase in accounts receivable of $10.4 million due to favorable weather in the fourth quarter. With the seasonality of our business, the majority of our sales typically occur in the spring, summer and fall resulting in an increase in accounts receivable in the second and third quarters, which is generally collected in the fourth and first quarters. However, revenue in the fourth quarter of 2014 exceeded revenue in the second quarter of 2014, which drove an increase in accounts receivable as of December 27, 2014.

 

    Approximately $5.3 million of costs incurred related to accounting, legal and other services associated with this offering.

 

    Accrued liabilities contributing $13.2 million, primarily related to a $15.2 million increase in accrued interest as a result of the 2014 issuances of $375.0 million of senior notes. We made $64.1 million of interest payments in the year ended December 27, 2014.

During the year ended December 28, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $66.4 million primarily as a result of:

 

    A net loss of $103.7 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses, including $75.9 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, a $68.2 million goodwill impairment charge and $12.4 million from net losses on asset disposals.

 

    Collection of accounts receivable providing $9.9 million of additional cash in 2013 due to an increased focus on processing billings and collecting on outstanding receivables.

During the year ended December 29, 2012, cash provided by operating activities was $62.3 million primarily as a result of:

 

    A net loss of $50.6 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses, including $72.2 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, which increased in 2012 in connection with our 2011 and 2012 acquisitions, and a $9.5 million loss on our January 2012 debt refinancing.

 

88


Table of Contents
    Collection of accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings providing $12.1 million of additional cash in 2012 due to an increased focus on processing billings and collecting on outstanding receivables.

 

    Reduced payments of accounts payable and accrued expenses providing additional cash from operations, on a net basis, of $11.1 million in 2012 due primarily to a $16.0 million increase in accrued interest. Our December 2012 payment was accrued at year-end 2012 and paid in the first quarter of 2013.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 27, 2014, cash used for investing activities was $461.3 million, $397.9 million of which related to the 2014 Alleyton, Troy Vines, Buckhorn Materials, Canyon Redi-Mix, Mainland, Southwest Ready Mix, Colorado County S&G and Concrete Supply acquisitions. In addition, we invested $76.2 million in capital expenditures, offset by $13.4 million of proceeds from asset sales.

During the year ended December 28, 2013, cash used for investing activities was $111.5 million, $61.6 million of which was used for the April 1, 2013 acquisitions of certain Lafarge assets in and around Wichita, Kansas and all of the membership interests of Westroc near Salt Lake City, Utah. In addition, we invested $66.0 million in capital expenditures, offset by $16.1 million of proceeds from asset sales. Approximately $25.6 million of the capital expenditures were invested in our cement business in Hannibal, Missouri, for continued development of an underground mine ($15.3 million), a cement terminal expansion to store additional cement in St. Louis, Missouri ($2.8 million), as well as improvements made to our cement plant during the scheduled shutdowns. We also invested $6.4 million in a new hot mix asphalt plant in Austin, Texas.

During the year ended December 29, 2012, cash used for investing activities was $85.3 million. We paid $48.8 million for three acquisitions, which expanded our presence in certain of our existing markets and $45.5 million for capital expenditures. Approximately half of our 2012 capital expenditures were to replace or maintain equipment and the remaining portion reflects capital investments in the business, the most significant of which is the development of an underground mine at our cement plant. We spent $5.0 million on the underground mine development in 2012.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 27, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $377.2 million, which was primarily composed of $363.9 million of net borrowings on debt. We issued $375.0 million of senior notes in 2014 at a premium, receiving $409.3 million of aggregate proceeds. The funds from the borrowings were primarily used to purchase Alleyton and Mainland, make payments on the revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. In addition, we received contributions from our sole member of $24.4 million and made $10.9 million of payments on our acquisition related liabilities in the year ended December 27, 2014.

During the year ended December 28, 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $32.6 million, which was primarily composed of $42.4 million in net borrowings on our revolving credit facility and proceeds from the February 2013 repricing transaction, through which our outstanding borrowings increased $25.0 million. Approximately $61.6 million of the funds from the borrowings were used on April 1, 2013 to purchase certain assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas and all of the membership interests in Westroc. The remaining funds have been used for seasonal working capital requirements. In addition, we made $9.8 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities in 2013.

During the year ended December 29, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $7.7 million, which is primarily composed of $16.5 million of proceeds from the January 2012 financing transactions, offset by $7.5 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities.

 

89


Table of Contents

Cash Paid for Capital Expenditures

We have typically invested approximately 5% to 7% of our annual revenue on capital projects and expect this trend to continue in 2015. In 2014, we expended approximately $76.2 million compared to $66.0 million in 2013. The 2014 capital expenditures include continued development of an underground mine to extract limestone on our Hannibal, Missouri property where our cement plant is located ($6.3 million), which was substantially completed in 2014, $2.6 million of land purchases in Kansas and Kentucky and various other pieces of equipment and rolling stock.

We expended approximately $66.0 million in 2013 compared to $45.5 million in 2012. A portion of the increase in capital expenditures from 2012 relates to developing an underground mine to extract limestone on our Hannibal, Missouri property where our cement plant is located. We spent $15.3 million on the underground mine development in 2013.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Future exchanges of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The increases in tax basis as a result of an exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, are difficult to accurately estimate as they will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

    the timing of exchanges —for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Summit Holdings at the time of each exchange;

 

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange —the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Summit Holdings, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable —if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available;

 

    the amount of net operating losses —the amount of net operating losses of the Investor Entities at the time of any applicable merger or contribution transaction will impact the amount and timing of payments under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

    the amount and timing of our income —Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Summit Materials, Inc. does not have taxable income, Summit Materials, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax savings that will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We anticipate funding payments under the tax receivable agreement from cash flow from operations of our subsidiaries, available cash and available borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facilities.

 

90


Table of Contents

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Summit Materials, Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations would be based on certain assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. With respect to our obligations under the tax receivable agreement relating to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units and certain net operating losses, we would be required to make a payment equal to the present value (at a discount rate equal to one year LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits determined using assumptions (ii) through (v) of the following paragraph.

Furthermore, Summit Materials, Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any LP Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to an assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and that LIBOR were to be 1.6%, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $461.0 million if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Summit Materials, Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement (although any such overpayment would be taken into account in calculating future payments, if any, under the tax receivable agreement) or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. Also, the obligations of Summit Materials, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable in the event that Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” for additional details.

 

91


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents, as of December 27, 2014, our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts and contingent commitments (in thousands). The information below does not give effect to this offering or the use of proceeds therefrom.

 

     Total      2015      2016-2017      2018-2019      Thereafter  

Short term borrowings and long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 1,040,670       $ 5,275       $ 8,440       $ 401,955       $ 625,000   

Capital lease obligations

     33,818         18,096         10,408         1,375         3,939   

Operating lease obligations

     17,534         5,048         7,284         3,487         1,715   

Interest payments(1)

     450,430         91,874         172,429         153,314         32,813   

Acquisition-related liabilities

     79,730         18,426         29,106         15,928         16,270   

Royalty payments

     73,739         3,303         9,685         8,786         51,965   

Defined benefit plans(2)

     11,098         2,104         2,862         1,785         4,347   

Asset retirement obligation payments

     50,923         1,672         6,898         3,313         39,040   

Purchase commitments(3)

     20,418         20,418         —           —           —     

Other

     6,750         1,437         3,613         1,700         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations(4)

$ 1,785,110    $ 167,653    $ 250,725    $ 591,643    $ 775,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Future interest payments were calculated using the applicable fixed and floating rates charged by our lenders in effect as of December 27, 2014 and may differ from actual results.
(2) Amounts represent estimated future payments to fund our defined benefit plans.
(3) Amounts represent purchase commitments entered into in the normal course of business, primarily for fuel purchases. Commitments are generally less than one year.
(4) Any future payouts on the redeemable noncontrolling interest are excluded from total contractual obligations as the expected final settlement amount, timing of settlement and form of payment in either cash or equity has not been determined. The redemption value is currently estimated to be approximately $65.1 million.

Commitments and Contingencies

We are party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. Accruals are recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that the ultimate resolution of all current pending or threatened claims and litigation will not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

We are obligated under an indemnification agreement entered into with the sellers of Harper Contracting for the sellers’ ownership interests in a joint venture agreement. We have the rights to any benefits under the joint venture as well as the assumption of any obligations, but do not own equity interests in the joint venture. The joint venture has incurred significant losses on a highway project in Utah, which have resulted in requests for funding from the joint venture partners and, ultimately, from us. Through December 27, 2014, we have funded $8.8 million, $4.0 million was funded in 2012 and $4.8 million was funded in 2011. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, an accrual of $4.3 million was recorded in other noncurrent liabilities for this matter.

In 2013, a dispute with the sellers of Harper Contracting related to the calculation of working capital from the August 2010 acquisition was settled. The working capital dispute was submitted to binding arbitration, the outcome of which resulted in the payment of $1.9 million to the sellers. In addition, various other acquisition-related disputes with the sellers were settled for approximately $0.8 million. The total payments of $2.7 million were made in 2013. There was no material effect to 2013 earnings as a result of these settlements.

 

92


Table of Contents

In February 2011, we incurred a property loss related to a sunken barge with cement product aboard. In 2013, we recognized $0.8 million of charges for costs to remove the barge from the waterway. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, we had $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses as management’s best estimate of the remaining costs to remove the barge.

We are obligated under various firm purchase commitments for certain raw materials and services that are in the ordinary course of business. The terms of these agreements are generally less than one year. Management does not expect any significant changes in the market value of these goods and services during the commitment period that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 27, 2014, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements.

New Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve and converge the financial reporting requirements for revenue from contracts with customers. Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , prescribes a five-step model for revenue recognition that will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. The ASU will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP and provides that an entity recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU No. 2014-09 allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective adoption and will become effective for us in the first quarter of 2017. Early adoption is prohibited. Management is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.” This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within that annual period, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard in 2014 with no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill, intangibles and other long-lived assets, pension and other postretirement obligations, asset retirement obligations and the redeemable noncontrolling interest. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

93


Table of Contents

Acquisitions—Purchase Price Allocation

We regularly review strategic long-term plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses, which would increase our market share and/or are related to our existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, our consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date that control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets given to and liabilities assumed from the seller as of the date of acquisition. We allocate the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions and the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets compared to amounts assigned to goodwill, which is not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and periods subsequent to a business combination.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and therefore represents an exit price. A fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. We assign the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs, which includes the use of valuation models.

Level 2 inputs are typically used to estimate the fair value of acquired machinery, equipment and land and assumed liabilities for asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations and contingencies.

Level 3 inputs are used to estimate the fair value of acquired mineral reserves, mineral interests and separately-identifiable intangible assets.

There is a measurement period after the acquisition date during which we may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination. Any such adjustments are based on us obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. Measurement period adjustments are generally recorded as increases or decreases to the goodwill recognized in the transaction. Material adjustments are applied retroactively to the date of acquisition and reported retrospectively. The measurement period ends once we have obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded in earnings.

We have invested $397.9 million, $61.6 million and $48.8 million in business combinations and allocated this amount to assets acquired and liabilities assumed during the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

Goodwill and Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying amounts may be impaired. The evaluation involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions and considerable management judgment. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators and future cash flows are based on operational performance of our businesses, market conditions and other factors. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use,

 

94


Table of Contents

including estimates of future cash flows, volumes, market penetration and discount rates, are consistent with our internal planning. The estimated future cash flows are derived from internal operating budgets and forecasts for long-term demand and pricing in our industry and markets. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge on all or a portion of our goodwill. Furthermore, we cannot predict the occurrence of future impairment-triggering events nor the affect such events might have on our reported values. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses are impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The annual goodwill test is performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that an impairment is more likely than not, the entity is then required to perform the two-step quantitative impairment test, otherwise further analysis is not required. An entity also may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment and, instead, proceed directly to the two-step quantitative impairment test. The ultimate outcome of the goodwill impairment review for a reporting unit should be the same whether an entity chooses to perform the qualitative assessment or proceeds directly to the two-step quantitative impairment test.

Under the two-step quantitative impairment test, step one of the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We use a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model to estimate the current fair value of our reporting units when testing for impairment, as management believes forecasted cash flows are the best indicator of fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including macroeconomic trends in the private construction and public infrastructure industries, the timing of work embedded in our backlog, our performance and profitability under our contracts, our success in securing future sales and the appropriate interest rate used to discount the projected cash flows. Most of these assumptions vary significantly among the reporting units. This discounted cash flow analysis is corroborated by “top-down” analyses, including a market assessment of our enterprise value. We believe the estimates and assumptions used in the valuations are reasonable.

In conjunction with our annual review of goodwill on the first day of the fourth quarter, we performed the qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units except the Utah-based operations. As a result of this analysis, we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit was greater than its carrying value. The Utah-based operations have negative equity after the goodwill impairment charge recognized in 2013. As a result, we performed Step 2 of the impairment test for the Utah-based operations and concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the book value.

One of our reporting units is based in Midland/Odessa, Texas where the economy is largely exposed to the oil and gas sector. In the fourth quarter of 2014, global oil prices declined. An extended period of low oil prices could have a material adverse effect on this reporting unit. However, we do not expect the current decline in oil prices to have a material adverse effect in the near team and are unable to predict long term macroeconomic trends. We will continue to monitor demand for our products in this market to assess whether an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of the reporting unit may be impaired requiring a goodwill impairment analysis. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment charges in 2014.

As a result of the impairment test in 2013, we concluded that the book values of two of our reporting units, the Utah-based operations in the West region and our one reporting unit in the East region exceeded their estimated fair values. For our remaining reporting units, the estimated fair values were substantially in excess of carrying values ranging from 56% to 182%.

For the Utah-based and East region reporting units, we performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The second step of the test requires the allocation of the

 

95


Table of Contents

reporting unit’s fair value to its assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss. Based on the results of the step two analyses, we recorded impairment charges to goodwill of $53.3 million and $14.9 million for the Utah-based and East region reporting units, respectively. After recognizing these impairment charges, the goodwill attributable to the Utah and Kentucky reporting units was $36.6 million and zero, respectively.

As of December 27, 2014, we determined that no events or circumstances since the first day of the fourth quarter through December 27, 2014 indicated that a further assessment was necessary.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Excluding Goodwill

We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are material to our total assets (as of December 27, 2014, net property, plant and equipment, represented 55.0% of total assets) and the evaluation involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions and considerable management judgment. Such indicators may include deterioration in general economic conditions, negative developments in equity and credit markets, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods, among others. A one year increase or decrease in the average useful lives of our property, plant and equipment would have affected 2014 depreciation expense by ($4.5) million or $5.2 million, respectively. An impairment charge could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The carrying value of long-lived assets is considered impaired when the estimated undiscounted cash flows from such assets are less than their carrying value. In that event, we recognize a loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived assets.

Fair value is determined by primarily using a cash flow methodology that requires considerable management judgment and long-term assumptions. Our estimate of net future cash flows is based on historical experience and assumptions of future trends, which may be different from actual results.

We consider the identification of an asset for disposal to be an event requiring evaluation of the asset’s fair value. Fair value is often determined to be the estimated sales price, less selling costs. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then an impairment charge is recognized equal to the expected loss on disposal. Throughout 2014, we recognized $6.1 million of net losses on asset dispositions, which include both the net loss on disposed assets and losses on assets identified for disposition in the succeeding twelve months. The losses commonly occur because the cash flows expected from selling the asset are less than the cash flows that could be generated from holding the asset for use.

The 2013 goodwill impairment recognized at two reporting units was considered to be an indication that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable at those reporting units requiring further evaluation, despite positive cash flows in the year ended December 28, 2013 at both the Utah and Kentucky reporting units. The net book value of the long-lived assets at the Utah and Kentucky reporting units, as of the first day of the fourth quarter, was $117.3 million and $127.8 million, respectively. The evaluation indicated that the carrying value of the reporting units’ long-lived assets was less than the undiscounted future cash flows, resulting in no impairment of the evaluated long-lived assets. The type of long-lived assets at the reporting units, primarily plant and equipment, when purchased new, had generally increased in value from the date the long-lived assets at these reporting units were purchased. As a result, management does not believe that there is a risk that a material impairment charge will be recognized at these reporting units in the near future.

There were no changes to the useful lives of assets having a material effect on our financial position or results of operations in 2014 or 2013.

 

96


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenue from the sale of products, which primarily include aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt, but also include concrete products and plastics components, and from the provision of services, which are primarily paving and related services, but also include landfill operations, the receipt and disposal of waste, which is converted to fuel used in our cement plant, and underground storage space rental.

Revenue for product sales is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, title passes, which generally is when the product is shipped, and collection is reasonably assured. Product revenue generally include sales of aggregates, cement and other materials to customers, net of discounts or allowances, if any, and generally include freight and delivery charges billed to customers. Freight and delivery charges associated with cement sales are recorded on a net basis together with freight costs within cost of sales.

Revenue from the receipt of waste fuels is recognized when the waste is accepted and a corresponding liability is recognized for the costs to process the waste into fuel for the manufacturing of cement or to ship the waste offsite for disposal in accordance with applicable regulations.

We account for revenue and earnings on our long-term paving and related services contracts as service revenue using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the percentage-of-completion method, we recognize paving and related services revenue as services are rendered. We estimate profit as the difference between total estimated revenue and total estimated cost of a contract and recognize that profit over the life of the contract based on input measures (e.g., costs incurred). We generally measure progress toward completion on long-term paving and related services contracts based on the proportion of costs incurred to date relative to total estimated costs at completion. We include revisions of estimated profits on contracts in earnings under the cumulative catch-up method, under which the effect of revisions in estimates is recognized immediately. If a revised estimate of contract profitability reveals an anticipated loss on the contract, we recognize the loss in the period it is identified.

The percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves the use of various estimating techniques to project costs at completion, and in some cases includes estimates of recoveries asserted against the customer for changes in specifications or other disputes. Contract estimates involve various assumptions and projections relative to the outcome of future events over multiple periods, including future labor productivity and availability, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the effect of delayed performance, and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. These estimates are based on our best judgment. A significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of one or more of our contracts. We review our contract estimates regularly to assess revisions in contract values and estimated costs at completion. No material contract adjustments were recognized between 2012 and 2014.

We recognize revenue arising from claims either as income or as an offset against a potential loss only when the amount of the claim can be estimated reliably and its realization is probable. In evaluating these criteria, we consider the contractual/legal basis for the claim, the cause of any additional costs incurred, the reasonableness of those costs and the objective evidence available to support the claim.

Mining Reclamation Obligations

We incur reclamation obligations as part of our mining activities. Our quarry activities require the removal and relocation of significant levels of overburden to access stone of usable quantity and quality. The same overburden material is used to reclaim depleted mine areas, which must be sloped to a certain gradient and seeded to prevent erosion in the future. Reclamation methods and requirements can differ depending on the quarry and state rules and regulations in existence for certain locations. This differentiation affects the potential obligation required at each individual subsidiary. As of December 27, 2014, our undiscounted reclamation obligations totaled $29.3 million, of which 16.4% is expected to be settled within the next five years and the remaining 83.6% thereafter.

Reclamation costs resulting from the normal use of long-lived assets, either owned or leased, are recognized over the period the asset is in use. The obligation, which cannot be reduced by estimated offsetting cash flows, is

 

97


Table of Contents

recorded at fair value as a liability at the obligating event date and is accreted through charges to operating expenses. The fair value is based on our estimate for a third party to perform the legally required reclamation tasks including a reasonable profit margin. This fair value is also capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset.

The mining reclamation reserve is based on management’s estimate of future cost requirements to reclaim property at both currently operating and closed quarry sites. Costs are estimated in current dollars and inflated until the expected time of payment using a future estimated inflation rate and then discounted back to present value using a credit-adjusted, risk-free rate on obligations of similar maturity adjusted to reflect our credit rating. We review reclamation obligations at least every three years for a revision to the cost or a change in the estimated settlement date. Additionally, reclamation obligations are reviewed in the period that a triggering event occurs that would result in either a revision to the cost or a change in the estimated settlement date. Examples of events that would trigger a change in the cost include a new reclamation law or amendment to an existing mineral lease. Examples of events that would cause a change in the estimated settlement date include the acquisition of additional reserves or early or delayed closure of a site. Any affect to earnings from cost revisions is included in cost of revenue.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions that are entered into in the normal course of business. Our operations are highly dependent upon the interest rate-sensitive construction industry as well as the general economic environment. Consequently, these marketplaces could experience lower levels of economic activity in an environment of rising interest rates or escalating costs. Management has considered the current economic environment and its potential effect to our business. Demand for aggregates-based products, particularly in the residential and nonresidential construction markets, could decline if companies and consumers are unable to obtain financing for construction projects or if an economic recession causes delays or cancellations to capital projects. Additionally, in preceding years, declining tax revenue, state budget deficits and unpredictable or inconsistent federal funding have negatively affected states’ abilities to finance infrastructure construction projects.

Commodity and Energy Price Risk

We are subject to commodity price risk with respect to price changes in liquid asphalt and energy, including fossil fuels and electricity for aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix production, natural gas for hot mix asphalt production and diesel fuel for distribution vehicles and production related mobile equipment. Liquid asphalt escalators in most of our public infrastructure contracts limit our exposure to price fluctuations in this commodity, and we seek to obtain escalators on private and commercial contracts. Similarly, in periods of decreasing oil prices, a portion of the cost savings will be recouped by our end customers. Decreasing oil prices also could affect demand in certain of our markets, particularly in Houston and Midland/Odessa, Texas, which represent approximately 15% of our consolidated revenue in 2014. For the year ended December 27, 2014, our costs associated with liquid asphalt and energy amounted to approximately $193.8 million. Accordingly, a 10% increase or decrease in the total cost of liquid asphalt and energy would have decreased or increased, respectively, our operating results for the year by approximately $19.4 million. However, this does not take into consideration liquid asphalt escalators in certain contracts or forward purchase commitments put into place before December 27, 2014.

Inflation Risk

Inflation rates in recent years have not been a significant factor in our revenue or earnings due to relatively low inflation and our ability to recover increasing costs by obtaining higher prices for our products through sale price escalators in place for most public infrastructure sector contracts. Inflation risk varies with the level of activity in the construction industry, the number, size and strength of competitors and the availability of products to supply a local market.

 

98


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

In 2014, we expanded our operations into Canada with the acquisition of Mainland. With this expansion, we are subject to foreign currency risk related to changes in the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar exchange rates. A 10% adverse change in foreign currency rates in 2014 would not have had a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Interest Rate Risk

We have $150.0 million of revolving credit commitments and $422.0 million of term loans under the senior secured credit facilities, which bear interest at a variable rate. A hypothetical 100-basis-point increase in interest rates on the 2014 quarterly average outstanding revolver balance of $22.2 million would increase interest expense by $0.2 million on an annual basis. The interest rate on the term loans has a floor of 1.25%. The rate in effect at December 27, 2014 was 0.26% and, thus, the rate applicable to us was the floor rate of 1.25%. Therefore, a 100-basis-point increase in the interest rate at December 27, 2014 would only have increased the rate from 1.25% to 1.26%, the effect of which would have been immaterial on annual interest expense.

At our cement plant, we sponsor two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans for hourly and salaried employees and healthcare and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retired employees. As of January 2014, the pension plans have been frozen to new participants and the healthcare and life insurance benefit plan has been amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage. Our results of operations are affected by our net periodic benefit cost from these plans, which was $0.5 million in 2014, exclusive of a $1.3 million curtailment benefit. Assumptions that affect this expense include the discount rate and, for the pension plans only, the expected long-term rate of return on assets. Therefore, we have interest rate risk associated with these factors.

The healthcare and life insurance benefit plan are exposed to changes in the cost of healthcare services. A one percentage-point increase or decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates would have affected the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $1.3 million or $(1.1) million, respectively, at December 27, 2014.

 

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the fastest growing construction materials companies in the United States, with a 197% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 27, 2014, as compared to an average increase of approximately 38% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition more than five years ago, we have rapidly become a major participant in the U.S. construction materials industry. We believe that, by volume, we are a top 10 aggregates supplier, a top 25 cement producer and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. Our revenue in 2014 was $1.2 billion with a net loss of $6.3 million. Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons as of December 27, 2014. In 2014, we sold 25.4 million tons of aggregates, 1.0 million tons of cement, 2.8 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete and 4.3 million tons of asphalt paving mix across our more than 200 sites and plants.

The rapid growth we have achieved over the last five years has been due in large part to our acquisitions, which we funded with equity commitments that our Sponsors and certain other investors made to Summit Holdings together with debt financing. During this period, we witnessed a cyclical decline and slow recovery in the private construction market and nominal growth in public infrastructure spending. However, the private construction market is beginning to rebound, which we believe signals the outset of a strong growth period in our industry and end markets. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this anticipated recovery in order to grow our business and reduce our leverage over time. As of December 27, 2014, our total indebtedness was approximately $1,064.9 million, or $765.0 million on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds.

The private construction market includes residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel market. According to the National Association of Home Builders, the number of total housing starts in the United States, a leading indicator for our residential business, is expected to grow 57% from 2013 to 2016. In addition, the PCA projects that spending in private nonresidential construction will grow 26% over the same period. The private construction market represented 56% of our revenue in 2014.

Public infrastructure, which includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects, has been a relatively stable portion of government budgets providing consistent demand to our industry and is projected by the PCA to grow approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase. Despite this projected growth, we do not believe it will be consistent across the United States, but will instead be concentrated in certain regions. The public infrastructure market represented 44% of our revenue in 2014.

In addition to the anticipated growth in our end markets, we expect higher volume and pricing in our core product categories. The PCA estimates that cement consumption will increase approximately 30% from 2013 to 2016, reflecting rising demand in the major end markets. At the same time, we believe that cement pricing will be driven higher by tightening production capacity in the United States, where the PCA projects consumption will exceed domestic cement capacity by 2017 driven by both increasing demand and by other capacity

 

100


Table of Contents

constraints arising from the PC-MACT regulation, with which compliance is generally required in 2015. Favorable market dynamics can also be seen in aggregates, where volumes decreased from 3.1 billion tons in 2006 to an estimated 2.1 billion tons in 2013, a 34% decline that has been offset by growth in the average price per ton, which increased from $7.37 in 2006 to an estimated $8.94 in 2013, a 21% increase, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. Consistent with these market trends, our cement and aggregates average pricing increased 6% and 2%, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014.

Historically, we have sought to supplement organic growth potential with acquisitions, by strategically targeting attractive, new markets or expanding in existing markets. We consider population trends, employment rates, competitive landscape, private construction outlook, public funding and various other factors prior to entering a new market. In addition to analyzing macroeconomic data, we seek to establish a top position in our local markets, which we believe supports our achieving sustainable organic growth and attractive returns. This positioning provides local economies of scale and synergies, which benefit our pricing, costs and profitability. We believe that each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market.

Our acquisition strategy, to date, has helped us to achieve scale and rapid growth, and we believe that significant opportunities remain for growth through acquisition. We estimate that approximately 65% of the U.S. construction materials market is privately owned. From this group, our senior management team maintains contact with over 300 private companies. These long-standing relationships, cultivated over decades, have been the primary source for our past acquisitions and, we believe, will be a key driver of our future growth. We believe the value proposition we offer to potential sellers has made us a buyer of choice and has enabled us to largely avoid competitive auctions and instead negotiate directly with sellers at attractive valuations.

Our Regional Platforms

We currently operate across 17 U.S. states and in British Columbia, Canada through our three regional platforms that make up our operating segments: West; Central; and East. Each of our operating businesses has its own management team that, in turn, reports to a regional president who is responsible for overseeing the operating businesses, developing growth opportunities, implementing best practices and integrating acquired businesses. Acquisitions are an important element of our strategy, as we seek to enhance value through increased scale and cost savings within local markets.

 

    West Region:  Our West region includes operations in Texas, the Mountain states of Utah, Colorado, Idaho and Wyoming and in British Columbia, Canada where we supply aggregates, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the West region controlled approximately 0.7 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $362.4 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 55% of our revenue and approximately 49% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the West region. In 2014, we continued to expand the West region, with significant growth in Texas through key acquisitions as well as the establishment of a new platform in British Columbia, Canada with our September acquisition of Mainland.

 

    Central Region:  Our Central region extends across the Midwestern United States, most notably in Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois, where we supply aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the Central region controlled approximately 0.9 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, approximately 0.4 billion of which serve its cement business, and $539.9 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 33% of our revenue and approximately 42% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the Central region.

Our cement plant, commissioned in 2008, is a highly efficient, technologically advanced, integrated manufacturing and distribution system strategically located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We utilize an on-site solid and liquid waste fuel processing

 

101


Table of Contents

facility, which can reduce the plant’s fuel costs by up to 50% and is one of only 12 facilities in the United States with such capabilities. Our cement business primarily serves markets in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois.

 

    East Region:  Our East region serves markets in Kentucky, South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, where we supply aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of December 27, 2014, the East region controlled approximately 0.5 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $152.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 12% of our revenue and approximately 9% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the East region.

Acquisition History

The following table lists acquisitions we have completed since August 2009:

 

Company

  

Date of Acquisition

   Region

Hamm, Inc.

   August 25, 2009    Central

Hinkle Contracting Company, LLC

   February 1, 2010    East

Cornejo

   April 16, 2010    Central

Elmo Greer & Sons, LLC

   April 20, 2010    East

Continental Cement

   May 27, 2010    Central

Harshman Construction L.L.C. and Harshman Farms, Inc.

   June 15, 2010    Central

South Central Kentucky Limestone, LLC

   July 23, 2010    East

Harper Contracting

   August 2, 2010    West

Kilgore Pavement Maintenance, LLC and Kilgore Properties, LLC

   August 2, 2010    West

Con-Agg of MO, L.L.C.

   September 15, 2010    Central

Altaview Concrete

   September 15, 2010    West

EnerCrest Products, Inc.

   September 28, 2010    West

RK Hall

   November 30, 2010    West

Triple C Concrete, Inc.

   January 14, 2011    West

Elam Construction, Inc.

   March 31, 2011    West

Bourbon Limestone Company

   May 27, 2011    East

Fischer Quarries, L.L.C.

   May 27, 2011    Central

B&B

   June 8, 2011    West

Grand Junction Concrete Pipe, Inc.

   June 10, 2011    West

Industrial Asphalt

   August 2, 2011    West

Ramming Paving

   October 28, 2011    West

Norris

   February 29, 2012    Central

Kay & Kay

   October 5, 2012    East

Sandco

   November 30, 2012    West

Lafarge

   April 1, 2013    Central

Westroc

   April 1, 2013    West

Alleyton

   January 17, 2014    West

Troy Vines

   March 31, 2014    West

Buckhorn Materials

   June 9, 2014    East

Canyon Redi-Mix

   July 29, 2014    West

Mainland

   September 4, 2014    West

Southwest Ready Mix

   September 19, 2014    West

Colorado County S&G

   September 30, 2014    West

Concrete Supply

   October 3, 2014    Central

 

102


Table of Contents

Our End Markets

Residential Construction . Residential construction includes single family houses and multi-family units such as apartments and condominiums. Demand for residential construction is influenced by employment prospects, new household formation and mortgage interest rates. In recent years, foreclosures have resulted in an oversupply of available houses, which had dampened the demand for new residential construction in many markets in the United States. However, employment prospects have improved, foreclosure rates have stabilized and demand has begun to grow, although the rate of growth is inconsistent across the United States.

Nonresidential Construction . Nonresidential construction encompasses all privately financed construction other than residential structures. Demand for nonresidential construction is driven by population and economic growth. Population growth spurs demand for stores, shopping centers and restaurants. Economic growth creates demand for projects such as hotels, office buildings, warehouses and factories. The supply of nonresidential construction projects is affected by interest rates and the availability of credit to finance these projects.

Public Infrastructure Construction . Public infrastructure construction includes spending by federal, state and local governments for highways, bridges, airports, schools, public buildings and other public infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure spending has historically been more stable than private sector construction. We believe that public infrastructure spending is less sensitive to interest rate changes and economic cycles and often is supported by multi-year federal and state legislation and programs. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from public infrastructure projects. As a result, the supply of federal and state funding for public infrastructure highway construction significantly affects our public infrastructure end-use business.

In the past, public infrastructure sector funding was underpinned by a series of six-year federal highway authorization bills. Federal funds are allocated to the states, which are required to match a portion of the federal funds they receive. Federal highway spending uses funds predominantly from the Federal Highway Trust Fund, which derives its revenue from taxes on diesel fuel, gasoline and other user fees. The dependability of federal funding allows the state departments of transportation to plan for their long term highway construction and maintenance needs. Funding for the existing federal transportation funding program expired on September 30, 2014 and on August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted. This bill provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May 2015. Any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading market positions . We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating histories, averaging over 35 years. We believe we are a top 10 supplier of aggregates, a top 25 producer of cement and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix in the United States by volume. We focus on acquiring companies that have leading local market positions in aggregates, which we seek to enhance by building scale with other local aggregates and downstream products and services. The construction materials industry is highly local in nature due to transportation costs from the high weight-to-value ratio of the products. Given this dynamic, we believe achieving local market scale provides a competitive advantage that drives growth and profitability for our business. We believe that our ability to prudently acquire, improve and rapidly integrate multiple businesses has enabled, and will continue to enable, us to become market leaders.

Operations positioned to benefit from attractive industry fundamentals . We believe the construction materials industry has attractive fundamentals, characterized by high barriers to entry and a stable competitive environment in the majority of markets. Barriers to entry are created by scarcity of raw material resources, limited efficient distribution range, asset intensity of equipment, land required for quarry operations and a time-consuming and complex regulatory and permitting process. According to the April 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, aggregates pricing in the United States had increased in 65 of the previous 70 years, with growth accelerating

 

103


Table of Contents

since 2002 as continuing resource scarcity in the industry has led companies to focus increasingly on improved pricing strategies. While aggregates volumes decreased 19% from 2.6 billion tons in 2008 to 2.1 billion tons in 2013, average price per ton of aggregates in the United States during this same time period increased 4% from $8.57 in 2008 to $8.95 in 2013. Pricing growth remained strong in 2013, despite volume declines in certain key end markets. Consistent with these market trends, our average aggregates and cement pricing increased 2% and 6%, respectively, from average prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average prices for the year ended December 27, 2014.

One significant factor that allows for pricing growth in periods of volume declines is that aggregates and asphalt paving mix have significant exposure to public road construction, which has demonstrated growth over the past 30 years, even during times of broader economic weakness. The majority of public road construction spending is funded at the state level through the states’ respective departments of transportation. The five key states in which we operate (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri) have funds with certain constitutional protections for revenue sources dedicated for transportation projects. These dedicated, earmarked funding sources limit the negative effect current state deficits may have on public spending. As a result, we believe our business exhibits significantly more stability in profitability than witnessed in most other building product subsectors. We believe these business characteristics have helped mitigate the impact of the challenging economic environment on our profitability. Profits in the construction materials industry are relatively stable throughout various economic cycles compared to other businesses in the construction industry, aided by favorable pricing dynamics with historically stable public infrastructure spending.

Vertically-integrated business model . We generate revenue across a spectrum of related products and services. We internally supply over approximately 80% of the aggregates used in the ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes that we produce and the asphalt paving mix that our paving crews lay. Our vertically-integrated business model enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses. We believe this creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production, fosters more stable demand for aggregates through a captive demand outlet, creates a competitive advantage through the efficiency gains, convenience and reliability provided to customers and enhances our acquisition strategy by allowing a greater range of target companies.

Attractive diversity, scale and product portfolio . Our three regional platforms operate across 17 U.S. states and British Columbia, Canada in 27 metropolitan statistical areas. Between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 27, 2014, we grew our revenue by 197% and brought substantial additional scale and geographic diversity to our operations. A combination of increased scale and vertical integration enabled us to improve profitability with Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 390 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014. In the year ended December 27, 2014, 88% of EBITDA was derived from materials and products, with 52% coming from materials and 36% from products, and the remaining 12% of EBITDA being derived from services. We have approximately 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves serving our aggregates and cement business. Assuming production rates in future years are equal to those in 2014, we estimate that the useful life of the proven and probable reserves for our aggregates and cement businesses are over 55 years and 300 years, respectively.

We own a dry process cement plant that was commissioned in 2008. This large capacity plant has technologically advanced manufacturing capabilities and favorable environmental performance compared to older facilities within the industry that will require upgrades to comply with stringent EPA standards coming into effect in the near term. According to PCA forecasts, consumption of cement in the United States is expected to exceed production capacity by the year 2017, creating opportunities for existing cement plants. In addition, our plant is strategically located on the Mississippi River. The U.S. cement industry is regional in nature, with customers typically purchasing material from local sources due to transportation costs. According to the PCA 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, approximately 98% of cement sold in the United States

 

104


Table of Contents

was shipped to customers by truck in 2012. However, in 2013, as a result of our plant’s strategic location on the Mississippi River, we shipped approximately 15% of our cement sold by barge, which is generally more cost-effective than truck transport.

Proven ability to incorporate new acquisitions and grow businesses . Since July 2009, we have acquired 34 companies, successfully integrating the businesses into three regions through the implementation of operational improvements, industry-proven information technology systems, a comprehensive safety program and best in class management programs. A typical acquisition generally involves retaining the local management team of the acquired business, maintaining operational decisions at the local level and providing strategic insights and leadership directed by our President and Chief Executive Officer, a 30-year industry veteran. These acquisitions have helped us achieve significant revenue growth, from $405.3 million in 2010 to $1,204.2 million in 2014.

Experienced and proven leadership driving organic growth and acquisition strategy . Our management team, led by Tom Hill, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has a proven track record of creating value. In addition to Mr. Hill, our management team, including corporate and regional operations managers, corporate development, finance executives and other heavy side industry operators, has extensive experience in the industry. Our management team has a track record of executing and successfully integrating acquisitions in the sector. Mr. Hill and his team successfully executed a similar consolidation strategy at another company in the industry, where Mr. Hill led the integration of numerous acquisitions, taking the business from less than $0.3 billion to $7.4 billion in sales from 1992 to 2008 through 173 acquisitions worth approximately $6.3 billion in the aggregate.

Our Business Strategy

Capitalize on expected recovery in U.S. economy and construction markets . The residential and nonresidential markets are starting to show positive growth signs in varying degrees across our markets. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts total housing starts to accelerate to 1.46 million in the United States by 2016, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2013 to 2016. The American Institute of Architects’ Consensus Construction Forecast projects nonresidential construction to grow 8.1% in 2015. We believe that we have sufficient exposure to the residential and nonresidential end markets to benefit from a potential recovery in all of our markets. In 2014, approximately 83% of our revenue was derived from Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri—five key states with attractive construction and growth stories. Across these states, DOT budgets grew a combined 12.9% from 2013 to 2014. Given the nation’s aging infrastructure and considering longstanding historical spending trends, we expect U.S. infrastructure investment to grow over time. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase in investment.

Expand local positions in the most attractive markets through targeted capital investments and bolt-on acquisitions . We plan to expand our business through organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions in each of our local markets. Our acquisition strategy involves acquiring platforms that serve as the foundation for continued incremental and complementary growth via locally situated bolt-on acquisitions to these platforms. We believe that increased local market scale will drive profitable growth. Our existing platform of operations is expected to enable us to grow significantly as we expand in our existing markets. In pursuing our growth strategy, we believe that our balance sheet and liquidity position will enable us to acquire most of the bolt-on acquisitions and platforms that we seek to purchase, but we may also pursue larger acquisition transactions that may require us to raise additional equity capital and indebtedness. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and any pending transaction may be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this offering.

Drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions . Our goal is to become a top-five U.S. construction materials company through the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and implementation of best practices to drive organic growth. Based on aggregates sales, in volumes, we believe that we are currently a

 

105


Table of Contents

top-ten player, which we achieved within five years of our first acquisition. We believe that the relative fragmentation of our industry creates an environment in which we can continue to acquire companies at attractive valuations and increase scale and diversity over time through strategic acquisitions in markets adjacent to our existing markets within the states where we currently operate, as well as into additional states as market and competitive conditions support further growth.

Enhance margins and free cash flow generation through implementation of operational improvements . Our management team includes individuals with decades of experience in our industry and proven success in integrating acquired businesses and organically growing operations. This experience represents a significant source of value to us that has driven Adjusted EBITDA margins up 390 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 27, 2014. These margin improvements are accomplished through proven profit optimization plans, leveraging information technology and financial systems to control costs, managing working capital, achieving scale-driven purchasing synergies and fixed overhead control and reduction. Our regional presidents, supported by our central operations, risk management and finance and information technology teams, drive the implementation of detailed and thorough profit optimization plans for each acquisition post close, which typically includes, among other things, implementation of a systematic pricing strategy and an equipment utilization analysis that assesses repair and maintenance spending, the health of each piece of equipment and a utilization review to ensure we are maximizing productivity and selling any pieces of equipment that are not needed in the business.

Leverage vertically-integrated and strategically located operations for growth . We believe that our vertical integration of construction materials, products and services is a significant competitive advantage that we will leverage to grow share in our existing markets and enter into new markets. A significant portion of materials used to produce our products and provide services to our customers is internally supplied, which enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials, products and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers and enabling us to capture additional value throughout the supply chain, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses.

Our Industry

The U.S. construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational corporations that offer a wide array of construction materials and services. Competition is constrained in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations. Due to the lack of product differentiation, competition for all of our products is predominantly based on price and, to a lesser extent, quality of products and service. As a result, the prices we charge our customers are not likely to be materially different from the prices charged by other producers in the same markets. Accordingly, our profitability is generally dependent on the level of demand for our products and our ability to control operating costs.

Transportation infrastructure projects, driven by both state and federal funding programs, represent a significant share of the U.S. construction materials market. In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is also available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri, which represented approximately 34%, 19%, 11%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2014) each have funds whose revenue sources have certain constitutional protections and may only be spent on transportation projects:

 

    Texas Department of Transportation’s budget from 2014 to 2016 is $25.3 billion. On November 4, 2014, voters in Texas passed a proposition that is expected to provide between $1.2 billion and $1.7 billion of incremental funding annually to the Texas Department of Transportation. The funds must be used for construction, maintenance, rehabilitation and acquiring right-of-way for public roads.

 

106


Table of Contents
    Kansas has a 10 year $8.2 billion highway bill that was passed in May 2010.

 

    Kentucky’s biennial highway construction plan has funding of $3.6 billion from July 2014 to June 2016.

 

    Utah’s transportation investment fund had $3.0 billion committed through 2018.

 

    Missouri has an estimated $0.7 billion in annual construction funding committed to essential road and bridge programs through 2017.

Demand for our products is observed to have low elasticity in relation to prices. We believe this is partially explained by the absence of competitive replacement products and relatively low contribution of our products to total construction costs. We do not believe that increases in our products’ prices are likely to affect the decision to undertake a construction project since these costs usually represent a small portion of total construction costs.

Aggregates

Aggregates are key material components used in the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes for the residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure markets and are also widely used for various applications and products, such as road and building foundations, railroad ballast, erosion control, filtration, roofing granules and in solutions for snow and ice control. Generally extracted from the earth using surface or underground mining methods, aggregates are produced from natural deposits of various materials such as limestone, sand and gravel, granite and trap rock. Once extracted, processed and graded, aggregates are supplied directly to their end use or incorporated for further processing into construction materials and products, such as cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix.

According to the March 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, approximately 1.3 billion tons of crushed stone with a value of approximately $11.9 billion was produced in the United States in 2013, in line with the 1.3 billion tons produced in 2012. Sand and gravel production was approximately 935 million tons in 2013 valued at approximately $6.7 billion, up from 899 million tons produced in 2012. The U.S. aggregate industry is highly fragmented relative to other building product markets, with numerous participants operating in localized markets and the top ten players controlling approximately 30% of the national market in 2013. In February 2014, the U.S. Geological Survey reported that a total of 1,550 companies operating 4,000 quarries and 91 underground mines produced or sold crushed stone in 2013 in the United States.

Transportation costs are a major variable in determining aggregate pricing and marketing radius. The cost of transporting aggregate products from the plant to the market often equates to or exceeds the sale price of the product at the plant. As a result of the high transportation costs and the large quantities of bulk material that have to be shipped, finished products are typically marketed locally. High transportation costs are responsible for the wide dispersion of production sites. Where possible, construction material producers maintain operations adjacent to highly populated areas to reduce transportation costs and enhance margins. However, more recently, rising land values combined with local environmental concerns have been forcing production sites to move further away from the end-use locations.

 

107


Table of Contents

We believe that the long-term growth of the market for aggregates is predominantly driven by growth in population, employment and households, which in turn affects demand for nonresidential construction, including stores, shopping centers and restaurants and increases transportation infrastructure spending. In recent years, the recession and subsequent slow recovery in the United States has led to a decrease in overall private and public infrastructure construction activity. While short-term demand for aggregates fluctuates with economic cycles, the declines have historically been followed by strong recovery, with each peak establishing a new historical high. In addition, according to the U.S. Geological Survey, during periods of economic decline in which aggregates volumes sold has decreased, prices have historically continued to grow, as illustrated in the following table:

 

LOGO

A significant portion of annual demand for aggregates is derived from large public infrastructure and highway construction projects. According to the Montana Contractors’ Association, approximately 38,000 tons of aggregate are required to construct a one mile stretch of a typical four-lane interstate highway. Highways located in markets with significant seasonal temperature variances are particularly vulnerable to freeze-thaw conditions that exert excessive stress on pavement and lead to more rapid surface degradation. Surface maintenance repairs, as well as general highway construction, occur in the warmer months, resulting in a majority of aggregates production and sales in the period from April through November in most states.

Cement

Portland cement, an industry term for the common cement in general use around the world, is made from a combination of limestone, shale, clay, silica and iron ore. It is a fundamental building material consumed in several stages throughout the construction cycle of residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure projects. It is a binding agent that, when mixed with sand or aggregates and water, produces either ready-mixed concrete or mortar and is an important component of other essential construction materials. Cement is sold either in bulk or in bags as branded products, depending on its final user. Few construction projects can take place without utilizing cement somewhere in the design, making it a key ingredient used in the construction industry. The majority of all cement shipments are sent to ready-mixed concrete operators. The remaining shipments are directed to manufacturers of concrete related products such as block and precast. Nearly two-thirds of U.S. consumption occurs between May and November, coinciding with end-market construction activity.

The principal raw materials in cement are a blend of approximately 80% limestone and approximately 5% shale, with the remaining raw materials being clay and iron ore. Generally, the limestone and shale are mined from quarries located on site with the production plant. These core ingredients are blended and crushed into a fine grind and then preheated and ultimately introduced into a kiln heated to about 3,000°F. Under this extreme heat, a chemical transformation occurs uniting the elements to form a new substance with new physical and chemical characteristics. This new substance is called clinker and it is formed into pieces about the size of marbles. The clinker is then cooled and later ground into a fine powder that then is classified as Portland cement.

 

108


Table of Contents

Cement production in the United States is distributed among 98 production facilities located across 34 states. It is a capital-intensive business with variable costs dominated by raw materials and energy required to fuel the kiln. Building new plants is challenging given the extensive permitting that is required and significant costs. We estimate new plant construction costs in the United States to be approximately $250-300 per ton, not including costs for property or securing raw materials and the required distribution network. Assuming construction costs of $275 per ton, a 1.25 million ton facility, comparable to our cement plant’s potential annual capacity, would cost approximately $343.8 million to construct.

As reported by the PCA in the 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, consumption is down significantly from the industry peak of approximately 141.1 million tons in 2005 to approximately 90.3 million tons in 2013 because of the decline in U.S. construction activity. U.S. cement consumption has at times outpaced domestic production capacity with the shortfall being supplied with imports, primarily from China, Canada, Greece, Mexico and South Korea. The PCA reports that cement imports have declined since their peak of approximately 39.6 million tons in 2006 to approximately 8.0 million tons in 2013, in a manner indicative of the industry’s general response to the current demand downturn. In addition to the reduction in imports, U.S. excess capacity increased from 5% in 2006 to approximately 32% in 2013 according to the PCA. Our cement plant operated above the industry mean at 86% capacity utilization in 2013 as its markets did not suffer the pronounced demand declines seen in states like Florida, California and Arizona.

On December 20, 2012, the EPA signed the PC-MACT, which in most instances requires compliance in 2015. The PCA had estimated that 18 plants could be forced to close due to the inability to meet PC-MACT standards or because the compliance investment required may not be justified on a financial basis. Our cement plant utilizes alternative fuel (hazardous and non-hazardous) as well as coal, natural gas and petroleum coke and, as a result, is subject to the Hazardous Waste Combustor NESHAP (“HWC-MACT”) standards, rather than PC-MACT standards. Any future costs to comply with the existing HWC-MACT standards are not expected to be material.

Ready-Mixed Concrete

Ready-mixed concrete is one of the most versatile and widely used materials in construction today. Its flexible recipe characteristics allow for an end product that can assume almost any color, shape, texture and strength to meet the many requirements of end users that range from bridges, foundations, skyscrapers, pavements, dams, houses, parking garages, water treatment facilities, airports, tunnels, power plants, hospitals and schools. The versatility of ready-mixed concrete gives engineers significant flexibility when designing these projects.

Cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water and admixtures are the primary ingredients in ready-mixed concrete. The cement and water are combined and a chemical reaction is produced called hydration. This paste or binder represents between 15 to 20% of the volume of the mix that coats each particle of aggregate and serves as the agent that binds the aggregates together, according to the NRMCA. The aggregates represent 60 to 75% of the mix by volume, with a small portion of volume (5 to 8%) consisting of entrapped air that is generated by using air entraining admixtures. Once fully hydrated, the workable concrete will then harden and take on the shape of the form in which it was placed.

The quality of a concrete mix is generally determined by the weight ratio of water to cement. Higher quality concrete is produced by lowering the water-cement ratio as much as possible without sacrificing the workability of the fresh concrete. Specialty admixtures such as high range water reducers can aid in achieving this condition without sacrificing quality.

Other materials commonly used in the production of ready-mixed concrete include fly-ash, a waste by-product from coal burning power plants, silica fume, a waste by-product generated from the manufacture of silicon and ferro-silicon metals, and ground granulated blast furnace slag, a by-product of the iron and steel manufacturing process. All of these products have cemetitious properties that enhance the strength, durability and permeability of the concrete. These materials are available directly from the producer or via specialist distributors who intermediate between the ready-mixed concrete producers and the users.

 

109


Table of Contents

Given the high weight-to-value ratio, delivery of ready-mixed concrete is typically limited to a one-hour haul from a production plant location and is further limited by a 90 minute window in which newly-mixed concrete must be poured to maintain quality and performance. As a result of the transportation constraints, the ready-mixed concrete market is highly localized, with an estimated 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States according to the NRMCA. According to the NRMCA, 300.9 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete were produced in 2013, which is a 4% increase from the 289.8 million cubic yards produced in 2012 but a 34% decrease from the industry peak of 458.3 million cubic yards in 2005.

Asphalt Paving Mix

Asphalt paving mix is the most common roadway material used today. It is a versatile and essential building material that has been used to surface 93% of the more than 2.6 million miles of paved roadways in the United States, according to NAPA.

Typically, asphalt paving mix is placed in three distinct layers to create a flexible pavement structure. These layers consist of a base course, an intermediate or binder course, and a surface or wearing course. These layers vary in thicknesses of three to six inches for base mix, two to four inches for intermediate mix and one to two inches for surface mix.

According to NAPA, the components of asphalt paving mix by weight are approximately 95% aggregates and 5% asphalt cement, a petroleum based product that serves as the binder. The ingredients are then metered, mixed and heated to a temperature in excess of 300°F before being placed in a truck and delivered to the jobsite for final placement.

Asphalt pavement is generally 100% recyclable and reusable and is the most reused and recycled pavement material in the United States. Reclaimed asphalt pavement can be incorporated into new pavement at replacement rates in excess of 30% depending upon the mix and the application of the product. We actively engage in the recycling of previously used asphalt pavement and concrete. This material is crushed and repurposed in the construction cycle. Approximately 68.3 million tons of used asphalt is recycled annually by the industry according to a December 2013 NAPA survey.

The use of warm mix asphalt (“WMA”) or “green” asphalt is gaining popularity. The immediate benefit to producing WMA is the reduction in energy consumption required by burning fuels to heat traditional hot mix asphalt (“HMA”) to temperatures in excess of 300°F at the production plant. These high production temperatures are needed to allow the asphalt binder to become viscous enough to completely coat the aggregate in the HMA, have good workability during laying and compaction, and durability during traffic exposure. According to the Federal Highway Administration, WMA can reduce the temperature by 50 to 70°F, resulting in lower emissions, fumes and odors generated at the plant and the paving site.

According to NAPA, there are approximately 4,000 asphalt paving mix plants in the United States and an estimated 350.7 million tons of asphalt paving mix was produced in 2013 which was broadly in line with the estimated 360.3 million tons produced in 2012.

Our Operations

We operate our construction materials and products and paving and related services businesses through local operations and marketing teams, which work closely with our end customers to deliver the products and services that meet each customer’s specific needs for a project. We believe that this strong local presence gives us a competitive advantage by keeping our costs low and allowing us to obtain a unique understanding for the evolving needs of our customers.

We have operations in 17 U.S. states and in British Columbia, Canada. Our business in each region is vertically-integrated. We supply aggregates internally for the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and

 

110


Table of Contents

asphalt paving mix and a significant portion of our asphalt paving mix is used internally by our paving and related services businesses. In the year ended December 27, 2014, approximately 70% of our aggregates production was sold directly to outside customers with the remaining amount being further processed by us and sold as a downstream product. In addition, we operate a municipal waste landfill and a construction and demolition debris landfill in our Central region and we have liquid asphalt terminal operations in our East region.

Approximately 82% of our asphalt paving mix was installed by our paving and related services businesses in the year ended December 27, 2014. We charge a market price and competitive margin at each stage of the production process in order to optimize profitability across our operations. Our production value chain is illustrated as follows:

 

 

LOGO

Construction Materials

We are a leading provider of construction materials in the markets we serve. Our construction materials operations are composed of aggregates production, including crushed stone and construction sand and gravel, cement and ready-mixed concrete production and asphalt paving mix production.

Our Aggregates Operations

Aggregates Products

We mine limestone, gravel, and other natural resources from 84 crushed stone quarries and 50 sand and gravel deposits throughout the United States and in British Columbia, Canada. Aggregates are produced mainly from blasting hard rock from quarries and then crushing and screening it to various sizes to meet our customers’ needs. The production of aggregates also involves the extraction of sand and gravel, which requires less crushing, but still requires screening for different sizes. Aggregate production utilizes capital intensive heavy equipment which includes the use of loaders, large haul trucks, crushers, screens and other heavy equipment at quarries.

Once extracted, the minerals are processed and/or crushed on site into crushed stone, concrete and masonry sand, specialized sand, pulverized lime or agricultural lime. The minerals are processed to meet customer specifications or to meet industry standard sizes. Crushed stone is used primarily in ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix, and the construction of road base for highways.

Our extensive network of quarries, plants and facilities, located throughout our three regions, enables us to have a nearby operation to meet the needs of customers in each of our markets.

 

111


Table of Contents

Aggregates Reserves

Our December 27, 2014 estimate of 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable reserves of recoverable stone, and sand and gravel of suitable quality for economic extraction is based on drilling and studies by geologists and engineers, recognizing reasonable economic and operating restraints as to maximum depth of extraction and permit or other restrictions.

Reported proven and probable reserves include only quantities that are owned or under lease, and for which all required zoning and permitting have been obtained. Of the 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, 1.1 billion, or 51%, are located on owned land and 1.0 billion are located on leased land.

Aggregates Sales and Marketing

The cost of transportation from each quarry and the proximity of competitors are key factors that determine the effective market area for each quarry. Each quarry location is unique with regards to demand for each product, proximity to competition and distribution network. Each of our aggregates operations is responsible for the sale and marketing of its aggregates products. Approximately 70% of our aggregates production is sold directly to outside customers and the remaining amount is further processed by us and sold as a downstream product. Even though aggregates are a commodity product, we work to optimize pricing depending on the site location, availability of particular product, customer type, project type and haul cost. We sell aggregates to internal downstream operations at market prices.

Aggregates Competition

The U.S. aggregate industry is highly fragmented with numerous participants operating in localized markets. The February 2014 U.S. Geological Survey reported that a total of 1,550 companies operating 4,000 quarries and 91 underground mines produced or sold crushed stone in 2013 in the United States. This fragmentation is a result of the cost of transporting aggregates, which typically limits producers to a market area within approximately 40 miles of their production facilities.

The primary national players are large vertically-integrated companies, including Vulcan Materials Company, Martin Marietta Materials, Inc., CRH plc, Heidelberg, Lafarge North America Inc. and Cemex, S.A.B. de C.V., that have a combined estimated market share of approximately 30%.

Competitors by region include:

 

    West—CRH plc, Heidelberg Cement plc, Martin Marietta, CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V., Lafarge and various local suppliers.

 

    Central—Martin Marietta Materials, Inc., CRH plc, Holcim (US) Inc. and various local suppliers.

 

    East—CRH plc, Heidelberg Cement plc, Vulcan Materials Company and various local suppliers.

We believe we have a strong competitive advantage in aggregates through our well located reserves in key markets, high quality reserves and our logistic networks. We further share and implement best practices relating to safety, strategy, sales and marketing, production, and environmental and land management. As a result of our vertical integration and local market knowledge, we have a strong understanding of the needs of our aggregates customers. In addition, our companies have a reputation for responsible environmental stewardship and land restoration, which assists us in obtaining new permits and new reserves.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our Cement Operations

Cement Products

We operate a highly-efficient, technologically-advanced integrated cement manufacturing and distribution system located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We also operate an on-site waste fuel processing facility, which can reduce fuel costs for the plant by up to 50%. Our cement plant is one of only 12 with hazardous waste fuel facilities permitted and operating out of 98 total cement plants in the United States. Our cement plant’s potential capacity is 1.25 million tons per annum. Our cement plant is subject to the HWC-MACT standards. See “—Our Industry—Cement.”

Cement Markets

Cement is a product that is costly to transport. Consequently, the radius within which a typical cement plant is competitive extends for only up to 150 miles from any shipping/distribution point. Cement is distributed to local customers primarily by truck from our Hannibal plant and distribution terminals in St. Louis, Missouri and Bettendorf, Iowa. We also transport cement by inland waterway barges on the Mississippi River to our storage and distribution terminals. In 2014, approximately 8% of our cement sales were delivered by barge. Our location on the Mississippi River extends our market beyond the typical 150 miles, as barge transport is more cost effective than trucking or moving by rail. Our traditional markets include eastern Missouri, southeastern Iowa and central/northwestern Illinois.

Cement Sales and Marketing

Our cement customers are ready-mixed concrete and concrete products producers and contractors within our markets. Sales are made on the basis of competitive prices in each market and, as is customary in the industry, we do not typically enter into long-term sales contracts.

Cement Competition

Construction of cement production facilities is highly capital intensive and requires long lead times to complete engineering design, obtain regulatory permits, acquire equipment and construct a plant. Most U.S. cement producers are owned by large foreign companies operating in multiple international markets. Our largest competitors include Holcim (US) Inc., and Lafarge North America Inc., whose parent companies previously announced a merger plan they propose to complete in the first half of 2015 that would create the world’s largest cement maker, in addition to Buzzi Unicem USA, Inc. and Eagle Materials Inc. Competitive factors include price, reliability of deliveries, location, quality of cement and support services. With a new cement plant, on-site raw material aggregate supply, a network of cement terminals, and longstanding customer relationships, we believe we are well positioned to serve our customers.

Our Ready-mixed Concrete Operations

Ready-mixed Concrete Products

We believe our West and Central regions are leaders in the supply of ready-mixed concrete in their respective markets. The West region has ready-mixed concrete operations in the Houston and Midland/Odessa, Texas, Salt Lake Valley, Utah, Twin Falls, Idaho and Grand Junction, Colorado markets. Our Central region supplies ready-mixed concrete to the Wichita, Kansas and Columbia, Missouri markets and surrounding areas. We produce ready-mixed concrete by blending aggregates, cement, chemical admixtures in various ratios and water at our concrete production plants.

Our aggregates business serves as the primary source of the raw materials for our concrete production, functioning essentially as a supplier to our ready-mixed concrete operations. Different types of concrete include lightweight concrete, high performance concrete, self-compacting/consolidating concrete and architectural concrete and are used in a variety of activities ranging from building construction to highway paving.

 

113


Table of Contents

We operated 41 ready-mixed concrete plants and 375 concrete delivery trucks in the West region and 23 ready-mixed concrete plants and 229 concrete delivery trucks in the Central region as of December 27, 2014.

Ready-mixed Concrete Competition

Ready-mixed concrete production requires relatively small amounts of capital to build a concrete batching plant and acquire delivery trucks. As a result, in each local market, we face competition from numerous small producers, as well as other large vertically-integrated companies with facilities in multiple markets. There are approximately 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States, and in 2013 the U.S. ready-mixed concrete industry produced approximately 300.9 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete according to the NRMCA.

Our ready-mixed concrete operations compete with CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V. in Texas and CRH plc in Utah and Colorado and various other privately owned competitors in other parts of the West and Central regions.

Competition among ready-mixed concrete suppliers is generally based on product characteristics, delivery times, customer service and price. Product characteristics such as tensile strength, resistance to pressure, durability, set times, ease of placing, aesthetics, workability under various weather and construction conditions as well as environmental effect are the main criteria that our customers consider for selecting their product. Our quality assurance program produces results in excess of design strengths while optimizing material costs. Additionally, we believe our strategic network of locations and superior customer service gives us a competitive advantage relative to other producers.

Our Asphalt Paving Mix Operations

Asphalt Paving Mix Products

Our asphalt paving mix products are produced by first heating carefully measured amounts of aggregates at high temperatures to remove the moisture from the materials in an asphalt paving mix plant. As the aggregates are heated, liquid asphalt is then introduced to coat the aggregates. Depending on the specifications of a particular mix, recycled asphalt may be added to the mix, which lowers the production costs. The aggregates used for production of these products are generally supplied from our quarries or sand and gravel plants. The ingredients are metered, mixed and brought up to a temperature in excess of 300°F before being placed in a truck and delivered to the jobsite for final placement.

As of December 27, 2014, we operated 20 asphalt paving mix plants in the West region, five plants in the Central region and 14 plants in the East region. Approximately 93% of our plants can utilize recycled asphalt pavement.

Asphalt Paving Mix Sales and Marketing

Approximately 82% of the asphalt paving mix we produce is installed by our own paving crews. The rest is sold on a per ton basis to road contractors for the construction of roads, driveways and parking lots, as well as directly to state departments of transportation and local agencies.

Asphalt Paving Mix Competition

According to NAPA, there are approximately 4,000 asphalt paving mix plants in the United States and an estimated 350.7 million tons of asphalt paving mix was produced in 2013. Our asphalt paving mix operations compete with CRH plc and other local suppliers in each of our three regions. Based on availability of internal aggregate supply, quality, operating efficiencies, and location advantages, we believe we are well positioned vis-à-vis our competitors.

 

114


Table of Contents

Asphalt paving mix is generally applied at high temperatures. Prolonged exposure to air causes the mix to lose temperature and harden. Therefore, delivery is typically within close proximity to the asphalt paving mix plant. Local market demand, proximity to competition, transportation costs and supply of aggregates and liquid asphalt vary widely from market to market. Most of our asphalt operations use a combination of company-owned and hired haulers to deliver materials to job sites.

Asphalt Paving and Related Services

As part of our vertical integration strategy, we provide asphalt paving and related services to both the private and public infrastructure sectors as either a prime or sub-contractor. These services complement our construction materials and products businesses by providing a reliable downstream outlet, in addition to our external distribution channels.

Our asphalt paving and related services businesses bid on both private construction and public infrastructure projects in their respective local markets. We only provide paving and related services operations as a complement to our construction materials operation, which we believe is a major competitive strength. Factors affecting competitiveness in this business segment include price, estimating abilities, knowledge of local markets and conditions, project management, financial strength, reputation for quality and the availability of machinery and equipment.

Contracts with our customers are primarily fixed unit price or fixed price. Under fixed unit price contracts, we provide materials or services at fixed unit prices (for example, dollars per ton of asphalt placed). While the fixed unit price contract shifts the risk of estimating the quantity of units required for a particular project to the customer, any increase in our unit cost over the bid amount, whether due to inflation, inefficiency, errors in our estimates or other factors, is borne by us unless otherwise provided in the contract. Most of our contracts contain escalators for increases in liquid asphalt prices.

Customers

Our business is not dependent on any single customer or a few customers. Therefore, the loss of any single or particular small number of customers would not have a material adverse effect on any individual respective market in which we operate or on us as a whole. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our 2014 revenue.

Seasonality

Use and consumption of our products fluctuate due to seasonality. Nearly all of the products used by us, and by our customers, in the private construction or public infrastructure industries are used outdoors. Our highway operations and production and distribution facilities are also located outdoors. Therefore, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions, in particular extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall and major weather events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows, can adversely affect our business and operations through a decline in both the use of our products and demand for our services. In addition, construction materials production and shipment levels follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters of our fiscal year typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. The first quarter of our fiscal year has typically lower levels of activity due to weather conditions.

Backlog

Our products are generally delivered upon receipt of orders or requests from customers, or shortly thereafter. Accordingly, the backlog associated with product sales is converted into revenue within a relatively short period of time. Inventory for products is generally maintained in sufficient quantities to meet rapid delivery requirements of customers. Therefore, a period over period increase or decrease of backlog does not necessarily

 

115


Table of Contents

result in an improvement or a deterioration of our business. Our backlog includes only those products and projects for which we have obtained a purchase order or a signed contract with the customer and does not include products purchased and sold or services awarded and provided within the period.

Our paving and related services backlog represents our estimate of revenue that will be realized under the applicable contracts. We generally include a project in backlog at the time it is awarded and funding is in place. Many of our paving and related services are awarded and completed within one year and therefore may not be reflected in our beginning or ending contract backlog. Historically, we have not been materially adversely affected by contract cancellations or modifications. However, in accordance with applicable contract terms, substantially all contracts in our backlog may be cancelled or modified by our customers.

As a vertically-integrated business, approximately 30% of our aggregates sales volume was further processed and sold as a downstream product, such as ready-mixed concrete or asphalt paving mix, or used in our paving and related services business, and approximately 82% of the asphalt paving mix we sold was installed by our own paving crews during the year ended December 27, 2014. The following table sets forth our backlog as of the indicated dates:

 

(in thousands)    December 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Aggregate (in tons)

     4,853         5,153         3,881   

Ready-mixed concrete (in cubic yards)

     260         138         155   

Asphalt (in tons)

     2,112         2,387         2,314   

Construction services (1)

   $ 301,333       $ 359,263       $ 288,673   

 

(1) The dollar value of the construction services backlog includes the value of the aggregate and asphalt tons and ready-mixed concrete cubic yards in backlog that are expected to be sourced internally.

Intellectual Property

We do not own or have a license or other rights under any patents that are material to our business.

Employees

As of December 27, 2014 we had approximately 3,990 employees, of whom approximately 78% were hourly workers and the remainder were salaried employees. Because of the seasonal nature of our industry, many of our hourly and certain of our full time employees are subject to seasonal layoffs. The scope of layoffs varies greatly from season to season as they are predominantly a function of the type of projects in process and the weather during the late fall through early spring.

Approximately 6.9% of our hourly employees and approximately 0.3% of our full time salaried employees are union members. We believe we enjoy a satisfactory working relationship with our employees and their unions.

Properties

Our headquarters are located in a 16,653 square foot office space, which we lease in Denver, Colorado, under a lease expiring on August 31, 2017.

As of December 27, 2014, we also operated 134 quarries and sand deposits, 39 asphalt paving mix plants and 64 fixed and portable ready-mixed concrete plants and had 50 office locations.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth specifics of our production and distribution facilities as of December 27, 2014:

 

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

West

  DeQueen, Arkansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Kirby, Arkansas   Leased   Sandstone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Texarkana, Arkansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Richmond, British Columbia   Owned/Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Surrey, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Surrey, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Langley, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Clark, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Delta, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Delta, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Durango, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Durango, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Eagle, Colorado   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Fruita, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Parachute, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Parachute, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Silverton, Colorado   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Woody Creek, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Bettendorf, Iowa   Owned   —     —     —     X   —     —  

West

  Bliss, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Burley, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Jerome, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Twin Falls, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

Central

  Andover, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Chapman, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cummings, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Derby, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Easton, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  El Dorado, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  El Dorado, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Emporia, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Eudora, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Eudora, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Eureka, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Garnett, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Grantville, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Herington, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Highland, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Holton, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Holton, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Howard, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Leavenworth, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Linwood, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Moline, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  New Strawn, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Olsburg, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Onaga, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Osage City, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Osage City, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Ottawa, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Oxford, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Ozawkie, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Perry, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Perry, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

 

117


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

Central

  Salina, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Severy, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  St. Joseph, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  St. Joseph, Kansas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  St. Mary’s, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Tonganoxie, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Troy, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Washington, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  White City, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Winchester, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Woodbine, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Woodbine, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Avon, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Beattyville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Bethelridge, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Burnside, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Cave City, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Cave City, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Crestwood, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Flat Lick, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Horsecave, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jackson, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Knob Lick, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

East

  Magnolia, Kentucky   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Middlesboro, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Monticello, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Morehead, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     X

East

  Paris, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Paris, Kentucky   Leased/Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     X

East

  Pineville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Ravenna, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Richmond, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Scottsville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Somerset, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Somerset, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     X

East

  Stanton, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Tompkinsville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  West Liberty, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Amazonia, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Barnard, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Bethany, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Blythedale, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cameron, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Chesterfield, Missouri   Leased   —     —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

 

118


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cowgil, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Dawn, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Edinburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Gallatin, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Hannibal, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     —     X   —     X

Central

  Huntsville, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Maitland, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Mercer, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Moberly, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Oregon, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Owensville, Missouri   Owned   Clay   —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Pattonsburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Pattonsburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Princeton, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Ravenwood, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Savannah, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Savannah, Missouri   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Sedalia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  St. Louis, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Stet, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Trenton, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Pawnee City, Nebraska   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Sawyer, Oklahoma   Owned/Leased   Sandstone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jefferson, South Carolina   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Mt. Croghan, South Carolina   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jellico, Tennessee   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Altair, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Amarillo, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Austin, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Austin, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Big Springs, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Blessing, Texas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Brookshire, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Buda, Texas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Buda, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Buda, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Crane, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Cypress, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Denison, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Denison, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Edna, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  El Campo, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Florence, Texas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Florence, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Garwood, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Gonzales, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Greenville, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Greenville, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Greenwood, Texas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Guthrie, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Hartley, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Holiday, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Houston, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Houston, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Katy, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Manvel, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midland, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midland, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Monahans, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Monahans, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mount Pleasant, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Mustang Ridge, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Odessa, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Odessa, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Paris, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Paris, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Paris, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Pecos, Texas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Pyote, Texas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Rosenberg, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Sulphur Springs, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Texarkana, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Victoria, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

 

119


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

West

  Waller, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  American Fork, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Aurora, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Bluffdale, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Highland, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Manti, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midvale, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mona, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mona, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Mount Pleasant, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Parley’s Canyon, Utah   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Salt Lake City, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Sandy, Utah   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Springville, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Stockton, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Tooele, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Tooele, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  West Haven, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  West Jordan, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

West

  West Valley City, Utah   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  West Valley City, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   X   —     —     —  

East

  Ewing, Virginia   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Big Piney, Wyoming   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Evanston, Wyoming   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Kemmerer, Wyoming   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

 

* Other primarily consists of office space.

Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that the ultimate resolution of all current pending or threatened claims and litigation will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Environmental and Government Regulation

We are subject to federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to the environment and to health and safety, including noise, discharges to air and water, waste management including the management of hazardous waste used as a fuel substitute at our Hannibal, Missouri cement kiln, remediation of contaminated sites, mine reclamation, operation and closure of landfills and dust control and to zoning, land use and permitting. Our failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in sanctions such as fines or the cessation of part or all of our operations. From time to time, we may also be required to conduct investigation or remediation activities. There also can be no assurance that our compliance costs associated with such laws and regulations or activities will not be significant.

In addition, our operations require numerous governmental approvals and permits. Environmental operating permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation and can require us to make capital, maintenance and operational expenditures to comply with the applicable requirements. Stricter laws and regulations, or more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations, may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operation hours, require additional investment by us in pollution control equipment or impede our opening new or expanding existing plants or facilities. We regularly monitor and review our operations, procedures and policies for compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations, changes in interpretations of existing laws and enforcement policies, new laws that are adopted, and new requirements that we anticipate will be adopted that could affect our operations.

Multiple permits are required for our operations, including those required to operate our cement plant. Applicable permits may include conditional use permits to allow us to operate in certain areas absent zoning approval and operational permits governing, among other matters, air and water emissions, dust, particulate matter and storm water management and control. In addition, we are often required to obtain bonding for future

 

120


Table of Contents

reclamation costs, most commonly specific to restorative grading and seeding of disturbed surface areas. As of December 27, 2014, we believe we were in substantial compliance with the permitting requirements that are material to the operation of our business.

Like others in our industry, we expend substantial amounts to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations and permit limitations, which include amounts for pollution control equipment required to monitor and regulate emissions into the environment. Since many of these requirements are likely to be affected by future legislation or rule making by government agencies, and are therefore not quantifiable, it is not possible to accurately predict the aggregate future costs of compliance and their effect on our future results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

At most of our quarries, we incur reclamation obligations as part of our mining activities. Reclamation methods and requirements can vary depending on the individual site and state regulations. Generally, we are required to grade the mined properties to a certain slope and seed the property to prevent erosion. We record a mining reclamation liability in our consolidated financial statements to reflect the estimated fair value of the cost to reclaim each property including active and closed sites.

Our operations in Kansas include one municipal waste landfill and two construction and demolition debris landfills, one of which has been closed. Among other environmental, health and safety requirements, we are subject to obligations to appropriately close those landfills at the end of their useful lives and provide for appropriate post-closure care. Asset retirement obligations relating to these landfills are recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

Health and Safety

Our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of worker health and safety requirements, particularly those administered by the federal OSHA and MSHA, which may become stricter in the future. Throughout our organization, we strive for a zero-incident safety culture and full compliance with safety regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in sanctions such as fines and penalties and claims for personal injury and property damage. These requirements may also result in increased operating and capital costs in the future. We cannot guarantee that violations of such requirements will not occur, and any violations could result in additional costs.

Worker safety and health matters are overseen by our corporate risk management and safety department as well as operating company level safety managers. We provide leadership and support, comprehensive training, and other tools designed to accomplish health and safety goals, reduce risk, eliminate hazards, and ultimately make our work places safer.

Insurance

Our insurance program is structured using multiple “A” rated insurance carriers, and a variety of deductible amounts. In particular, our workers compensation, general liability and auto liability policies are subject to a $500,000 per occurrence deductible. Losses within these deductibles are accrued for using projections based on past loss history.

We also maintain $50.0 million in combined umbrella insurance. Other policies have smaller deductibles and include property, contractors equipment, contractors pollution and professional, directors and officers, employment practices liability and fiduciary and crime. We also have a separate marine insurance policy for our cement business, which is located adjacent to the Mississippi River and ships cement on the river via barge.

 

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas W. Hill

     59       President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Howard L. Lance

     59       Director; Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ted A. Gardner

     57       Director

Julia C. Kahr

     36       Director

John R. Murphy(1)

     64       Director; Audit Committee Chairman

Neil P. Simpkins

     48       Director

Anne Lee Benedict

     42       Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Michael J. Brady

     47       Executive Vice President and Chief Business Development Officer

M. Shane Evans

     44       Executive Vice President and West Region President

Kevin A. Gill

     54       Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Brian J. Harris

     58       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Damian J. Murphy(1)

     45       Executive Vice President and Central Region President

Douglas C. Rauh

     54       Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and East Region President

 

(1) Damian J. Murphy is not related to John R. Murphy. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Thomas W. Hill is the founder of Summit Materials and has been President and Chief Executive Officer since its inception. He has been a member of the board of directors since August 2009. From 2006 to 2008, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Oldcastle, Inc., the North American arm of CRH plc, one of the world’s leading construction materials companies. Mr. Hill served on the CRH plc Board of Directors from 2002 to 2008 and, from 1992 to 2006, ran the Materials division of Oldcastle. Mr. Hill served as Chairman of the American Road and Transportation Builders Association (“ARTBA”) from 2002 to 2004, during congressional consideration of the multi-year transportation bill “SAFETEA-LU.” Mr. Hill has been Treasurer of both the National Asphalt Pavement Association and the National Stone Association, and he remains active with ARTBA’s Executive Committee. Mr. Hill received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and History from Duke University and a Masters of Business Administration from Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland.

Howard L. Lance began to serve on our board starting in October 2012 and was formally elected as a director and Chairman in February 2013. He serves as an Executive Advisor to The Blackstone Group L.P. and is a director of Emdeon, Inc. and Ferrovial S.A. He was Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation from 2003 to 2011. Before joining Harris Corporation, Mr. Lance was president of NCR Corporation and Chief Operating Officer of its Retail and Financial Group. Previously, he spent 17 years with Emerson Electric Co., where he held senior management positions including Executive Vice President of its Electronics and Telecommunications segment, Chief Executive Officer and director of its Astec electronics subsidiary in Hong Kong, Group Vice President of its Climate Technologies segment and President of its Copeland Refrigeration division. Mr. Lance has a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Bradley University and a Master of Science degree in Management from the Krannert School of Management at Purdue University.

 

122


Table of Contents

Ted A. Gardner was elected as a director in August 2009. He is a Managing Partner of Silverhawk. Prior to co-founding Silverhawk in 2005, Mr. Gardner was a Managing Partner of Wachovia Capital Partners (formerly, First Union Capital Partners) from 1989 until 2002. He was a director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee of Kinder Morgan, Inc. from 1999 to 2007, a director and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of Encore Acquisition Company from 2001 to 2010, a director of Kinder Morgan Energy Partners from 2011 to 2014 and a director of Athlon Energy, Inc. from 2013 to 2014. He is currently a director of Kinder Morgan, Inc and Spartan Energy Partners. Mr. Gardner received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Duke University and a Juris Doctor and Masters of Business Administration from the University of Virginia.

Julia C. Kahr was elected as a director in August 2009. She is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstone’s Corporate Private Equity group. Since joining Blackstone in 2004, she has been involved in the execution of Blackstone’s investments in SunGard, Encore Medical, DJ Orthopedics, Summit Materials and Gates Corporation. Before joining Blackstone, she was a Project Leader at the Boston Consulting Group, where she worked with companies in a variety of industries, including health care, financial services, media and entertainment and consumer goods. She is also the sole author of Working Knowledge, a book published by Simon & Schuster in 1998. She currently serves on the Board of Directors of DJ Orthopedics and Gates Corporation and is also a member of the Board of Directors of Episcopal Social Services. Ms. Kahr received a Bachelor of Arts in Classical Civilization from Yale University where she graduated summa cum laude . She received a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

John R. Murphy was elected as a director and Chairman of the Audit Committee in February 2012. Mr. Murphy served as Summit Materials’ Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2013 to May 2013 and from July 2013 to October 2013. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation from 2009 to 2010 and served in various senior management roles from 1998 to 2008, including Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Accuride Corporation. Accuride Corporation filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in October 2009 and emerged in 2010. Since 2003, Mr. Murphy has served on the Board of Directors, the Governance Committee and as Chairman of the Audit Committee of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. He has also served as a director and Audit Committee Chairman of DJO Global Inc. since January 2012. Mr. Murphy was elected as a director and Audit Committee member of Graham Packaging in February 2011. Graham Packaging was subsequently sold in September 2011. Mr. Murphy has a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Colorado and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Neil P. Simpkins was elected as a director in August 2009. He is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone’s Corporate Private Equity Group. Since joining Blackstone in 1998, Mr. Simpkins has led the acquisitions of TRW Automotive, Vanguard Health Systems, Team Health, LLC, Apria Healthcare Group, Summit Materials, Emdeon, Inc. and Gates Corporation. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Simpkins was a Principal at Bain Capital. While at Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was involved in the execution of investments in the consumer products, industrial, healthcare and information industries. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was a consultant at Bain & Company in the Asia Pacific region and in London. He currently serves as Lead Director of TRW Automotive and as a Director of Apria Healthcare Group, Gates Corporation and Emdeon, Inc. Mr. Simpkins graduated with honors from Oxford University and received a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Anne Lee Benedict joined Summit Materials in October 2013. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Ms. Benedict was a corporate partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, where she had practiced since 2000. Ms. Benedict’s practice involved a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and other strategic transactions, securities offerings, securities regulation and disclosure issues, and corporate governance matters. Ms. Benedict earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in English and Psychology from the University of Michigan and graduated from the University of Pennsylvania Law School.

 

123


Table of Contents

Michael J. Brady joined Summit Materials in April 2009 as Executive Vice President. Before joining Summit Materials, Mr. Brady was a Senior Vice President at Oldcastle with overall responsibility for acquisitions and business development, having joined the company in 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Brady worked in several operational and general management positions in the paper and packaging industry in Ireland, the United Kingdom and Asia Pacific with the Jefferson Smurfit Group, plc (now Smurfit Kappa Group plc). Mr. Brady has a Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) and a Master of Engineering Science (Microelectronics) from University College, Cork in Ireland. He earned his Masters of Business Administration degree from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France.

M. Shane Evans joined Summit Materials as Regional President of the West Region in August 2010 with over 20 years of experience in the construction materials industry. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Mr. Evans worked at Oldcastle for 12 years, most recently as a Division President. He started his career working in his family’s construction and materials business where he held various operational and executive positions. Mr. Evans has a Bachelor of Science degree from Montana State University.

Kevin A. Gill joined Summit Materials in May 2013 after having been Human Resources Vice President for Guilford Performance Textiles, a Cerberus portfolio company, since November 2008. In this role, he provided Human Resources Leadership that fueled the monetization to Lear Corporation. Prior to Guilford, Mr. Gill held a variety of Human Resources leadership roles with companies such as Honeywell, Citibank and Monsanto Chemical. Mr. Gill holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Villanova University and a Master of Arts in Industrial Relations from Wayne State in Detroit, Michigan.

Brian J. Harris joined Summit Materials as Chief Financial Officer in October 2013. Prior to joining the Summit Materials, from 2009 to 2013, Mr. Harris served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bausch & Lomb Holdings Incorporated, a leading global eye health company. From 1990 to 2009, Mr. Harris held positions of increasing responsibility with industrial, automotive, building products and engineering manufacturing conglomerate Tomkins plc, including President of the $2 billion worldwide power transmission business for Gates Corporation, and Senior Vice President for Strategic Business Development and Business Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gates Corporation. Mr. Harris earned his Bachelor of Accountancy from Glasgow University and is qualified as a Scottish Chartered Accountant.

Damian J. Murphy joined Summit Materials as Regional President of the Central Region in August 2009 with over 20 years of experience in the construction materials and mining industries, working with both public and privately held companies. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Mr. Murphy served roles as regional president and company president for Oldcastle starting in 2004. Prior to that Mr. Murphy served as vice president of Aggregate Industries’ Rocky Mountain region, responsible for aggregates and hot mix asphalt production and sales. Before joining Aggregate Industries, Mr. Murphy worked in the mid-Atlantic for a top 10 privately held aggregate supplier and began his career in the industry in Europe. Mr. Murphy holds a Bachelor of Engineering degree with a concentration in Minerals Engineering from the Camborne School of Mines/ Exeter University in the United Kingdom.

Douglas C. Rauh joined Summit Materials as the East Region President in January 2012 with over 30 years of experience in the construction materials industry. Effective March 1, 2013, Mr. Rauh, became the Summit Materials’ Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Summit Materials, from 2000 to 2012, Mr. Rauh held positions of increasing responsibility with Oldcastle, including President and Chief Executive Officer of The Shelly Co. (“Shelly”), Oldcastle’s operations in Ohio. During Mr. Rauh’s tenure with Shelly, he was an integral part of the team that completed over 30 acquisitions. Mr. Rauh started his career working for his family’s business, Northern Ohio Paving Company (“NOPCO”), where he held roles of increasing responsibility from 1983 to 2000, including Vice President. He attended The Ohio State University and graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration.

 

124


Table of Contents

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our board of directors to initially consist of six directors, of whom Mr. Gardner and Mr. Murphy will be independent. As of the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

    Our Class I directors will be Mr. Hill and Mr. Simpkins, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

    Our Class II directors will be Mr. Gardner and Mr. Murphy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

 

    Our Class III directors will be Ms. Kahr and Mr. Lance, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our Company.

In addition, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with affiliates of Blackstone in connection with this offering. This agreement will grant affiliates of Blackstone the right to designate nominees to our board of directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information.

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

 

    Mr. Hill’s extensive knowledge of our industry and significant experience in leading companies.

 

    Mr. Lance’s significant management and operational experience from his service in various senior management roles, including as President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation and President of NCR Corporation.

 

    Mr. Gardner’s extensive business and leadership experience, including as a Managing Partner of Silverhawk and Managing Partner of Wachovia Capital Partners (formerly, First Union Capital Partners).

 

    Ms. Kahr’s extensive knowledge of a variety of different industries and her significant financial and investment experience from her involvement in Blackstone, including as Managing Director.

 

    Mr. Murphy’s extensive financial knowledge, including from his service as Chief Financial Officer of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation and Accuride Corporation.

 

    Mr. Simpkins’ significant financial and business experience, including as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone and Principal at Bain Capital.

 

125


Table of Contents

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone, who will be parties to the stockholders’ agreement, will continue to hold more than a majority of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we do not expect that the majority of our directors will be independent or that any committees of the board of directors will be composed entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee. In addition, we anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Murphy, Mr. Gardner and Ms. Kahr, with Mr. Murphy serving as chair. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

    assisting the board of directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting processes;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

 

    monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

 

    reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the rules and regulations of the SEC require to be included in our annual proxy statement.

 

126


Table of Contents

The SEC rules and NYSE rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement and all independent audit committee members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement. Messrs. Murphy and Gardner qualify as independent directors under the NYSE governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Simpkins, Mr. Lance and Mr. Gardner, with Mr. Simpkins serving as chair. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the board of directors), determining and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on such evaluation;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers, including annual base salary, bonus and equity-based incentives and other benefits;

 

    reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules;

 

    preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our corporate governance and nominating committee will consist of Mr. Lance, Mr. Murphy and Mr. Simpkins, with Mr. Lance serving as chair. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors;

 

    overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

    recommending members for each committee of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not presently have a compensation committee. Decisions regarding the compensation of our executive officers have historically been made by the board. Mr. Hill, who is our President and Chief Executive Officer, generally participates in discussions and deliberations of the board regarding executive compensation. Other than Mr. Hill and Mr. Murphy, who served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from December 18, 2012 to May 12, 2013 and from July 1, 2013 to October 14, 2013, no member of the board was at any time during fiscal years 2013 or 2012, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees.

 

127


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Mr. Gardner, Mr. Simpkins and Mr. Lance. None of the members of our compensation committee will have at any time been one of our executive officers or employees.

None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. We are party to certain transactions with affiliates of Blackstone described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a new Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be posted on our website. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

 

128


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Introduction

The executive compensation disclosure that follows explains the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Thomas W. Hill, our Chief Executive Officer, and Brian J. Harris and Doug C. Rauh, our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, for fiscal year 2014. We refer to these individuals in this section as our “named executive officers” or “NEOs.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation and principal positions of our named executive officers as of and for the year ended December 27, 2014 and, as applicable, compensation for the year ended December 28, 2013.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus(1)      Stock
Awards(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(1)
     All Other
Compensation(3)
     Total  

Thomas W. Hill

     2014       $ 725,000         —         $ 55,390      $ 999,141      $ 20,163       $ 1,799,694   

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

     2013         525,000         —          —          563,850         18,665         1,107,515   

Brian J. Harris

     2014         489,250         —          322,700        404,549        24,667         1,241,166   

Chief Financial Officer

                    

Douglas C. Rauh

     2014       $ 489,250         —          17,586         404,549         44,132         955,517   

Chief Operating Officer

     2013         475,000         29,212         103,553         382,073         68,496         1,058,334   

 

(1) Bonus and non-equity incentive plan compensation awards for services rendered in 2014 and 2013 were paid in 2015 and 2014. The cash bonuses paid for services rendered in 2013 were paid in 2014. The amounts of the bonus payments were determined by the Board in its discretion. For more information, see “—Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
(2) The amount reported in the Stock Awards column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the Class D interests granted in 2014 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”). The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the Class D units are discussed in Note 20, Employee Long Term Incentive Plan, to our December 27, 2014 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount reflects our calculation of the value of the awards at the grant date and do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may ultimately be recognized by the named executive officer. A portion of the Class D interests granted in 2014 and 2013 vest under certain performance conditions, which have not been deemed probable of occurring, and therefore have not been included in the table above. The unrecognized value of these awards assuming the highest level of performance conditions would be achieved and based on the aggregate grant date fair value was $102,940 for Mr. Hill in 2014, $599,779 for Mr. Harris in 2014 and $32,686 and $214,508 for Mr. Rauh in 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3)

All Other Compensation includes the following items: (a) amounts contributed by Summit Materials, LLC under the Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan; (b) payments for term life insurance; (c) car allowances; (d) relocation costs and related tax gross-ups; (e) gym membership costs; (f) country club dues; and (g) fuel reimbursement for commuting. Amounts contributed to the Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan are matching contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation subject to IRS limits and totaled $10,400 for each

 

129


Table of Contents
  of Mr. Hill, Mr. Harris and Mr. Rauh in 2014 and $10,200 for both Mr. Hill and Mr. Rauh in 2013. Matching contributions are immediately vested. For more information, see “—Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan.” Payments for term life insurance were as follows: Mr. Hill—$9,223; Mr. Harris—$2,267 and Mr. Rauh—$1,212 in 2014 and Mr. Hill—$2,451 and Mr. Rauh—$1,173 in 2013. Payments made by Summit Materials, LLC for car allowances were as follows: Mr. Harris—$12,000 in 2014 and Mr. Rauh—$20,851 in 2014 and 2013. Payments made by Summit Materials, LLC associated with Mr. Rauh’s relocation were $1,065 in 2013. For more details about the payments made to Mr. Rauh, see “—Employment Agreements—Douglas C. Rauh.”

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Executive Summary

Overview

Our board has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our named executive officers, which will be delegated to a compensation committee following this offering. Members of the compensation committee will be appointed by our board.

2014 Executive Compensation Structure

Our executive compensation structure consists of three primary components: base salary; annual bonus and non-equity incentives; and grants of Class D interests through our unit interest program.

 

 

LOGO

Compensation Program Following This Offering

The design of our compensation program following this offering is expected to evolve as we move from our current private structure to that of a public company. We believe that we will have more flexibility in designing compensation programs to attract, motivate and retain our executives following this offering, including permitting us to regularly compensate executives with non-cash compensation reflective of our stock performance. We anticipate that long-term incentive compensation will be an integral part of our compensation program going forward. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a new omnibus incentive plan. See “—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

We anticipate that our named executive officers will continue to be subject to employment agreements that are substantially similar to their existing employment agreements, which are described in “—Employment Agreements.” It is also anticipated that our current named executive officers will hold substantially similar positions following the offering.

 

130


Table of Contents

While we are still in the process of determining specific details of the compensation program that will take effect following the offering, it is anticipated that our compensation program following the offering will be based on the same principles and designed to achieve the same objectives as our current compensation program.

Compensation Program Governance Highlights

 

What We Do (Best Practice)

What We Don’t Do / Don’t Allow

ü    Disclose performance goals for 2014 incentive payments

ü    No hedging or pledging of Company stock by executives or directors

ü    Set maximum payout caps on our annual incentives

ü    No single-trigger or modified single-trigger change-in-control arrangements

ü    Pay for performance with a significant portion of our Chief Executive Officer’s total pay opportunity being performance-based compensation

ü    No change-in-control severance multiple in excess of three times salary and target bonus

ü    Limit perquisites and other benefits, as well as related tax gross-ups

ü    No excise tax gross-ups upon a change in control

ü    Incorporate general severance and change-in-control provisions that are consistent with market practice, including double-trigger requirements for change-in-control protection

ü    No enhanced retirement formulas

ü    Perform an annual compensation risk assessment

Compensation Decision Process

Our board has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our named executive officers, which we anticipate will be delegated to a compensation committee of our board of directors following this offering.

Objectives for NEO Compensation

Our executive compensation program is intended to attract, motivate, and retain executive officers and to align the interests of our executive officers with equity holders’ interests. The board’s objectives for our program include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

 

    recognize and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

    align the interests of our executive officers and equity holders by motivating executive officers to increase equity holder value and rewarding them when that value increases; and

 

    compensate our executives in a manner that encourages them to manage our business in such a way that we meet our long-range objectives.

For our NEOs and select other senior executives, the board employs a “pay-for-performance” philosophy that ties a significant portion of incentive compensation opportunity to our company-wide performance, primarily an EBITDA metric, cash flows, and certain safety metrics. Our long-term incentive compensation is comprised of time-based and performance-based Class D interests. See “—Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” and “—Long-Term Incentives” for detailed explanations of these plans.

 

131


Table of Contents

Role of Management and the Board

The board currently approves all compensation for executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hill, recommends compensation levels for each NEO, excluding himself, to the board. In making these recommendations, Mr. Hill considers individual experience and performance, financial contribution to the Company and knowledge of executive compensation levels gained through years of experience in our industry. The board reviews and discusses all recommendations prior to approval.

The board is solely responsible for assessing performance of and compensation for Mr. Hill. Management does not make compensation-related recommendations for the Chief Executive Officer. In executive session, without management present, the board reviews Mr. Hill’s compensation and individual performance contributions.

Prior compensation realized does not affect the setting of future pay opportunities.

Role of the Compensation Consultant

Beginning in fall 2013, we retained an independent compensation consultant, Aon Hewitt, to assist us with respect to the 2014 salaries and bonuses and the 2013 bonus and other non-equity incentive plan compensation. The consultant was retained by and reports to management. Other than Aon Hewitt’s roles and services listed below with respect to compensation consulting, it performs no other services for us.

Aon Hewitt’s specific compensation consultation roles include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    advise management on executive compensation trends and regulatory developments;

 

    provide compensation studies for executives and recommendations for executive pay;

 

    provide advice to management on governance best practices, as well as any other areas of concern or risk; and

 

    review and comment on disclosure items, including “Executive and Director Compensation” disclosures.

Aon Hewitt provided management and the board of directors with benchmarking studies, which were used in determining the 2014 salaries and bonuses and 2013 bonuses and non-equity incentive plan compensation for executives.

Role of Competitive Market Data

Through 2014, we have not relied on market survey data in making decisions regarding executive compensation. The board has exercised its discretion in setting both the individual compensation components and the total pay of each of our named executive officers at levels believed to be commensurate with their specific positions and job responsibilities, taking into account the need to retain and motivate our named executive officers to achieve superior levels of performance.

We anticipate that the board and/or a compensation committee may, in the future, more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies and may target specific percentile pay levels. We also anticipate that the board and/or compensation committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process.

 

132


Table of Contents

Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation

Components of 2014 NEO Compensation

The following table outlines the major components of our 2014 executive compensation program for our NEOs:

 

Pay Component

Purpose

Characteristics

Fixed or
Performance

Short or

Long-Term

Base Salary Attract and retain executives through market-based pay Reflects executive’s experience, performance, and the board’s knowledge of executive compensation practices Fixed Short-Term
Bonus and Non- Equity Incentive Plan Compensation Encourages achievement of strategic and financial performance metrics that create long-term equity holder value Based on achievement of predefined performance objectives and an assessment of individual performance Performance Short-Term

Long-Term

Incentives

Aligns executives’ long-term compensation with equity holders’ investment interests; creates a retention incentive through multi-year vesting and performance cycles Value to the executive is based on long-term value creation Performance Long-Term
Health/Welfare Plans and Retirement Benefits Provides competitive benefits that promote employee health and productivity and support financial security Similar to benefits offered to other employees Fixed Long-Term
Perquisites Provides business-related benefits, where appropriate Limited to car allowance, relocation expenses, club memberships and other business related reimbursements. Fixed Short-Term

Base Salary

Annual base salaries compensate our executive officers for fulfilling the requirements of their respective positions and provide them with a level of cash income predictability and stability with respect to a portion of their total compensation. The board determines base salaries for the NEOs and other executives based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, the board’s understanding of executive pay practices, individual performance, Company performance and management recommendations (except for the Chief Executive Officer). The board approved the following base salary amounts for 2014.

 

  Base Salary  

Thomas W. Hill

$ 725,000   

Brian J. Harris

$ 489,250   

Douglas C. Rauh

$ 489,250   

 

133


Table of Contents

Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Each named executive officer is eligible to earn an annual incentive based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of the fiscal year.

Annual Incentive Targets. At the start of each fiscal year the board approves annual incentive compensation targets, as a percentage of base salary, based on the board’s understanding of executive pay practices, management’s recommendations and other relevant factors. The 2014 annual incentive targets for our NEOs follow:

 

   Target Bonus  

Thomas W. Hill

  125

Brian J. Harris

  75

Douglas C. Rauh

  75

2014 Annual Incentive Metrics. The performance targets may be based on an EBITDA metric and/or free cash flow targets; however, the board, in its discretion, may adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture affected by us during such fiscal year. In fiscal 2014, the performance targets were primarily based on an EBITDA metric, cash flows and safety and discretionary evaluations related primarily to the successful integration of acquired businesses. These may be measured at either the corporate or regional business level. For 2014, the measures were weighted as follows:

 

   EBITDA
Metric
  Cash Flow   Safety/
Discretionary
 

Thomas W. Hill

  60   25   15

Brian J. Harris

  60   25   15

Douglas C. Rauh

  60   25   15

Performance / Payout Scales. The payout opportunities associated with minimum, target, and maximum performance levels are consistent across the EBITDA and cash flow performance metrics. The minimum payout opportunity is 10% of target if the minimum performance level of 91% of goal is achieved, provided that the threshold level under the EBITDA metric is achieved. Target is earned if targeted performance is achieved. The maximum payout opportunity is 100% - 150% of target if the maximum performance level of 120% of goal is achieved.

2014 Actual Performance. Actual results for the 2014 Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan were certified by the board, as follows, based on the performance goals and funding scales approved in the first quarter of 2014:

 

    EBITDA Metric: The 2014 performance target was $212.5 million. We achieved an EBITDA metric of $214.1 million. The EBITDA metric portion was paid at 105% of target.

 

    Cash Flow: The 2014 performance target was $14.9 million. We achieved $24.3 million. The Cash Flow portion was paid at 122.5% of target.

 

    Safety/Discretionary Metrics: Payouts earned against target were 110%.

The following table summarizes the 2014 bonuses earned based on actual performance, as compared to the target opportunity for each NEO:

 

  Incentive
Earned
  Target
Incentive
  % of
Target Earned
 

Thomas W. Hill

$ 999,141    $ 906,250      110

Brian J. Harris

$ 404,549    $ 366,938      110

Douglas C. Rauh

$ 404,549    $ 366,938      110

 

134


Table of Contents

2013 Actual Performance. Actual results for the 2013 Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan were certified by the board, as follows, based on the performance goals and funding scales approved in the first quarter of 2013:

 

    EBITDA Metric: The 2013 performance target was $126.1 million. We achieved an EBITDA metric of $127.7 million. The EBITDA metric portion was paid at 101% of target.

 

    Cash Flow: The 2013 performance target was $13.9 million. We achieved $12.2 million. The Cash Flow portion was paid at 90% of target.

 

    Safety/Discretionary Metrics: Payouts earned against target were 150%.

The following table summarizes the 2013 bonuses earned based on actual performance, as compared to the target opportunity for each NEO:

 

  Incentive
Earned
  Target
Incentive
  % of
Target Earned
 

Thomas W. Hill

$ 563,850    $ 525,000      107

Douglas C. Rauh(1)

$ 382,073    $ 356,250      107

 

(1) Mr. Rauh received an additional discretionary bonus of $29,212 for performing dual roles as Chief Operating Officer and East Region President.

Long-Term Incentives

Certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, received Class D interests in Summit Holdings between 2009 and 2014. The Class D interests provide rights to cash distributions based on a predetermined distribution formula (as provided for in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement dated December 23, 2013) upon Summit Holdings’ general partner declaring a distribution. Under the limited partnership agreement, these interests would be entitled to distributions as determined by the board on a pro rata basis with the Class B and Class C interests after returns of capital to Class A and Class B holders (Blackstone and other investors) and a preferential distribution to Class C Holders.

We do not anticipate further grants of the Class D interests after this offering. Existing grants will be unitized in connection with this offering. In connection with this offering, we expect that our directors, officers and employees will surrender all vested and unvested Class D interests held by them and receive vested and unvested LP Units pursuant to the Reclassification, as described in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.,” and stock options. The LP Units and stock options issued in exchange for unvested Class D interests will generally be subject to the same vesting conditions as were applicable to the corresponding Class D interests, as described below. For more information, see “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-end.”

Vesting

There are four categories of Class D interests:

 

    Class D-1 U.S. Interests;

 

    Class D-1 Non-U.S. Interests;

 

    Class D-2 U.S. Interests; and

 

    Class D-2 Non-U.S. Interests.

Generally, 50% of each category of Class D-1 interests vest with the passage of time (“time-vesting interests”) and the remaining 50% of the Class D-1 interests and all Class D-2 interests vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ investors (“performance-vesting interests”).

 

135


Table of Contents

Time vesting interests generally vest as follows: 20% vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 80% vest monthly over the four years following the first anniversary of the grant date. The time-vesting interests will become fully vested on an accelerated basis upon a change in control while the employee continues to provide services to us. Any of the time-vesting interests that are unvested upon termination of the employee’s services will be forfeited by the employee.

Performance-vesting interests vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors while the employee continues to provide services to us or our subsidiaries. There are two performance levels at which performance-vesting interests generally vest, with performance-vesting interests that are Class D-1 interests vesting if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 1.75 times their initial investment, and performance-vesting interests that are Class D-2 interests vesting if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 3.00 times their initial investment.

Unvested interests are generally forfeited upon termination of employment by the holder. However, if the employee is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the Class D unit subscription agreement) or resigns due to a “constructive termination” (as defined in such employee’s employment agreement with us) within 12 months preceding a “change of control” or a “public offering” (each as defined in Summit Holdings’ limited partnership agreement), any performance-vesting interests that would have been eligible to vest in connection with such transaction shall be restored and shall be eligible to vest based on the proceeds of such transaction.

If a holder’s employment is terminated by us for “cause,” or the holder violates a restrictive covenant, any vested Class D interests are automatically forfeited. If a holder’s employment is terminated by us without “cause,” we may, under specified circumstances, repurchase the holder’s vested Class D interests at a price per unit equal to the fair market value of such Class D interests, minus any amounts already distributed to the holder in respect of such Class D interests.

If a holder’s employment terminates as a result of the voluntary resignation of the holder, we may elect to convert all of the employee’s Class D interests into a right to a fixed cash payment capped at a specified amount determined at the time of termination. The fixed cash payment calculated for this purpose is an amount equal to the fair market value of the holder’s vested Class D interests minus any amounts already distributed to the holder in respect of such Class D interests.

Grants of Class D interests are generally awarded at hire and when there are additional Class A and Class B investments. Grants to employees are based on the role and responsibility of the executive. In 2014, the following NEOs were granted Class D interests:

 

    Thomas W. Hill: 40.5 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 40.5 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 12.1 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

 

    Brian J. Harris: 235.9 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 235.9 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 70.8 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made for Mr. Harris’s 2013 hire and upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

 

    Douglas C. Rauh: 12.9 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 12.9 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 3.9 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

Conversion of Class D Interests. In connection with the Reclassification, all vested and unvested Class D interests will be converted into vested and unvested LP Units. The number of LP Units delivered in respect of each Class D interest will be determined based the amount of proceeds that would be distributed to such Class D interest if the company were to be sold at a value derived from the initial public offering price, and the intrinsic value of the LP Units issued in respect of each Class D interest will have an intrinsic value equal to the hypothetical proceeds such Class D interest would have received.

 

136


Table of Contents

Vested Class D interests will be converted into fully vested LP Units and unvested Class D interests will be converted into unvested LP Units, which will be subject to vesting terms substantially similar to those applicable to the unvested Class D interests immediately prior to the Reclassification, as described above. The precise number of LP Units delivered in respect of Class D interests will be based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to holders of Class D interests would be 4,523,783, and the number of LP Units issued to our named executive officers in connection with their respective Class D interests would be: Mr. Hill, 1,313,579; Mr. Harris, 275,673; and Mr. Rauh, 292,946. The total number of unvested LP Units issued would be 3,031,524, or approximately 3.3% of the total of 92,258,703 LP Units issued and outstanding following this offering and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement. The vesting conditions applicable to these unvested LP Units would be as follows:

 

    606,163, or approximately 20.0% of such unvested LP Units will become vested based on the holder’s continued employment (or upon certain qualifying terminations of employment, as described above), with substantially all of such LP Units eligible to become vested by September 1, 2019;

 

    1,865,667, or approximately 61.5% of such unvested LP Units will generally only vest if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return multiple on invested capital of 1.75 times their initial investment, generally subject to the holder’s continued employment through that realization date; and

 

    559,694, or approximately 18.5% of such unvested LP Units will generally only vest if such investors receive a return multiple on invested capital of 3.00 times their initial investment, generally subject to the holder’s continued employment through that realization date.

In connection with the Reclassification, we also expect to grant options to purchase shares of Class A common stock under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to all holders of Class D interests whose interests are converted in the Reclassification, including each of our named executive officers, in substitution for part of the economic benefit of the Class D interests that is not reflected in the conversion of Class D interests to LP Units. We refer to these stock options as “leverage restoration options”. The leverage restoration options will have an exercise price per share that will be equal to or higher than the initial public offering price per share, and generally be subject to vesting terms substantially similar to those applicable to the corresponding Class D interests immediately prior to the Reclassification, except that the leverage restoration options that correlate to time-vesting interests will vest over four years, beginning on the Reclassification date, instead of over five years, and the leverage restoration options that correlate to performance-vesting interests will become vested only when both the relevant return multiple is achieved and a time-vesting condition is satisfied. The time-based vesting condition will be satisfied with respect to 25% of the performance-vesting options on each of the first four anniversaries of the Reclassification date. The precise number of leverage restoration options we grant in respect of each Class D interest will be based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of leverage restoration options granted to holders of Class D interests would be 4,358,841, and the number of leverage restoration options granted to our named executive officers would be: Mr. Hill, 1,286,114; Mr. Harris, 232,760; and Mr. Rauh, 295,608.

In connection with this offering, we also expect to grant options to purchase shares of Class A common stock under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to other employees some of whom who do not currently hold equity-based incentive awards. These stock options will have an exercise price per share that will be equal to or higher than the initial public offering price per share, and generally be subject to time- and/or performance-based vesting criteria. See “—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

137


Table of Contents

Retirement, Perquisites, and Other Benefits

Members of senior management participate in our other benefit plans on the same terms as other employees. These plans include 401(k) matching contributions, and medical, dental, vision and life insurance. We offer car allowances to certain of our NEOs. Relocation benefits also are reimbursed from time to time, but are individually negotiated when they occur. Additional perquisites include gym memberships, country club dues and fuel cost reimbursement.

Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan

We have a qualified contributory retirement plan established to qualify as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The plan covers all corporate employees, including our named executive officers, who are limited to their annual tax deferred contribution limit as allowed by the IRS and may contribute up to 75% of their gross wages. We provide for matching contributions to the plan, including 100% of pre-tax employee contributions and up to 4% of eligible compensation. Employer contributions vest immediately. Employees outside of the corporate office are covered by a variety of other plans, all of which qualify as deferred salary arrangements under Section 401(k) of the Code.

Limitations on the Deductibility of Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a federal income tax deduction to public corporations for compensation greater than $1 million paid for any fiscal year to the corporation’s named executive officers other than the Chief Financial Officer. As we are not currently publicly-traded, our board has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. We expect that our compensation committee, when formed, will adopt a policy that, where reasonably practicable, will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). Until such policy is implemented, the compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not consider the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

In the event of a termination of employment or change of control, Class D interests are subject to acceleration or extended periods during which the Class D interests have an opportunity to vest, as described in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, and the named executive officers are entitled to the cash and non-cash severance benefits in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, as described in “—Employment Agreements.”

Employment Agreements

Messrs. Hill, Harris and Rauh each have employment agreements. Their employment agreements provide for base salary subject to annual adjustment by the board, an annual incentive award, participation in Company-sponsored broad-based and executive benefit plans and such other compensation as may be approved by the board. Generally, our employment agreements have an initial term of three years, unless earlier terminated or otherwise renewed pursuant to the terms thereof and are automatically extended for successive one-year periods following the expiration of each term unless notice is given by us or the executive not to renew.

Thomas W. Hill

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hill, dated as of July 30, 2009, whereby Mr. Hill serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Summit Holdings and the Chief Executive Officer of the entity that served as the general partner of Summit Holdings prior to the consummation of this offering. Mr. Hill also will continue to serve as a member of the board so long as he serves in the foregoing capacities. Mr. Hill’s employment agreement had an initial term equal to three years commencing on July 30, 2009, which is automatically extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Hill provides the other

 

138


Table of Contents

party 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended. However, if Summit Holdings is dissolved pursuant to the terms of its limited partnership agreement, then the employment term shall automatically and immediately be terminated. On July 30, 2014, Mr. Hill’s employment agreement was automatically extended for an additional year.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Hill’s initial annual base salary was $300,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). His base salary in 2014 was $725,000. Mr. Hill is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary (or an increased percentage at the discretion of the board, such an increase was made in 2014 to 125%) based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Hill is also entitled to participate in Summit Holdings’ employee benefit plans, as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives of Summit Holdings.

If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to certain accrued amounts. If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or “disability” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts and (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Hill would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment not been terminated. If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 18 months after the date of such termination and (c) an amount equal to one and one-half times his annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of his termination of employment; provided that the aggregate amounts shall be reduced by the present value of any other cash severance or termination benefits payable to him under any other plans, programs or arrangements of Summit Holdings or its affiliates.

In the event (i) Mr. Hill elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” with a “negative return” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), unless Mr. Hill’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Hill’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Hill shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” with a “positive return” (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Hill shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Hill is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 18 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 18 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

Brian J. Harris

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Brian J. Harris on December 3, 2013, for a period of employment beginning on October 14, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Harris became our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Harris’s employment agreement has an initial term equal to three years, which will be automatically

 

139


Table of Contents

extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Harris provides the other party with 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Harris’s annual base salary was $475,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). Mr. Harris’s base salary for 2014 was $489,250. Mr. Harris is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 75% of his base salary upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term with a potential bonus of up to 150% of his base salary for extraordinary performance. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Harris is entitled to a car allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month for car expenses.

If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts and (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Harris would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment not terminated. If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 12 months after the date of such termination, (c) an amount equal to Mr. Harris’s annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of Mr. Harris’s termination of employment, payable in equal monthly installments and (d) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for the lesser of 12 months after the date of such termination or until Mr. Harris is no longer eligible for COBRA health continuation coverage under applicable law.

In the event (i) Mr. Harris elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement) in connection with which the Sponsors do not receive a return on their investment, unless Mr. Harris’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Harris’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Harris shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” in connection with which the Sponsors receive a return on their investment, Mr. Harris shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Harris is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

Douglas C. Rauh

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Douglas C. Rauh, dated as of December 29, 2011, pursuant to which Mr. Rauh became our East Region President. Effective April 1, 2013, Mr. Rauh assumed the role of our Chief Operating Officer. His employment agreement otherwise remained in effect. Mr. Rauh’s employment agreement has an initial term equal to three years commencing on January 1, 2012 which will be automatically extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Rauh provides the other

 

140


Table of Contents

party 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended. The employment term will automatically and immediately be terminated upon a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement).

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rauh’s annual base salary is $450,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). Mr. Rauh’s base salary for 2014 was $489,250. Mr. Rauh is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 60% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term, with a potential bonus of up to 90% of his base salary for extraordinary performance. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Rauh is entitled to a car allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month for car expenses, in addition to reimbursement from Summit Holdings for Mr. Rauh’s actual expenditures for gasoline, upon submission of appropriate documentation.

If Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus and (c) certain vested employee benefits, and if Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Rauh would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment not terminated and (c) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for 18 months (or, if shorter, until COBRA coverage ends under Summit Holdings’ group health plan). If Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 12 months after the date of such termination (the “Severance Period”), (c) an amount equal to Mr. Rauh’s annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of Mr. Rauh’s termination of employment, payable in equal monthly installments for 18 months after the date of such termination and (d) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for the lesser of the Severance Period or 18 months after the date of such termination (or, if shorter, until COBRA coverage ends under Summit Holdings’ group health plan); provided that the aggregate amounts shall be reduced by the present value of any other cash severance or termination benefits payable to Mr. Rauh under any other plans, programs or arrangements of Summit Holdings or its affiliates.

In the event (i) Mr. Rauh elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement) in connection with which the Sponsors do not receive a return on their investment, unless Mr. Rauh’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Rauh’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Rauh shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” in connection with which the Sponsors receive a return on their investment, Mr. Rauh shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rauh is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

 

141


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year End

A summary of the outstanding equity awards for each named executive officer as of December 27, 2014 is as follows:

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested (#)(1)
     Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested ($)(2)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested (#)(3)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Market or
payout value of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested ($)(2)
 

Thomas W. Hill

     08/25/2009                         59         115,433   
     02/17/2010         4         5,879         321         628,270   
     04/16/2010         2         2,618         58         114,327   
     05/27/2010         26         35,842         407         795,890   
     06/15/2010         3         4,420         45         88,013   
     08/02/2010         16         21,453         173         338,927   
     09/15/2010         14         19,607         123         241,434   
     11/30/2010         2         3,163         20         39,504   
     05/27/2011         30         41,372         140         272,850   
     08/02/2011         26         35,911         107         209,770   
     10/28/2011         17         23,597         61         119,389   
     09/10/2014         40         55,390         53         102,940   

Brian J. Harris

     04/01/2014         169         231,242         290         567,092   
     09/10/2014         13         17,586         17         32,686   

Douglas C. Rauh

     01/01/2012         70         96,191         229         447,099   
     08/21/2013         71         97,628         110         214,508   
     09/10/2014         13         17,586         17         32,686   

 

(1) Reflects time-vesting Class D interests, 20% of which generally vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 80% vest monthly over the four years following the first anniversary. The time-vesting interests will become fully vested on an accelerated basis upon a change in control while the employee continues to provide services to us. Any of the time-vesting interests that are unvested upon termination of the employee’s services will be forfeited by the employee.
(2) Reflects the aggregated fair values at December 27, 2014 based on the most recent valuation of the Class D interests.
(3) Reflects performance-vesting interests that vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ investors while the employee continues to provide services to us.

In connection with this offering, we expect that our directors, officers and employees will surrender all Class D interests held by them and receive LP Units and leverage restoration options (as described above). The number of LP Units and leverage restoration options (as described above) delivered to such Class D interest holders will be determined in a manner intended to replicate the economic benefit provided by the Class D interests based upon the valuation of us derived from the initial public offering price. The LP Units delivered to each Class D interest holder will have approximately the same value as the liquidation value of the Class D interests held by the equity holder immediately prior to such transaction, and the options to purchase shares of Class A common stock will restore part of the economic benefit of the Class D interests that is not reflected in the LP Units.

 

142


Table of Contents

Compensation Program Risk Assessment

The board performed a risk assessment and concluded that our compensation programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. The following factors mitigate risk associated with our compensation programs:

 

    annual goal setting process with incentives linked to business results;

 

    annual performance review process where results are assessed against goals;

 

    board review of goals, results and incentive amounts; and

 

    maximum payout opportunity is capped.

Director Compensation

We do not currently pay our directors who are either employed by us, Blackstone or Silverhawk compensation for their services as directors. In connection with this offering, we expect that directors who are employed by Blackstone or Silverhawk will waive their right to any compensation for their service on the board of directors. Our other directors receive compensation for each quarter serving as a director and equity incentive awards. Following this offering, our directors (other than the directors employed by us, Blackstone or Silverhawk) will be entitled to annual compensation of $150,000, the chairperson of the board will receive an additional $90,000, and the respective chairpersons of the audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee will receive an additional $15,000, $10,000 and $10,000, respectively. Directors may elect to receive a portion of their compensation, in an amount up to the lesser of 50% of their annual compensation or $100,000, in the form of equity. We may also reimburse our other directors for any reasonable expenses incurred by them in connection with services provided in such capacity.

Howard L. Lance

Howard L. Lance is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $250,000 pursuant to an agreement under which Mr. Lance agreed to serve as a director. In March 2013, Mr. Lance was granted 434.34 Class D-1 interests and 65.2 Class D-2 interests consistent with the terms describe above in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, except that Mr. Lance’s equity award is subject to vesting based solely on his continued service on the board. Assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to Mr. Lance in respect of Class D interests would be 221,480, and the number of leverage restoration options would be 246,611.

John R. Murphy

John R. Murphy is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $100,000. In addition, Mr. Murphy is entitled to an annual equity grant of $50,000 for his service as director, for which, in 2014, he was granted 6.2 Class D-1 interests and 0.9 Class D-2 interests in 2013, he was granted 8.6 Class D-1 interests and 1.3 Class D-2 interests, consistent with the terms describe above in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, except that Mr. Murphy’s equity award is subject to vesting based solely on his continued service on the board. Mr. Murphy was compensated $316,274 for his services as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2013 to May 2013 and from July 2013 to October 2013. Assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to Mr. Murphy in respect of Class D interests would be 11,274, and the number of leverage restoration options would be 10,220.

 

143


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the compensation paid to non-employee directors for their board service during the year ended December 27, 2014.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Stock
Awards(1)
     Total
Compensation
 

Howard L. Lance

   $ 250,000       $ —         $ 250,000   

Ted A. Gardner

     —           —           —     

Julia C. Kahr

     —           —           —     

John R. Murphy

     100,000         4,206         104,206   

Neil P. Simpkins

     —           —           —     

 

(1) The amount reported in the Stock Awards column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the time-vesting portion of our Class D interests computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the Class D interests are discussed in Note 20, Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan, to our December 27, 2014 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount reflects our calculation of the value of the awards at the grant date and does not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may ultimately be recognized by the director. The performance conditions for the performance-vesting interests are described above in “—Long-Term Incentives.” The performance-vesting units granted vest under performance conditions which have not been deemed probable of occurring, and, therefore, have not been included in the table above. The unrecognized value of these awards assuming the highest level of performance conditions would be achieved was $7,818 for Mr. Murphy. At December 27, 2014, the aggregate number of stock awards outstanding was 499.5 Class D interests for Mr. Lance and 22.9 Class D interests outstanding for Mr. Murphy.

Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, the Omnibus Incentive Plan prior to the completion of the offering.

Purpose

The purpose of the Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our Class A common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration

The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the board of directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee has the sole and plenary authority to designate participants and establish the types, terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, the Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or

 

144


Table of Contents

more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is 13,500,000. Of this amount, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock for which incentive stock options may be granted is 13,500,000; the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock for which options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is 2,000,000; the maximum number of shares for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is 2,000,000 (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1.0 million in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $5.0 million. Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award is canceled, is forfeited, terminates, lapses, or is settled without the delivery of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered shares may be granted again under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are surrendered after the termination of the Omnibus Incentive Plan or stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of shares that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Options

The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided that all stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of Class A common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following

 

145


Table of Contents

the end of such period (but not to exceed five years from the grant date). The purchase price for the Class A common stock as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (1) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised, (2) in Class A common stock having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Committee, or (3) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, (B) if there is a public market for the Class A common stock at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the Class A common stock being purchased, or (C) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of Class A common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, Class A common stock or a combination of cash and Class A common stock, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (1) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of Class A common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (2) the numbers of shares of Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The Committee may in its sole discretion substitute, without the consent of the holder or beneficiary of such stock appreciation rights, stock appreciation rights settled in shares of Class A common stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for nonqualified stock options.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units

The Committee may grant restricted shares of our Class A common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of Class A common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the other provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of Class A common stock and to receive any dividends payable on such restricted shares (except that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of Class A common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of Class A common stock will be retained and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse). To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of Class A common stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Class A common stock having a value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled following the release of restrictions on such restricted stock units.

LP Unit Awards

The Committee may issue awards in the form of LP Units or other classes of partnership units in Summit Holdings established pursuant to Summit Holdings’ agreement of limited partnership. LP Unit awards will be

 

146


Table of Contents

valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, shares of our Class A common stock. LP Unit awards may be (1) convertible, exchangeable or redeemable for other limited partnership interests in Summit Holdings or shares of our Class A common stock or (2) valued by reference to the book value, fair value or performance of Summit Holdings. Other than to the extent required in connection with the issuance of our Class A common stock, we generally do not expect to issue awards of LP Units under the Omnibus Incentive Plan unless the Committee determines that an award of LP Units is appropriate.

For purposes of calculating the number of shares underlying LP Unit awards relative to the total number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Committee will establish in good faith the maximum number of shares to which a participant receiving an LP Unit award may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, partnership capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or in part, the number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying such LP Unit award will be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of shares available under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be increased by one share for each share so reduced. The Committee will determine all other terms of LP Unit awards. The award documentation in respect of LP Unit awards may provide that the recipient will be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the award or other distributions from Summit Holdings prior to vesting (whether based on a period of time or based on attainment of specified performance conditions), as determined at the time of grant by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) will be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our Class A common stock or LP Units.

Other Stock-Based or Cash-Based Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Class A common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of Class A common stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units) or other awards denominated in cash (including cash bonuses), under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); cash flow, including but not limited to operating cash flow or free cash flow; cash and/or funds available for distribution; EBITDA; growth in EBITDA determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; deployment of value-adding capital via organic investment or acquisitions; return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, investment, capital, invested capital, equity and/or development); share price (including, but not limited to, appreciation, growth measures and total stockholder return on an annual, multi-year or other basis); debt and debt-related ratios, including debt to total market capitalization, debt to EBITDA, debt to assets and fixed charge coverage ratios (determined with or without the pro rata share of our ownership interest in co-investment partnerships); net asset value per share; growth in net

 

147


Table of Contents

asset value per share determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; operating efficiency; working capital targets; measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; enterprise value; competitive market metrics; performance or yield on development or redevelopment projects; objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); market share; operational or performance measurements relative to peers; strategic objectives and related revenue; productivity measures; employee retention; workplace health and safety; objective measures of employee morale and satisfaction; corporate social responsibility measures; environmental safety or compliance metrics; or any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure our performance and/or our affiliates as a whole or any of our divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a performance compensation award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a performance period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the performance compensation awards granted to any participant for such performance period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (1) asset write-downs; (2) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements; (3) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (4) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (5) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (6) acquisitions or divestitures; (7) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (8) foreign exchange gains and losses; (9) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; (10) a change in our fiscal year; (11) accruals for payments to be made in respect of the Omnibus Incentive Plan or other specified compensation arrangements; and (12) any other changes in capital structure (or similar events) specified in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Following the completion of a performance period, the Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the performance period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the performance compensation awards earned for the period based upon the performance formula. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, the Committee has the discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the Committee does not have the discretion to: (A) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards for a performance period if the performance goals for such performance period have not been attained; or (B) increase a performance compensation award above the applicable limitations set forth in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards

In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Class A common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of Class A common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of Class A common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transactions or events

 

148


Table of Contents

(including, without limitation, a change in control as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of Class A common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the share limits applicable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of our shares of common stock or other securities which may be delivered in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Class A common stock subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate, (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Class A common stock received or to be received by other holders of our common stock in such event), including without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may cancel any stock option or stock appreciation right for no consideration if the fair market value of the shares subject to such option or stock appreciation right is less than or equal to the aggregate exercise price or strike price of such stock option or stock appreciation right.

Nontransferability of Awards

An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, except for designation of beneficiaries, any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant or such participant’s family members, are the sole partner(s) or member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination

The board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (1) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Omnibus Incentive Plan, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities may be listed or quoted or for changes in U.S. GAAP to new accounting standards, (2) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events), or (3) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent. The Committee may also, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, whether prospectively or

 

149


Table of Contents

retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to such award; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, (1) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right, (2) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right, and (3) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (1) options or stock appreciation rights or (2) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time and other than awards structured as restricted stock) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become earned, payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture

An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such award and must repay the gain to us. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives any amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to us. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

150


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into an exchange agreement with the holders of LP Units pursuant to which each holder of LP Units (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. The exchange agreement also provides that a holder of LP Units will not have the right to exchange LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Summit Materials, Inc. or its subsidiaries to which such holder may be subject. Summit Materials, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Summit Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LP Units. In accordance with the exchange agreement, any holder other than Summit Owner Holdco who surrenders all of its LP Units for exchange must concurrently surrender all shares of Class B common stock held by it (including fractions thereof) to Summit Materials, Inc. For so long as affiliates of Blackstone collectively own at least 5% of the outstanding LP Units (excluding LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc.), the consent of each Blackstone holder will be required to amend the exchange agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act the offering of shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LP Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Blackstone will have the right to request an unlimited number of “demand” registrations, the Class B Unitholders will have the right to request one “demand” registration and Blackstone, certain other pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders will have customary “piggyback” registration rights.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis. Summit Holdings intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which is expected to result in increases to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings at the time of an exchange of LP Units. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. In addition, in the event the Investor Entities exercise their right to merge with us or be contributed to us (as described below under “—Stockholders’ Agreement,” we may be entitled to utilize the Investor Entities’ net operating losses, if any. The IRS may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase and increased deductions or net operating losses, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the cash savings in income tax, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc.

 

151


Table of Contents

realizes as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis described above and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities described above and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, in income tax it realizes. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Summit Materials, Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that Summit Materials, Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Summit Holdings as a result of the exchanges and no utilization of net operating losses of the Investor Entities and had Summit Materials, Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Summit Materials, Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement (as described in more detail below) or Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Summit Materials, Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The increases in tax basis as a result of an exchange, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

    the timing of exchanges —for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Summit Holdings at the time of each exchange;

 

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange —the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Summit Holdings, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable —if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available;

 

    the amount of net operating losses —the amount of net operating losses of the Investor Entities at the time of any applicable merger or contribution transaction will impact the amount and timing of payments under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

    the amount and timing of our income —Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Summit Materials, Inc. does not have taxable income, Summit Materials, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax savings that will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and payments for such increases under the tax receivable agreement arising from future exchanges as follows:

 

    we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange;

 

    to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and

 

    we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

 

152


Table of Contents

All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

We expect that as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings and our possible utilization of net operating losses, the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. by Summit Holdings are not sufficient to permit Summit Materials, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to LIBOR plus 500 basis points. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by holders of LP Units.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Summit Materials, Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LP Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) and other recipients would be based on certain assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. With respect to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units, we would be required to make a payment equal to the present value (at a discount rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits determined using assumptions (ii) through (v) of the following paragraph.

Furthermore, Summit Materials, Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any LP Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to an assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and that LIBOR were to be 1.6%, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $461.0 million if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Summit Materials, Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement (although any such overpayment would be taken into account in calculating future payments, if any, under the tax receivable agreement) or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such tax benefits. Also, the obligations of Summit Materials, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable in the event that Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of

 

153


Table of Contents

assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Summit Materials, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the tax basis increases or our utilization of net operating losses are successfully challenged by the IRS, although such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the Summit Materials, Inc.’s cash tax savings.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone. This agreement will require us to, among other things, nominate a number of individuals designated by Blackstone for election as our directors at any meeting of our stockholders (each a “Sponsor Director”) such that, upon the election of each such individual, and each other individual nominated by or at the direction of our board of directors or a duly-authorized committee of the board, as a director of our company, the number of Sponsor Directors serving as directors of our company will be equal to: (1) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (2) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (3) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (4) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (5) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. For so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect, Sponsor Directors may be removed only with the consent of Blackstone. In the case of a vacancy on our board created by the removal or resignation of a Sponsor Director, the stockholders’ agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by our Sponsor for election to fill the vacancy. The above-described provisions of the stockholders’ agreement will remain in effect until Blackstone is no longer entitled to nominate a Sponsor Director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, unless Blackstone requests that it terminate at an earlier date.

The stockholders’ agreement also: (1) requires us to cooperate with Blackstone in connection with certain future pledges, hypothecations or grants of security interest in any or all of the shares of Class A common stock or LP Units held by Blackstone, including to banks or financial institutions as collateral or security for loans, advances or extensions of credit; and (2) entitles the Investor Entities to require us to implement either (x) the contribution of interests in the Investor Entities for an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such Investor Entity along with any rights holders of interests in the Investor Entity are entitled to under the tax receivable agreement following such contribution or (y) the merger of the applicable Investor Entity into Summit Materials, Inc. with Summit Materials, Inc. surviving in exchange for a number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to the number of LP Units along with any rights holders of interests in the Investor Entity are entitled to under the tax receivable agreement following such contribution.

 

154


Table of Contents

Summit Materials Holdings L.P. Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement

As a result of the Reclassification and Offering Transactions, Summit Materials, Inc. will hold LP Units in Summit Holdings and will be the sole general partner of Summit Holdings. Accordingly, Summit Materials, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Summit Holdings and, through Summit Holdings and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LP Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LP Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests.

No distributions will be made in respect of unvested LP Units and instead such amounts will be distributed to holders of vested LP Units pro rata in accordance with their vested interests. If, from time to time, an unvested LP Unit becomes vested, then, on the next distribution date, all amounts that would have been distributed pro rata in respect of that LP Unit if it had been vested on prior distribution dates will be required to be “caught up” in respect of that LP Unit before any distribution is made in respect of other vested LP Units.

The holders of LP Units, including Summit Materials, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings provides for pro rata cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of the LP Units in an amount generally calculated to provide each holder of LP Units with sufficient cash to cover its tax liability in respect of the LP Units. These tax distributions will generally only be paid to the extent that other distributions made by Summit Holdings were otherwise insufficient to cover the estimated tax liabilities of all holders of LP Units. In general, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Summit Holdings allocated to each holder of LP Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (or a corporate resident in certain circumstances).

The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Summit Materials, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Summit Materials, Inc., income tax expenses of Summit Materials, Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Summit Materials, Inc., will be borne by Summit Holdings.

The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will also provide that affiliates of Blackstone may transfer all or any portion of their LP Units or other interest in Summit Holdings without the prior consent of Summit Materials, Inc. as the general partner, subject to compliance with certain conditions, including that Summit Holdings not become a publicly traded partnership.

Summit Materials, Inc. as the general partner may (i) at any time, require all holders of LP Units, other than affiliates of Blackstone, to exchange their units for shares of our common stock or (ii) with the consent of partners in Summit Holdings whose vested interests exceed 66 2/3% of the aggregate vested interests in Summit Holdings, require all holders of interests in Summit Holdings to transfer their interests, provided that the prior written consent of each holder that is an affiliate of Blackstone affected by any such proposed transfer will be required. These provisions are designed to ensure that the general partner can, in the context of a sale of the company, sell Summit Holdings as a wholly-owned entity subject to the approval of the holders thereof, including specific approval by any Blackstone affiliates then holding such units. For so long as affiliates of Blackstone collectively own at least 5% of the outstanding LP Units, the consent of each Blackstone holder will be required to amend the limited partnership agreement.

 

155


Table of Contents

Contribution and Purchase Agreement

We entered into a contribution and purchase agreement on December 18, 2014, together with Summit Holdings, Summit GP, Summit Owner Holdco, the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement and Continental Cement, whereby concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) Summit GP, as the existing general partner of Summit Holdings will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to us in exchange for shares of our Class A common stock and will contribute to us its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of our Class B common stock, (y) we will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement we receive to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP Units issued in connection with this offering. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transaction and Management Fee Agreement

In connection with the formation of Summit Holdings, Summit Holdings entered into a transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”). Under this agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) agreed to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services relating to Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. In consideration for the services, Summit Holdings pays, or causes to be paid, to BMP a management fee equal to the greater of $300,000 or 2.0% of Summit Holdings’ consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the transaction and management fee agreement, for the immediately preceding fiscal year. BMP is not obligated to provide any other services to Summit Holdings absent express agreement. Under the management fee agreement, for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, Summit Holdings paid BMP management fees of $4.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

In addition to the management fee, in consideration of BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance necessary to enable Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries to undertake acquisitions, Summit Holdings pays BMP a transaction fee equal to (x) 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of any acquired entity or (y) if such transaction is structured as an asset purchase or sale, 1.0% of the consideration paid for or received in respect of the assets acquired or disposed of. In addition, Summit Holdings has agreed to indemnify BMP and its affiliates against liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction and management fee agreement and reimburses BMP and its affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing such services.

 

156


Table of Contents

Under the transaction and management fee agreement, BMP is permitted to, and has, assigned a portion of the fees it is entitled to receive from Summit Holdings to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain members of management. During the year ended December 27, 2014, we paid BMP $3.9 million, under this agreement and paid immaterial amounts to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to other equity holders. Transaction fees paid in 2013 or 2012 to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to other equity holders were immaterial.

In connection with this offering, the parties intend to terminate the transaction and management fee agreement, provided that the provisions relating to indemnification and certain other provisions will survive termination. In connection with such termination, Summit Holdings will pay BMP total fees of approximately $13.8 million.

Warrant Issuances

In connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings, we expect to issue warrants to purchase an aggregate of 160,333 shares of Class A common stock to limited partners of Summit Holdings who hold Class C limited partnership interests of Summit Holdings. Holders of the Class C limited partnership interests include Thomas W. Hill, a limited liability company controlled by Ted A. Gardner and Michael J. Brady, who will receive warrants to purchase 29,463, 27,408, and 6,852 shares of Class A common stock, respectively. The warrants are being issued in substitution for part of the economic benefit of the Class C interests that is not reflected in the conversion of the Class C interests to LP Units. The warrants will have an exercise price per share that will be equal to or higher than the initial public offering price per share and will not be exercisable until from and after the first anniversary of the closing of this offering.

Commercial Transactions with Sponsor Portfolio Companies

Our Sponsors and their respective affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered and may in the future enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services. None of these transactions or arrangements has been or is expected to be material to us.

Other Transactions

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., served as an initial purchaser of $13.0 million and $5.75 million principal amounts of the senior notes issued in January 2014 and September 2014, respectively, and received compensation in connection therewith.

In addition to the fees paid to BMP pursuant to the agreements described above, we reimburse BMP for direct expenses incurred, which were not material in the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

In the year ended December 27, 2014, we sold certain assets associated with the production of concrete blocks, including inventory and equipment, to a related party for $2.2 million and sold a ready-mixed concrete plant to a related party in exchange for the related party performing the required site reclamation, estimated at approximately $0.2 million.

We purchased equipment from a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement for approximately $2.3 million, inclusive of $0.1 million of interest, in 2011, which was paid for in 2012.

We earned revenue of $0.6 million and $7.9 million and incurred costs of $0.2 million and $0.2 million in connection with several transactions with unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, accounts receivable from these affiliates was $0.4 million. As of December 27, 2014, the Company had no accounts receivable from these affiliates and an immaterial amount of revenue during the year ended December 27, 2014.

 

157


Table of Contents

Cement sales to companies owned by certain noncontrolling members of Continental Cement were approximately $14.3 million, $12.7 million and $12.5 million for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, and accounts receivables due from these parties were approximately $1.2 million and $0.2 million as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively.

We paid $0.7 million of interest to a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement in the year ended December 27, 2014 on a related party note. The principal balance on the note was repaid in January 2012.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our Chief Legal Officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The Chief Legal Officer will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

158


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Summit Materials, Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units outstanding before the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Reclassification. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and of LP Units after the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

  Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)   LP Units Beneficially Owned(1)   Combined Voting Power(2)(3)  

 

 
 

Number

  Percentage  

Number

  Percentage   Number   Percentage  

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
 

 

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
 

 

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
 

Blackstone Funds(4)

  —        —        —        —        54,855,447      79.5   59.5   57.4   54,855,447      79.5   59.5   57.4

Thomas W. Hill(5)

  —        —        —        —        1,585,259      2.3   1.7   1.7   1,585,259      2.3   1.7   1.7

Howard L. Lance

  —        —        —        —        283,638      *      *      *      283,638      *      *      *   

Ted A. Gardner(6)

  —        —        —        —        252,726      *      *      *      252,726      *      *      *   

Julia C. Kahr(7)

  —        —        —        —        —                       —                    

John R. Murphy

  —        —        —        —        11,274      *      *      *      11,274      *      *      *   

Neil P. Simpkins(8)

  —        —        —        —        —                       —                    

Brian J. Harris(9)

  —        —        —        —        648,621      *      *      *      648,621      *      *      *   

Douglas C. Rauh(10)

  —        —        —        —        292,946      *      *      *      292,946      *      *      *   

Directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)(11)

  —        —        —        —        4,325,664      6.3   4.7   4.5   4,325,664      6.3   4.7   4.5

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the vested LP Units are exchangeable from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of LP Units reflected in this table includes both vested and unvested LP Units and has not been also reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such units may be exchanged. Percentage of LP Units after the Offering Transactions treats LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. as outstanding.

The beneficial ownership of the Blackstone Funds and individuals listed in the table above does not include the 11,940 LP Units directly held by Summit GP, of which the Blackstone Funds and each of Messrs. Hill, Gardner, Brady, Harris and Lance and Ms. Benedict are members and could be deemed to have beneficial ownership over all of such LP Units.

(2) Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(3) Summit Owner Holdco, an entity owned by certain of our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. The Class B common stock will provide Summit Owner Holdco, with a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof). The managing member of Summit Owner Holdco is Summit Materials Holdings GP Ltd., which will have the sole and exclusive authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to direct the voting and disposition of the Class B common stock held by the Summit Owner Holdco. The Blackstone Funds, as defined below, have the right to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors of Summit Materials Holdings GP Ltd. and may be deemed to have voting control of the Class B common stock held by Summit Owner Holdco.
(4) Includes 44,511,949 LP Units directly held by Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V NQ L.P., 9,383,487 LP Units directly held by Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) NQ V-AC L.P., 846,593 LP Units directly held by Summit BCP Intermediate Holdings L.P., 71,733 LP Units directly held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and 41,685 LP Units directly held by Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. (together, the “Blackstone Funds”). The general partner of Summit BCP Intermediate Holdings L.P. is Summit BCP Intermediate Holdings GP, Ltd. The general partner of each of Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) NQ V-AC L.P. is Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P. A general partner of each of Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. is BCP V - NQ GP L.L.C. The sole member of BCP V - NQ GP L.L.C. is Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman.

Each of such persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of the LP Units directly held by the Blackstone Funds (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings). The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

159


Table of Contents
(5) Includes 1,266,265 LP Units held by a trust for which Mr. Hill’s spouse serves as trustee and as to which Mr. Hill could be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Does not include (i) 1,286,114 leverage restoration options to be issued to Mr. Hill, assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus or (ii) 29,463 warrants to be issued to Mr. Hill in substitution for his co-investment in Summit Holdings. See “Executive and Director Compensation — Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Long-Term Incentives” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Warrant Issuances.”
(6) Includes 252,726 LP Units held by a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Gardner. Mr. Gardner has sole voting and dispositive power over such units. Does not include 3,091,203 LP Units held by Silverhawk and as to which Mr. Gardner, a managing partner and co-founder, could be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Also does not include 57,555 and 27,408 warrants to be issued to Silverhawk and Mr. Gardner, respectively, in connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Warrant Issuances.”
(7) Ms. Kahr is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group. Ms. Kahr disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(8) Mr. Simpkins is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Simpkins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(9) Includes 648,621 LP Units held by a trust for which Mr. Harris’ spouse serves as the trustee and as to which Mr. Harris could be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Does not include 232,760 leverage restoration options to be issued to Mr. Harris, assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Long-Term Incentives.”
(10) Does not include 295,608 leverage restoration options to be issued to Mr. Rauh, assuming an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Long-Term Incentives.”
(11) Percentages of shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group does not give effect to shares of Class A common stock that such directors and executive officers and their family members may purchase as part of the directed share program. Does not include warrants or leverage restoration options to be issued to directors and executive officers in connection with the reclassification of Summit Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Warrant Issuances” and “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Long-Term Incentives.”

The foregoing table assumes an offering price of $18.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. However, the precise number of LP Units issued to existing owners will differ from that presented in the table above if the actual initial public offering price per share differs from this assumed price.

For example, if the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $17.00, which is the low point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of LP Units of the identified holders would be as follows:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
 

Blackstone Funds

     79.8     59.7     57.6

Thomas W. Hill

     2.2     1.6     1.6

Howard L. Lance

     *        *        *   

Ted A. Gardner

     *        *        *   

Julia C. Kahr

                     

John R. Murphy

     *        *        *   

Neil P. Simpkins

                     

Brian J. Harris

     *        *        *   

Douglas C. Rauh

     *        *        *   

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

     6.0     4.5     4.4

 

* Represents less than 1%.

 

160


Table of Contents

Conversely, if the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $19.00, which is the high point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of LP Units of the identified holders would be as follows:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
 

Blackstone Funds

     79.2     59.3     57.2

Thomas W. Hill

     2.4     1.8     1.7

Howard L. Lance

     *        *        *   

Ted A. Gardner

     *        *        *   

Julia C. Kahr

                     

John R. Murphy

     *        *        *   

Neil P. Simpkins

                     

Brian J. Harris

     1.0     *        *   

Douglas C. Rauh

     *        *        *   

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

     6.5     4.9     4.7

 

* Represents less than 1%

 

161


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 30, 2012, Summit Materials, LLC (the “Borrower”) entered into senior secured credit facilities with Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent and Barclays Bank plc and Regions Bank, as co-documentation agents.

The senior secured credit facilities currently provides for term debt in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million, which matures January 30, 2019, and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million, which matures January 30, 2017. As discussed below, in connection with this offering we anticipate entering into an amendment that will, among other things, increase the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million. The Borrower is required to make principal repayments of 0.25% of borrowings under the term debt on the last business day of each March, June, September and December. The revolving credit facility includes capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice referred to as the swingline loans.

The current outstanding principal amount of term debt and applicable interest rate reflect the terms of a repricing the Borrower consummated on February 5, 2013. The repricing, among other things: (i) reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for term loans under the senior secured credit facilities by 1.0%; (ii) reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for $131.0 million of tranche A revolving credit loans available under the senior secured credit facilities by 1.0% (with no reductions to the applicable margins for the remaining $19.0 million of available revolving credit loans); (iii) increased term loans borrowed under the term loan facility by $25.0 million with the same terms as the existing term loans (bringing total term loan borrowings to approximately $422.0 million); (iv) included a requirement that the Borrower pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term loans repaid in connection with certain repricing or refinancing transactions within six months after February 5, 2013; and (v) created additional flexibility under the financial maintenance covenants, which are tested quarterly, by increasing the applicable maximum Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and reducing the applicable minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities).

On January 16, 2014, the Borrower entered into a second amendment to the senior secured credit facilities that, among other things: (i) permitted the incurrence of the outstanding notes; (ii) included a requirement that the Borrower pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term loans repaid in connection with certain repricing or refinancing transactions within six months after January 16, 2014; and (iii) increased the total leverage ratio and senior secured net leverage ratio in connection with the future incurrence of indebtedness.

In connection with this offering, we anticipate the Borrower will enter into a third amendment to the senior secured credit facilities that, among other things: (i) increases the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million; and (ii) amends the covenant limiting restricted payments to permit certain tax distributions by Summit Holdings to facilitate distribution of amounts payable pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. The third amendment will become effective upon satisfaction of certain customary conditions and the consummation of this offering.

The senior secured credit facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that allow us the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million and (ii) an additional amount so long as the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 3.50:1.00. Availability of such incremental facilities will be subject to, among other conditions, the absence of an event of default and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants under the credit agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

 

162


Table of Contents

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay some or all of the then outstanding amounts under our senior secured credit facilities.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Borrower’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% in the case of the term loan facility) plus 1.00% or (ii) a British Bankers Association LIBOR rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% in the case of the term debt) determined by reference to Reuters two business days prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for the term debt is 3.75% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.75% in the case of base rate loans. The applicable margin on the revolving credit facility is 3.50% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.50% in the case of base rate loans (or 4.50% and 3.50% in the case of the $19.0 million of available revolving credit loans discussed above, for which no reductions to margins were made) and will be subject to one 25 basis point step-down upon the Borrower attaining a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of 2.50:1.00.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the Borrower is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The Borrower is also required to pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Mandatory Prepayments

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities requires us to prepay outstanding term debt, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    commencing with the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% upon the Borrower attaining certain consolidated first lien net leverage ratios) of annual excess cash flow less the principal amount of certain debt prepayments;

 

    100% of the net proceeds from certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation proceeds, subject to certain threshold amounts of net proceeds and, if no default exists, to a 100% reinvestment right if reinvested or committed to be reinvested within 12 months of receipt so long as any committed reinvestment is actively reinvested within 18 months of receipt; and

 

    100% of the net proceeds from issuances or incurrence of certain debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted to be incurred under the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities.

The Borrower may apply the foregoing mandatory prepayments to the term loan in direct order of maturity.

Voluntary Prepayments

The Borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty; provided that voluntary prepayments of LIBOR rate loans made on a date other than the last day of an interest period applicable thereto shall be subject to customary breakage costs.

In addition, with respect to certain repricings or refinancings of the term debt within six months after January 16, 2014, the Borrower will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term debt that is repriced or refinanced.

 

163


Table of Contents

Amortization and Final Maturity

The Borrower is required to make scheduled quarterly payments each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term debt made on the initial closing date, with the balance due on January 30, 2019. The Borrower will not be required to make any scheduled payments under the revolving credit facility. The principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable on January 30, 2017.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Summit Materials Intermediate Holdings, LLC, and each existing and future direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiary of the Borrower (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that are precluded by law, regulation or contractual obligation from guaranteeing the obligations and certain subsidiaries excluded via customary exceptions) and by the Borrower’s non-wholly-owned subsidiary Continental Cement (collectively, the “Credit Agreement Guarantors”).

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, will be secured by substantially all of the following assets of the Borrower and each subsidiary that is a Credit Agreement Guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

    a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Borrower and 100% of the capital stock of each material domestic subsidiary that is directly owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors, promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing indebtedness owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of each wholly-owned foreign subsidiary that is, in each case, directly owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors; and

 

    a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets (above a materiality threshold in the case of mortgages) of the Borrower and each subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantor.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    change its fiscal year;

 

    enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

    make investments, loans or advances;

 

    repay subordinated indebtedness;

 

    make certain acquisitions;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    change its lines of business.

In addition, the senior secured credit facilities require the Borrower to maintain a quarterly maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio and a quarterly minimum interest coverage ratio.

 

164


Table of Contents

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default (including, among others, an event of default upon a change of control). If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Senior Notes

On January 30, 2012, the Issuers issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due January 31, 2020. On January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, the Issuers issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million aggregate principal amount, respectively, of senior notes. The senior notes have substantially the same terms and vote as one class under the indenture pursuant to which they were issued, provided that the senior notes issued on September 8, 2014 are subject to a registration rights agreement and the Issuers may be required to pay additional interest to holders of the senior notes issued on September 8, 2014 if the Issuers fail to satisfy their obligations under such registration rights agreement.

The senior notes bear interest at a rate of 10.5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 31 and July 31. The Issuers’ obligations under the senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of Summit Materials, LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities and by its non-wholly-owned subsidiary Continental Cement.

At any time prior to January 31, 2016, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable premium as of the redemption date under the terms of the indenture and accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price during each of the twelve-month periods following January 31, 2016 and January 31, 2017 and at any time after January 31, 2018 is 105.250%, 102.625% and 100.000% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, respectively.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control or upon the sale of certain assets in which the Issuers do not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the senior notes will have the right to require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase each holder’s senior notes at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The senior notes contain covenants limiting, among other things, Summit Materials, LLC’s and the guarantor subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Summit Materials, LLC’s assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes also contain customary events of default.

 

165


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of Capital Stock,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to Summit Materials, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 250,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 250,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Class B Common Stock

The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are held by a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and

 

166


Table of Contents

Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of a conversion rate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Summit Materials, Inc.

Any holder of Class B common stock other than Summit Owner Holdco that does not also hold LP Units is required to surrender any such shares of Class B common stock (including fractions thereof) to Summit Materials, Inc.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A or Class B common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

    the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

    the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

    the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

 

    whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

    restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common

 

167


Table of Contents

stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or

 

168


Table of Contents

exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved Class A common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors with a maximum of 15 directors.

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

169


Table of Contents

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Blackstone and its affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate, less than 30% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone, any vacancies on our board of directors, and any newly created directorships, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% of voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of Blackstone and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

 

170


Table of Contents

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions will not apply to Blackstone and its affiliates so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

    the provision requiring a 66  2 3 % supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;

 

171


Table of Contents
    the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

    the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

    the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

    the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

    the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly-created directorships;

 

    the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

    the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66  2 3 % supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or

 

172


Table of Contents

any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Blackstone, Silverhawk or any of their respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Blackstone, Silverhawk or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

173


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our Class A common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

Listing

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “SUM.”

 

174


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with shares of Class A common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets by a non-U.S. holder.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable United States Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local, alternative minimum or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, trader, broker or dealer in securities, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity)), a person who acquired shares of our Class A common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of the shares of Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

 

175


Table of Contents

Dividends

Cash distributions on shares of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your tax basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment) generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on earnings and profits attributable to such dividends that are effectively connected with its United States trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to its United States permanent establishment).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable IRS Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if shares of our Class A common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to discussions below of the backup withholding tax and “FATCA’’ legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain (or, if an income tax treaty applies, at such lower rate as may be specified by the treaty on its gains

 

176


Table of Contents

attributable to its United States permanent establishment). Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code.

We have not determined whether we are a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as shares of our Class A common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of shares of our Class A common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our Class A common stock that are owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional FATCA Withholding Requirements

Under Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our Class A common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide

 

177


Table of Contents

sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

 

178


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the Class A common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

The acquisition of the Class A common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may apply to the acquisition of the Class A common stock. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

Plan Asset Issues

ERISA and the regulations (the “Plan Asset Regulations”) promulgated under ERISA by the DOL generally provide that when an ERISA Plan acquires an equity interest in an entity that is neither a “publicly-offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the ERISA Plan’s assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity unless it is established either that less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest in the entity is held by “benefit plan investors” as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA or that the entity is an “operating company,” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations. Although no assurances can be given, we believe that we qualify as an “operating company”.

In addition, although no assurances can be given, it is anticipated that the Class A common stock will qualify for the exemption for a “publicly-offered security”. For purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, a “publicly offered security” is a security that is (a) “freely transferable”, (b) part of a class of securities that is “widely held,” and (c) (i) sold to the ERISA Plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities to which such security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public has occurred, or (ii) is part of a class of securities that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. We intend to effect such a registration under the Securities Act and Exchange Act. The Plan Asset Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of

 

179


Table of Contents

securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial offering thereof as a result of events beyond the control of the issuer. The Plan Asset Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all the relevant facts and circumstances. It is anticipated that the Class A common stock will be “widely held” and will be “freely transferable,” each within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, although no assurance can be given in this regard.

Plan Asset Consequences

If the assets of the Issuer were deemed to be “plan assets” under ERISA, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by the Issuer, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which the Issuer might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code.

Because of the foregoing, the Class A common stock should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Accordingly, by acceptance of the Class A common stock, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the Class A common stock will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire the Class A common stock constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase of the Class A common stock by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the Class A common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the Class A common stock.

 

180


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Currently, no shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock are outstanding.

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 23,251,405 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the 22,222,222 shares sold in this offering (or 25,555,555 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer. The remaining outstanding 1,029,183 shares of Class A common stock held by Summit Owner Holdco will be subject to certain restrictions on resale.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our pre-IPO owners, holders of LP Units may, from and after the first anniversary of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. Upon consummation of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will hold 69,007,298 LP Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 160,333 shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon exchanges of LP Units or exercise of warrants would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. The 1,029,183 shares of Class A common stock held by Summit Owner Holdco upon completion of this offering will also be “restricted securities.” However, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

In addition, 13,500,000 shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 13,500,000 shares of Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings permits Summit Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partnership interests of Summit Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LP Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

181


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act the offering of the shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LP Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Blackstone will have the right to request an unlimited number of “demand” registrations, the Class B Unitholders will have the right to request one “demand” registration, and Blackstone, certain other pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders will have customary “piggyback” registration rights.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our officers, directors and certain of our pre-IPO owners have agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities.” Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a substantially similar 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to the shares of Class A common stock purchased through such program. The representatives of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

182


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of our Class A common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                    Incorporated

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P.

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of
                        BB&T Securities, LLC

  

Stephens Inc.

  

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  22,222,222   
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of Class A common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

    the obligation to purchase all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of our Class A common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

    the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

    there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

    we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 3,333,333 additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial offering price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay us for the shares.

 

     Per Share    Total
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
   No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Public offering price

           

Underwriting discounts and commissions

           

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

           

 

183


Table of Contents

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of this offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $7.5 million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), including up to $         in connection with the qualification of this offering with FINRA by counsel to the underwriters.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 3,333,333 shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of our Class A common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares to the underwriters.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors, participants in our directed share program and certain holders of our Class A common stock have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common stock, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by us or these other persons (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which we or such other persons has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC. We and such other persons have agreed that these restrictions expressly preclude us and such other persons from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of our or such other persons’ common stock if such common stock would be disposed of by someone other than us or such other persons. Prohibited hedging or other transactions includes any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of our or such other persons’ common stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such common stock.

The restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply to:

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock (1) by will or intestacy, (2) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (3) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of a security holder or the immediate family of such security holder, (4) to any immediate family member or other dependent of the security holder, (5) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the security holder, (6) to the security holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the security holder, (7) in connection with the exchange of LP Units for shares of common stock, (8) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (1) through (6) above, (9) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (10) from an executive officer of ours or our parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive

 

184


Table of Contents
 

officer, (11) in connection with transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock issued in this offering acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering so long as no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or be voluntarily made and/or (12) with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. In the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (8) and (9) above, (i) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, must agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions described in the paragraph above and (ii) any such transfer or distribution does not involve a disposition for value, other than with respect to any such transfer or distribution for which the transferor or distributor receives (A) equity interests of such transferee or (B) such transferee’s interests in the transferor. In the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (7), if any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made (i) the security holder must provide Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. prior written notice informing them of such filing and (ii) such filing must disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions described in the paragraph above;

 

    if the security holder is a corporation, the corporation may transfer our capital stock to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it is a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement and there will be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with the lock-up agreement, and provided further that any such transfer must not involve a disposition for value;

 

    the establishment by a security holder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith other than general disclosure in our periodic reports to the effect that our directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time;

 

    the shares of Class A common stock, LP Units or any such substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this prospectus and described herein;

 

    the issuance of up to 25% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock immediately following this offering (assuming all LP Units outstanding are redeemed or exchanged for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis) in connection with acquisitions, joint ventures or mergers, and the filing of a registration statement in connection thereto, so long as each party that receives shares of Class A common stock agrees to a substantially similar 180-day lock-up restriction as described above; and/or

 

    the delivery of shares of stock and/or LP Units to holders of interests in our company as contemplated by this prospectus.

In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such extension.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock, the representatives will consider:

 

    the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

185


Table of Contents
    our financial information;

 

    the ability of our management, present stage of development and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

    the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

    the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our Class A common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

186


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Such underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the bookrunners of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

Listing

Our Class A common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “SUM.”

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

Purchasers of the shares of our Class A common stock offered in this prospectus may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax advisor with respect to whether you may be required to pay those taxes or charges, as well as any other tax consequences that may arise under the laws of the country of purchase.

Conflicts of Interest

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., which is deemed an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate, is a member of FINRA and an underwriter in this offering. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they may receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. were joint bookrunners, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was administrative agent, collateral agent, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. was co-documentation agent and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. was syndication agent and, together with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, were joint lead arrangers under our existing $422 million senior secured term loan and $150 million senior revolving credit facility. Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are

 

187


Table of Contents

expected to serve as lenders under our senior revolving credit facility upon consummation of this offering, at which time the revolving credit commitment will be increased to $235.0 million. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of Blackstone, were initial purchasers under $250 million, $260 million and $115 million aggregate principal amounts of our senior notes issued on January 30, 2012, January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, respectively.

In the ordinary course of business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, team members and other individuals associated with us and members of their respective families. These sales will be made by an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to any shares purchased through the directed share program, which restriction may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the 180-day lock-up restrictions described in “—No Sales of Similar Securities.”

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the

 

188


Table of Contents

shares acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter agrees that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or

 

189


Table of Contents

the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

190


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

191


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. as of December 27, 2014 has been included herein in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and each of the years in the three-year period ended December 27, 2014 have been included herein in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

192


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and shares of our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

193


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited Balance Sheet of Summit Materials, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of December 27, 2014

     F-3   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 27, 2014 and December  28, 2013

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 27, 2014, December  28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 27, 2014, December  28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 27, 2014, December  28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-9   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-10   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

of Summit Materials, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. (the Company) as of December 27, 2014. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet and notes thereto. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Materials, Inc. as of December 27, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

February 22, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Balance Sheet

December 27, 2014

 

Assets

Total assets

$ —     
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity

Stockholder’s Equity

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

  —     

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

  —     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

$ —     
  

 

 

 

See notes to the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Notes to Balance Sheet

(1) ORGANIZATION

Summit Materials, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on September 23, 2014. The Company’s fiscal year is based on a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday. The 53-week year occurs approximately once every seven years. The additional week in the 53-week year will be included in the fourth quarter. The Company’s 2014 fiscal year end is on December 27, 2014. The Company had no activity from inception on September 23, 2014 to December 27, 2014.

The Company was formed for the purpose of completing certain reorganization and spin-off transactions in order to be the parent of and carry on the business of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and the related subsidiaries held by Summit Materials Holdings L.P. In connection with the completion of an offering of equity securities by the Company, the Company will contribute cash to Summit Materials Holdings L.P. in exchange for a minority interest.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and stockholder’s equity have not been presented as there have been no activities during the period from September 23, 2014 (date of inception) and December 27, 2014.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

On September 23, 2014, the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class A common stock and 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class B common stock. The authorized shares have not been issued. The Company’s board of directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the shares of the two classes of common stock.

(4) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated subsequent events through February 22, 2015, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Partners

of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows, and changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 27, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 27, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

February 22, 2015

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

 

    December 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash

  $ 13,215     $ 18,183  

Accounts receivable, net

    141,302       99,337  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

    10,174       10,767  

Inventories

    111,553       96,432  

Other current assets

    17,172       13,181  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  293,416     237,900  

Property, plant and equipment, net

  950,601     831,778  

Goodwill

  419,270     127,038  

Intangible assets, net

  17,647     15,147  

Other assets

  48,843     39,197  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,729,777   $ 1,251,060  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt

$ 5,275   $ 30,220  

Current portion of acquisition-related liabilities

  18,402     10,635  

Accounts payable

  78,854     72,104  

Accrued expenses

  101,496     57,251  

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

  8,958     9,263  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  212,985     179,473  

Long-term debt

  1,059,642     658,767  

Acquisition-related liabilities

  42,736     23,756  

Other noncurrent liabilities

  93,691     77,480  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  1,409,054     939,476  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 14)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

  33,740      24,767   

Partners’ interest:

Class A interests, 31,502 and 31,261 interests authorized, issued and outstanding December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

  466,610      463,010   

Class B interests, 2,607 and 1,220 interests authorized, issued and outstanding December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

  39,751     19,000  

Class C interests, 381 and 363 interests authorized, issued and outstanding December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

  —       —    

Class D interests, 9,478 and 9,889 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively

  —       —    

Additional paid in capital

  12,286     8,152  

Accumulated deficit

  (217,416   (198,511

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (15,546   (6,045
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Partners’ interest

  285,685      285,606   

Noncontrolling interest

  1,298      1,211   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ interest

  286,983      286,817   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest

$ 1,729,777   $ 1,251,060  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

(In thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Revenue:

      

Product

   $ 838,026      $ 593,570      $ 588,762   

Service

     366,205        322,631        337,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  1,204,231      916,201      926,254   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below):

Product

  598,732      430,172      444,569   

Service

  288,428      246,880      268,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  887,160      677,052      713,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

  150,732      142,000      127,215   

Goodwill impairment

  —        68,202      —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

  87,826      72,934      68,290   

Transaction costs

  8,554      3,990      1,988   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  69,959      (47,977   15,415   

Other income, net

  (3,447   (1,737   (1,182

Loss on debt financings

  —        3,115      9,469   

Interest expense

  86,742      56,443      58,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

  (13,336   (105,798   (50,951

Income tax benefit

  (6,983   (2,647   (3,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

  (6,353   (103,151   (47,031

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

  (71   528      3,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (6,282   (103,679   (50,577

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  2,495      3,112      1,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to partners of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

$ (8,777 $ (106,791 $ (52,496
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

(In thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Net loss

   $ (6,282   $ (103,679   $ (50,577

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Postretirement curtailment adjustment

     (1,346     —          —     

Postretirement liability adjustment

     (3,919     4,407        (3,648

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (5,816     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

  (11,081   4,407      (3,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  (17,363   (99,272   (54,225

Less comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

  915      4,434      824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to partners of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

$ (18,278 $ (103,706 $ (55,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

(In thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Cash flow from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (6,282   $ (103,679   $ (50,577

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     95,211        75,927        72,179   

Net interest expense

     252        3,256        3,266   

Share-based compensation expense

     2,235        2,315        2,533   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (5,927     (4,408     (3,468

Net (gain) loss on asset disposals

     6,500        12,419        2,564   

Goodwill impairment

     —          68,202        —     

Loss on debt financings

     —          2,989        9,469   

Other

     (957     (1,098     (874

(Increase) decrease in operating assets, net of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     (10,366     9,884        5,201   

Inventories

     (3,735     499        (1,726

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     1,359        196        6,931   

Other current assets

     (3,997     (453     3,494   

Other assets

     4,767        (1,708     1,189   

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities, net of acquisitions:

      

Accounts payable

     (6,455     4,067        (6,076

Accrued expenses

     13,162        (742     17,175   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

     (305     1,998        2,589   

Other liabilities

     (6,373     (3,252     (1,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  79,089      66,412      62,279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  (397,854   (61,601   (48,757

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  (76,162   (65,999   (45,488

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

  13,366      16,085      8,836   

Other

  (630   —        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

  (461,280   (111,515   (85,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

Capital contributions by partners

  24,350      —        —     

Proceeds from debt issuances

  762,250      234,681      726,442   

Payments on long-term debt

  (389,270   (188,424   (697,438

Payments on acquisition-related liabilities

  (10,935   (9,801   (7,519

Financing costs

  (9,085   (3,864   (13,081

Other

  (88   (3   (702
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  377,222      32,589      7,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

  (4,969   (12,514   (15,359

Cash—beginning of period

  18,184      30,698      46,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—end of period

$ 13,215    $ 18,184    $ 30,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

Years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

 

  Partners’ Interests   Class A   Class B   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other

comprehensive
loss
  Noncontrolling
interest
  Total
partners’
interest
  Redeemable
noncontrolling
interest
 
                 
  Class A   Class B   Class C   Class D  

Balance—December 31, 2011

  31,305      1,220      372      8,495    $ 463,510    $ 19,000    $ 3,463    $ (40,932 $ (6,577 $ 1,174    $ 439,638    $ 21,300   

Accretion/ redemption value adjustment

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (657   —        —        (657 )     657   

Issuance (redemption) of Class C and Class D Interests

  —        —        (9 )     70      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     

Net (loss) income

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (52,496   —        (69   (52,565 )     1,988   

Other comprehensive loss

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (2,553   —        (2,553 )     (1,095

Repurchase of partners’ interest

  (44 )     —        —        —        (500   —        (156   —        —        —        (656 )     —     

Share-based compensation

  —        —        —        —        —        —        2,533      —        —        —        2,533      —     

Payment of Dividends

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (46   (46   —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2012

  31,261      1,220      363      8,565      463,010      19,000      5,840      (94,085   (9,130   1,059      385,694      22,850   

Accretion/ redemption value adjustment

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        2,365      —        —        2,365      (2,365

Issuance (redemption) of Class C and Class D Interests

  —        —        —        1,324      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     

Net (loss) income

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (106,791   —        152      (106,639   2,960   

Other comprehensive income

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        3,085      —        3,085      1,322   

Repurchase of partners’ interest

  —        —        —        —        —        —        (3   —        —        —        (3   —     

Share-based compensation

  —        —        —        —        —        —        2,315      —        —        —        2,315      —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 28, 2013

  31,261      1,220      363      9,889      463,010      19,000      8,152      (198,511   (6,045   1,211      286,817      24,767   

Contributed capital

  241      1,387      —        —        3,600      20,751      —        —        —        —        24,351      —     

Accretion/ redemption value adjustment

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (8,145   —        —        (8,145   8,145   

Issuance (redemption) of Class C and Class D Interests

  —        —        18      (411   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —     

Net (loss) income

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (8,777   —        87      (8,690   2,408   

Other comprehensive loss

  —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (9,501   —        (9,501   (1,580

Repurchase of partners’ interest

  —        —        —        —        —        —        (88   —        —        —        (88   —     

Share-based compensation

  —        —        —        —        —        —        4,222      (1,983   —        —        2,239      —     

Payment of Dividends

    —        —        —        —        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2014

  31,502      2,607      381      9,478    $ 466,610    $ 39,751    $ 12,286    $ (217,416 $ (15,546 $ 1,298    $ 286,983    $ 33,740   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in tables in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

(1) Summary of Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“Summit Materials”) is a vertically-integrated construction materials company. Across its subsidiaries, it is engaged in the manufacturing and sale of aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. It is also engaged in road paving and related construction services. Summit Materials owns and operates quarries, sand and gravel pits, a cement plant, cement distribution terminals, asphalt plants, ready–mixed concrete plants and landfill sites. The operations of Summit Materials are conducted primarily across 17 states and British Columbia, Canada, with the most significant portion of the Company’s revenue generated in Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri.

Summit Materials’ majority owners are certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. (“BCP”). Summit Materials has a number of subsidiaries that have individually made a number of acquisitions through 2014. The Company is organized by geographic region and has three operating segments, which are also its reporting segments: the Central; West; and East regions.

Principles of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Summit Materials and its majority owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company attributes consolidated partners’ interest and net income separately to the controlling and noncontrolling interests. The Company accounts for investments in entities for which it has an ownership of 20% to 50% using the equity method of accounting.

Noncontrolling interests represent a 30% redeemable ownership in Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“Continental Cement”) and a 20% ownership in Ohio Valley Asphalt, LLC. In 2013, Continental Cement changed its fiscal year from a calendar year to a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday, consistent with Summit Materials’ fiscal year. Continental Cement’s fiscal year end in 2014 was December 27 compared to December 28 in 2013 and the calendar year ended December 31 in 2012. The effect of this change to the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity was immaterial. Each of the fiscal years presented were composed of 52 weeks.

Use of Estimates —The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill, intangible and other long-lived assets, pension and other postretirement obligations, asset retirement obligations and the redeemable noncontrolling interest. Estimates also include revenue earned and costs to complete open contracts. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from estimates made. Changes in estimates, including those resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment, will be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the period in which the change in estimate occurs.

Business and Credit Concentrations —The majority of the Company’s customers are located in Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri and accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from customers within these states. Collection of these accounts is, therefore, dependent on the economic conditions in the aforementioned states. However, credit granted within the Company’s trade areas has been granted to a wide variety of customers. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 2014, 2013 or 2012. Management does not believe that any significant concentrations of credit exist with respect to individual customers or groups of customers.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. Management provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to a valuation allowance based on its assessment of the collectability of individual accounts. In establishing the allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and its customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and current payment terms. Balances that remain outstanding after reasonable collection efforts are exercised are written off through a charge to the valuation allowance.

The balances billed but not paid by customers, pursuant to retainage provisions included in contracts, will be due upon completion of the contracts.

Revenue and Cost Recognition —Revenue for product sales are recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, title passes, which is generally when the product is shipped, and collection is reasonably assured. Product revenue includes sales of aggregates, cement and other materials to customers, net of discounts, allowances or taxes, as applicable.

Revenue from construction contracts are included in service revenue and are recognized under the percentage-of-completion accounting method. The percent complete is measured by the cost incurred to date compared to the estimated total cost of each project. This method is used as management considers expended cost to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts, the majority of which are completed within one year, but may occasionally extend beyond one year. Inherent uncertainties in estimating costs make it at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change within the near term and over the life of the contracts.

Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance and completion. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are estimable. General and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and income. Such revisions are recognized in the period in which they are determined. An amount equal to contract costs incurred that are attributable to claims is included in revenue when realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings are composed principally of revenue recognized on contracts (on the percentage-of-completion method) for which billings had not been presented to customers because the amount were not billable under the contract terms at the balance sheet date. In accordance with the contract terms, the unbilled receivables at December 27, 2014 will be billed in 2015. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent billings in excess of revenue recognized.

Revenue from the receipt of waste fuels is classified as service revenue and is based on fees charged for the waste disposal, which are recognized when the waste is accepted.

Inventories —Inventories consist of stone removed from quarries and processed for future sale, cement, raw materials and finished concrete blocks. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and are accounted for on a first-in first-out basis or an average cost basis. If items become obsolete or otherwise unusable or if quantities exceed what is projected to be sold within a reasonable period of time, they will be charged to costs of production in the period that the items are designated as obsolete or excess inventory. Stripping costs are costs of removing overburden and waste material to access aggregate materials and are recognized in cost of revenue in the same period as the revenue from the sale of the inventory.

Property, Plant and Equipment, net —Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization. Expenditures for additions and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs that do not substantially expand productive capacity or extend the life of property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Landfill airspace is included in property, plant and equipment at cost and is amortized based on utilization of the asset. Management reassesses the landfill airspace capacity with any changes in value recorded in cost of revenue. Capitalized landfill costs include expenditures for the acquisition of land and related airspace, engineering and permitting costs, cell construction costs and direct site improvement costs.

Upon disposal of an asset, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Company’s accounts and any gain or loss is included in general and administrative expenses.

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment, including assets subject to capital leases, is computed on a straight-line basis or based on the economic usage over the estimated useful life of the asset. The estimated useful lives are generally as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

  7—40 years   

Plant, machinery and equipment

  20—40 years   

Mobile equipment and barges

  15—20 years   

Office equipment

  3—6 years     

Truck and auto fleet

  5—10 years   

Landfill airspace and improvements

  5—60 years   

Other

  2—10 years   

Depletion of mineral reserves is calculated for proven and probable reserves by the units of production method on a site-by-site basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term.

The Company reviews the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. Such indicators may include, among others, deterioration in general economic conditions, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods.

Property, plant and equipment is tested for impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. As a result, the property, plant and equipment impairment test is at a significantly lower level than the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment. In markets where the Company does not produce downstream products (e.g., ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services), the lowest level of largely independent identifiable cash flows is at the individual aggregates operation or a group of aggregates operations collectively serving a local market or the cement operations, as a whole. Conversely, in vertically-integrated markets, the cash flows of the downstream and upstream businesses are not largely independently identifiable and the vertically-integrated operations are considered the lowest level of largely independent identifiable cash flows.

In addition, assets are assessed for impairment charges when identified for disposition. Projected losses from disposition are recognized in the period in which they become estimable, which may be in advance of the actual disposition. The net loss from asset dispositions recognized in general and administrative expenses in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6.5 million, $12.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. No material impairment charges have been recognized on assets held for use in 2014, 2013 or 2012. The losses are commonly a result of the cash flows expected from selling the asset being less than the expected cash flows that could be generated from holding the asset for use.

Accrued Mining and Landfill Reclamation —The mining reclamation reserve and financial commitments for landfill closure and post-closure activities are based on management’s estimate of future cost requirements to reclaim property at both currently operating and closed sites. Estimates of these obligations have been developed based on management’s interpretation of current requirements and proposed regulatory changes and are intended

 

F-13


Table of Contents

to approximate fair value. Costs are estimated in current dollars, inflated until the expected time of payment, using an inflation rate of 2.5%, and then discounted back to present value using a credit-adjusted, risk-free rate on obligations of similar maturity, adjusted to reflect the Company’s credit rating. Changes in the credit-adjusted, risk-free rate do not change recorded liabilities. However, subsequent increases in the recognized obligations are measured using a current credit-adjusted, risk-free rate. Decreases in the recognized obligations are measured at the initial credit-adjusted, risk-free rate.

Significant changes in inflation rates or the amount or timing of future cost estimates typically result in both (1) a current adjustment to the recorded liability (and corresponding adjustment to the asset) and (2) a change in accretion of the liability and depreciation of the asset to be recorded prospectively over the remaining capacity of the unmined quarry or landfill.

Intangible Assets —The Company’s intangible assets are primarily composed of lease agreements, reserve rights and trade names. The assets related to lease agreements are a result of the submarket royalty rates paid under agreements, primarily, for extracting aggregate. The values were determined as of the respective acquisition dates by a comparison of market-royalty rates to contract-royalty rates. The reserve rights relate to aggregate reserves to which the Company has the rights of ownership, but do not own the reserves. The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the leases. Continental Cement’s trade name composes the majority of the remaining intangible assets. The following table shows intangible assets by type and in total:

 

     December 27, 2014      December 28, 2013  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Leases

   $ 10,357       $ (2,031   $ 8,326       $ 10,430       $ (1,604   $ 8,826   

Reserve rights

     9,094         (540     8,554         5,890         (221     5,669   

Trade names

     1,020         (470     550         1,020         (368     652   

Other

     249         (32     217         —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

$ 20,720    $ (3,073 $ 17,647    $ 17,340    $ (2,193 $ 15,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

2015

$ 3,105   

2016

  1,675   

2017

  956   

2018

  956   

2019

  956   

Thereafter

  9,999   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 17,647   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Company’s acquisitions is primarily attributable to the expected profitability, assembled workforces of the acquired businesses and the synergies expected to arise after the Company’s acquisition of those businesses. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested annually for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter and whenever events or circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill impairment test first uses a qualitative approach to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that an impairment is more likely than not, the two-step quantitative impairment test is then performed, otherwise further analysis is not required. The two-step impairment test first identifies potential goodwill impairment for each reporting unit and then, if necessary, measures the amount of

 

F-14


Table of Contents

the impairment loss. Goodwill is tested for impairment based on the Company’s operating companies, which management has determined to be the Company’s reporting units, which are one level below its segments in the Central and West regions. The East region is considered to be a single reporting unit.

Income Taxes —As a limited partnership, Summit Materials’ federal and state income tax attributes are generally passed to its partners. However, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are taxable entities, the provisions for which are included in the consolidated financial statements. For the Company’s taxable entities, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the tax basis and financial statement amounts that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company evaluates the tax positions taken on income tax returns that remain open to examination by the respective tax authorities from prior years and positions expected to be taken on the current year tax returns to identify uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties are recorded in income tax expense.

Fair Value Measurements —The fair value accounting guidance establishes the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 —   Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 —   Inputs other than Level 1 that are based on observable market data, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets, inputs that are observable that are not prices and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by observable markets.
Level 3 —   Valuations developed from unobservable data, reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, which market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 are as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Accrued expenses:

     

Current portion of contingent consideration

   $ 2,375       $ —     

Acquisition- related liabilities

     

Contingent consideration

   $ 5,379       $ 1,908   

Certain acquisitions made by the Company require the payment of additional consideration contingent upon the achievement of specified operating results, referred to as contingent consideration or earn-out obligations. These payments will not be made if earn-out thresholds are not achieved. Approximately $4.5 million and $1.9 million of the increase in contingent consideration obligations relate to the January 17, 2014 acquisition of Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP and certain assets of Barten Shepard Investments, LP (collectively, “Alleyton”) and the October 3, 2014 acquisition of Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc. and all of the membership interests of Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C. and Builders Choice Concrete Company of Missouri, L.L.C. (collectively, “Concrete Supply”), respectively. No material earn-out payments have been made to date.

Summit Materials records contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date and then measures its fair value each reporting period. Any adjustments to fair value are recognized in earnings in the period identified. Management of the Company determines the appropriate policies and procedures to be used when determining the fair value of contingent consideration. Its fair values are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3

 

F-15


Table of Contents

assumptions, including projected probability-weighted cash payments and an 11.0% discount rate, which reflects the Company’s credit risk. Changes in fair value may occur as a result of a change in actual or projected cash payments, the probability weightings applied by the Company to projected payments or a change in the discount rate. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower, or higher, fair value measurement. In 2014 and 2012, we recognized immaterial reductions to contingent consideration of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Financial Instruments —The Company’s financial instruments include certain acquisition-related liabilities (deferred consideration and noncompete obligations) and debt. The fair value of the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations approximate their carrying value of $49.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively, as of December 27, 2014 and $28.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, as of December 28, 2013. The fair value was determined based on Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, including the cash payment terms in the purchase agreements and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s credit risk.

The fair value of long-term debt was approximately $1,101.9 million and $696.5 million as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, compared to its carrying value of $1,064.9 million and $663.0 million, respectively. Fair value was determined based on Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, including observable inputs, specifically quoted prices for these instruments in inactive markets. The fair value of Company’s revolving credit facility approximated its carrying value of $26.0 million at December 28, 2013. There were no outstanding borrowings on the revolving credit facility as of December 27, 2014.

(2) Acquisitions

The Company has acquired a number of entities since its formation in 2009, which were financed through a combination of debt and contributions from investors. The operations of each acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since the respective dates of the acquisitions. The Company measures all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition-date fair value.

2014 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On September 30, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding ownership interests in Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., a Texas corporation, Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company (collectively “Colorado County S&G”). Colorado County S&G provides aggregates to the West Houston, Texas market. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

    On September 19, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Southwest Ready-Mix LLC (“Southwest Ready Mix”), which included two ready-mixed concrete plants and serves the downtown and southwest Houston, Texas markets. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

    On September 4, 2014, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares and certain shareholder notes of Rock Head Holdings Ltd. and B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., which collectively indirectly owned all of Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd.’s shares. The surviving entity, Mainland Sand & Gravel ULC. (“Mainland”), based in Surrey, British Columbia, is a supplier of aggregates to the Vancouver metropolitan area. The acquisition was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the September 8, 2014 issue and sale of $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020.

 

    On July 29, 2014, the Company acquired all of the assets of Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc. and CRM Mixers LP (collectively “Canyon Redi-Mix”). The acquired assets include two ready-mixed concrete plants, which serve the Permian Basin region of West Texas. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
    On March 31, 2014, the Company acquired all of the stock of Troy Vines, Inc., an integrated aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business headquartered in Midland, Texas, which serves the Permian Basin region of West Texas. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.

 

    On January 17, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Alleyton, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business in Houston, Texas. The Alleyton acquisition was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the January 17, 2014 issue and sale of $260.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020.

Central region

 

    On October 3, 2014, the Company acquired the stock of Concrete Supply, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business with operations in Kansas and Missouri. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

East region

 

    On June 9, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Buckhorn Materials LLC, an aggregates quarry in South Carolina, and Construction Materials Group LLC, a sand pit in South Carolina. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

2013 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Westroc, LLC, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete provider near Salt Lake City, Utah, with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Central region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired certain aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt assets of Lafarge North America, Inc. in and around Wichita, Kansas, with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

2012 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On November 30, 2012, the Company acquired all of the stock of Sandco, Inc., an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business in Colorado, with cash on-hand.

Central region

 

    On February 29, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets of Norris Quarries, LLC, an aggregates business in northwest Missouri, with proceeds from debt, including the Company’s revolving credit facility.

East region

 

    On October 5, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets of Kay & Kay Contracting, LLC, an aggregates, asphalt and paving business in Kentucky, with cash on-hand.

Revenue and net income from these acquisitions in the year ended December 27, 2014 was $197.5 million and $35.6 million, respectively, of which $150.9 million and $32.6 million, respectively, was attributable to Alleyton, Southwest Ready Mix and Colorado County S&G. Southwest Ready Mix and Colorado County S&G were

 

F-17


Table of Contents

integrated with Alleyton as of their respective acquisition dates such that disaggregated financial data is not available. The 2013 and 2012 acquisitions were integrated with existing operations on the respective acquisition dates such that disaggregated financial data is not available.

Pro Forma Financial Information (unaudited) — The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the financial results as if the 2014, 2013 and 2012 acquisitions occurred on the first day of fiscal year 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This supplemental pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made on the first day of the preceding fiscal year, nor is it indicative of any future results. The pro forma effect on revenue in the year ended December 28, 2013 was $305.7 million and $8.6 million from 2014 and 2013 acquisitions, respectively, and was $33.7 million and ($3.4) million, respectively, on net loss. The pro forma effect on revenue in the year ended December 29, 2012 was $82.4 million and $13.8 million from 2013 and 2012 acquisitions, respectively, and was $4.7 million and ($0.5) million, respectively, on net loss.

 

     Year Ended  
     December 27, 2014      December 28, 2013      December 29, 2012  

Revenue

   $ 1,326,861       $ 1,230,491       $ 1,022,535   

Net income (loss)

     8,181         (104,705      (46,405

The purchase price allocation for the Canyon Redi-Mix, Mainland, Southwest Ready Mix, Colorado County S&G and Concrete Supply acquisitions has not yet been finalized due to the recent timing of the acquisitions. The following table summarizes aggregated information regarding the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the respective acquisition dates in 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Alleyton
January 17, 2014
     Year Ended
December 27, 2014
(excluding Alleyton)
     Year Ended
December 28,
2013
     Year Ended
December 29,
2012
 

Financial assets

   $ 15,489      $ 22,101      $ 8,302      $ 1,397  

Inventories

     2,548        8,249        3,954        6,988  

Property, plant and equipment

     47,985        74,687        40,580        21,543  

Intangible assets(1)

     —          3,398        7,428        3,172  

Other assets

     2,595        3,337        52        1,330  

Financial liabilities

     (10,054 )      (17,610 )      (6,164 )      (944 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (990 )      (11,727 )      (1,050 )      (364 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  57,573     82,435     53,102     33,122  

Goodwill

  147,064     148,838     16,120     26,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase price

  204,637     231,273     69,222     59,352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition related liabilities

  (22,123 )   (10,656 )   (7,902 )   (10,547 )

Other

  (2,087 )   (3,190 )   281     (48 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

$ 180,427    $  217,427    $ 61,601    $  48,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Intangible assets acquired in 2013 related to aggregate reserves to which the Company has the rights of ownership, but does not own the reserves ($5.9 million) and the differential between contractual lease rates and market rates for leases of aggregate reserves and office space. The acquired intangible assets in total, the reserve rights and the lease assets have weighted-average lives of 18 years, 20 years and 11 years, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

(3) Goodwill

As of December 29, 2014, the Company had 11 reporting units with goodwill for which the annual goodwill impairment test was completed. To perform the annual impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company first assessed qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it was more likely than not (more than 50%) that the estimated fair value of its reporting units, excluding the Utah-based reporting unit, were less than the carrying amounts. As a result of the qualitative assessment, it was determined that an impairment was not more likely than not. Accordingly, for those reporting units, the two-step quantitative impairment test was not performed. The Utah-based reporting unit has negative equity and, therefore, the Company performed step 2 of the two-step impairment test. The second step of the test requires the allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to its assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss. The Company estimated the fair value of the Utah-based reporting unit’s assets and liabilities using either an income approach (a discounted cash flow technique) or a market approach, based on the nature of the asset and liability and the information available. These valuation methods used Level 2 and Level 3 assumptions, including, but not limited to, sales prices of similar assets, assumptions related to future profitability, cash flows, and discount rates. These estimates are based upon historical trends, management’s knowledge and experience and overall economic factors, including projections of future earnings potential. Developing discounted future cash flow estimates in applying the income approach required management to evaluate its intermediate to longer-term strategies, including, but not limited to, estimates about revenue growth, acquisition strategies, operating margins, capital requirements, inflation and working capital management. The development of appropriate rates to discount the estimated future cash flows required the selection of risk premiums, which can materially affect the present value of estimated future cash flows. Based on this analysis, it was determined that the Utah reporting unit’s fair value was greater than its carrying value, and no impairment charge was recognized in 2014.

During the annual test performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of 2013, management concluded that the estimated fair value of the Utah-based operations in the West region and of the East region were less than their respective carrying values. The estimated fair value of these operating units was estimated by applying a 50 percent weighting to both the discounted cash flow valuation and the market assessment, a discount rate of 11.0% and internal growth projections.

Based on the step two analysis, the Company recognized goodwill impairment charges of $68.2 million in the year ended December 28, 2013, as a result of uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the construction industry. After recognition of the goodwill impairment charges, the fair values of these reporting units’ goodwill recognized as of December 28, 2013 were:

 

     2013  

Goodwill:

  

Utah operations in the West region

   $ 36,589   

East region

     —    

No impairment charges were recognized prior to 2013.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The following table presents goodwill by reportable segments and in total:

 

     West      Central      East      Total  

Balance, December 29, 2012

   $ 91,393       $ 72,789       $ 14,938       $ 179,120   

Acquisitions

     16,120         —           —           16,120   

Impairment

     (53,264      —           (14,938      (68,202
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 28, 2013

  54,249      72,789      —        127,038   

Acquisitions

  246,506      23,236      26,160      295,902   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (3,670   —        —        (3,670
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 27, 2014

$ 297,085    $ 96,025    $ 26,160    $ 419,270   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(4) Discontinued Operations

The Company’s discontinued operations include a railroad construction and repair business (referred to herein as railroad), environmental remediation operations and certain concrete paving operations. The railroad business involved building and repairing railroad sidings. The environmental remediation operations primarily involved the repair of retaining walls along highways in Kentucky and the removal and remediation of underground fuel storage tanks. The railroad and environmental remediation operations were sold in 2012 in separate transactions for aggregate proceeds of $3.1 million. The concrete paving operations were wound down in 2013 and all assets had been sold in 2014. The results of these operations have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Prior to recognition as discontinued operations, all of these businesses were included in the East region’s operations.

Debt and interest expense were not allocated to these businesses since there was no debt specifically attributable to the operations. The discontinued businesses are organized within a limited liability company that passes its tax attributes for federal and state tax purposes to its parent company and is generally not subject to federal or state income tax. The railroad, environmental remediation and concrete paving businesses’ revenue and loss before income taxes, including an immaterial gain on sale, in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Total revenue

   $ 1,260       $ 3,884       $ 50,152   

(Income) loss from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (71      528         3,546   

(5) Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Trade accounts receivable

   $  131,060       $ 85,188   

Retention receivables

     12,053         15,966   

Receivables from related parties

     333         202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

  143,446      101,356   

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

  (2,144   (2,019
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

$ 141,302    $ 99,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retention receivables are amounts earned by the Company, but held by customers until projects have been fully completed or near completion. Amounts are expected to be billed and collected within a year.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

(6) Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Aggregate stockpiles

   $ 88,211       $ 70,300   

Finished goods

     8,826         11,207   

Work in process

     1,801         2,623   

Raw materials

     12,715         12,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 111,553    $ 96,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(7) Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Land (mineral bearing) and asset retirement costs

   $ 129,957       $ 107,007   

Land (non-mineral bearing)

     112,932         81,331   

Buildings and improvements

     86,702         77,535   

Plants, machinery and equipment

     622,466         553,113   

Mobile equipment and barges

     182,334         117,828   

Office equipment

     14,087         10,001   

Truck and auto fleet

     22,821         19,165   

Landfill airspace and improvements

     48,513         46,841   

Construction in progress

     8,445         29,560   

Other

     1,719         1,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

  1,229,976      1,044,160   

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

  (279,375   (212,382
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

$ 950,601    $ 831,778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of property, plant and equipment was $85.8 million, $71.4 million and $68.6 million for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

Property, plant and equipment at December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 included $30.0 million and $11.3 million, respectively, of capital leases for certain equipment and a building with accumulated amortization of $3.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The equipment leases generally have terms of less than five years and the building lease had an original term of 30 years. Approximately $17.5 million of the future obligations associated with the capital leases are included in accrued expenses and the present value of the remaining capital lease payments is included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Future minimum rental commitments under long-term capital leases are $18.1 million, $5.1 million, $5.3 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

(8) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Interest

   $ 32,475       $ 17,294   

Payroll and benefits

     20,326         16,368   

Capital lease obligations

     17,530         2,068   

Insurance

     11,402         7,445   

Non-income taxes

     5,520         4,168   

Professional fees

     3,299         2,352   

Other(1)

     10,944         7,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 101,496    $ 57,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Consists primarily of subcontractor and working capital settlement accruals.

(9) Debt

Debt as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 is summarized as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Revolving credit facility

   $ —         $ 26,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

$625.0 million senior notes, including a $26.5 million net premium at December 27, 2014 and $250 million senior notes, net of $4.0 million discount at December 28, 2013

$ 651,548    $ 245,971   

$415.7 million term loan, net of $2.3 million discount at December 27, 2014 and $419.9 million, net of $2.9 million discount at December 28, 2013

  413,369      417,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  1,064,917      662,987   

Current portion of long-term debt

  5,275      4,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 1,059,642    $ 658,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total contractual payments of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 27, 2014 are as follows:

 

2015

$ 5,275   

2016

  4,220   

2017

  4,220   

2018

  3,165   

2019

  398,790   

Thereafter

  625,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

  1,040,670   

Plus: Original issue net premium

  24,247   
  

 

 

 

Total debt

$ 1,064,917   
  

 

 

 

Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due January 31, 2020 (“Senior Notes”) under an indenture dated January 30, 2012 (as

 

F-22


Table of Contents

amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”). In addition to the Senior Notes, Summit Materials, LLC has credit facilities which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The debt was initially issued with an original issuance discount of $9.5 million, which was recorded as a reduction to debt and is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the debt. As a result of these transactions, $9.5 million of financing fees were charged to earnings in the year ended December 29, 2012.

On January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million, respectively, aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (the “Additional Notes”), receiving proceeds of $409.3 million, before payment of fees and expenses and including a $34.3 million premium. The proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes were used for the purchases of Alleyton and Mainland, to make payments on the revolving facility and for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes are treated as a single series with the $250.0 million of senior notes (the “Existing Notes”) and have substantially the same terms as those of the Existing Notes. The Additional Notes and the Existing Notes are treated as one class under the Indenture.

Senior Notes —Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears; interest payments commenced on July 31, 2012. The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Summit Materials, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The Indenture also contains customary events of default. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities —Under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Summit Materials, LLC has entered into term loans totaling $422.0 million with required principal repayments of 0.25% of term debt due on the last business day of each March, June, September and December. In February 2013, Summit Materials, LLC consummated a repricing, which included additional borrowings of $25.0 million, an interest rate reduction of 1.0% and a deferral of the March 2013 principal payment. The unpaid principal balance is due in full on the maturity date, which is January 30, 2019. As a result of this repricing, $3.1 million of financing fees were charged to earnings in the year ended December 28, 2013. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that allows Summit Materials, LLC the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the senior secured revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million plus (ii) an additional amount so long as Summit Materials, LLC is in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. The term loans bear interest per annum equal to, at Summit Materials, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the British Bankers Association London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00%, subject to a base rate floor of 2.25%, plus an applicable margin of 2.75% for base rate loans, or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to Reuters prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% plus an applicable margin of 3.75% for LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate in effect at December 27, 2014 was 5.0%.

Under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Summit Materials, LLC has revolving credit commitments of $150.0 million. The revolving credit facility matures on January 30, 2017 and bears interest per annum equal to, at Summit Materials, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.5% for base rate loans or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to Reuters prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs plus an applicable margin of 3.5% for LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate in effect at December 27, 2014 was 4.2%.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

There were no outstanding borrowings under the revolver facility as of December 27, 2014, leaving remaining borrowing capacity of $126.7 million, which is net of $23.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. The outstanding letters of credit are renewed annually and support required bonding on construction projects and the Company’s insurance liabilities.

Summit Materials, LLC must adhere to certain financial covenants related to its debt and interest leverage ratios, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The consolidated first lien net leverage ratio, reported each quarter, should be no greater than 4.75:1.0 from January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014; 4.50:1.0 from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and 4.25:1.0 thereafter. The interest coverage ratio must be at least 1.70:1.0 from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2014 and 1.85:1.0 thereafter. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants. Summit Materials, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiary companies and its non-wholly-owned subsidiary, Continental Cement, subject to certain exclusions and exceptions are named as subsidiary guarantors of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, Summit Materials, LLC has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral, subject to certain exclusions and exceptions, for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, $17.2 million and $11.5 million, respectively, of deferred financing fees were being amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method.

Other —On January 15, 2015, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary in British Columbia, Canada, Mainland, entered into an agreement with HSBC for a (a) $6.0 million Canadian dollar (“CAD”) revolving credit commitment to be used for operating activities that bears interest per annum equal to the bank’s prime rate plus 0.20%, (b) $0.5 million CAD revolving credit commitment to be used for capital equipment that bears interest per annum at the bank’s prime rate plus 0.90% and (c) $0.4 million CAD revolving credit commitment to provide guarantees on behalf of Mainland.

(10) Partners’ Interest

Summit Materials’ majority owners are certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. The limited partnership interests of Summit Materials consists of Class A-1 interests, Class A-2 interests, Class B-1 interests, Class C interests, Class D-1 interests and Class D-2 interests.

 

    Class A-1 Interests : equity interests that receive a preferential distribution up to their unreturned capital contribution and then participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions.

 

    Class A-2 Interests : equity interests that are issuable only upon the exchange of Class B-1 Interests, Class C Interests and Class D-1 Interests or Class D-1 Interests for Class A-2 Interests following any transfer of any such interests (other than transfers to certain permitted transferees) and have similar economic rights as Class A-1 Interests. No Class A-2 Interests have been issued to date.

 

    Class B-1 Interests : equity interests that have similar economic rights as Class A-1 Interests.

 

    Class C Interests : equity interests that have been issued to certain start-up partners. Class C Interests are entitled to preferential distributions after preferential distributions to the Class A and B-1 Interests and then participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions. The value of Class C Interests are not significant to the consolidated financial statements.

 

    Class D-1 Interests and Class D-2 Interests : equity interests that are subject to vesting schedules and other conditions including certain transfer restrictions and put and call rights applicable only to employees or the other holders thereof. Once vested, the D-1 and D-2 Interests participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Business affairs of Summit Materials are managed by the Board of Directors (“Board”) of the general partner, which is controlled by the Class A interest holders. As of December 27, 2014, the Board was composed of six directors.

The changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

 

     Change in
retirement plans
     Foreign currency
translation
adjustments
     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 

Balance—December 31, 2011

   $ (6,577       $ (6,577

Postretirement liability adjustment

     (2,553         (2,553
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2012

  (9,130   —        (9,130

Postretirement liability adjustment

  3,085      3,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 28, 2013

  (6,045   —        (6,045

Postretirement curtailment adjustment

  (942   —        (942

Postretirement liability adjustment

  (2,743   —        (2,743

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —        (5,816   (5,816
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2014

$ (9,730 $ (5,816 $ (15,546
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(11) Income Taxes

For the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 31, 2012, income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Provision for income taxes:

        

Current

   $ (905    $ 1,761       $ (452

Deferred

     (6,078      (4,408      (3,468
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

$ (6,983 $ (2,647 $ (3,920
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effective tax rate on pre-tax income differs from the U.S. statutory rate due to the following:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Income tax benefit at federal statutory tax rate

   $ (4,643    $ (37,160    $ (19,074

Less: Income tax benefit at federal statutory tax rate for LLC entities

     (2,272      32,801         16,167   

State and local income taxes

     (224      130         (90

Depletion expense

     (129      (411      (377

Goodwill impairment

     —           1,046         —     

Effective rate change

     (241      —           (532

Valuation allowance

     1,693         729         36   

Impact of international operations

     (73      —           —     

Prior year true-up adjustments and amended returns

     (624      —           —     

Other

     (470      218         (50
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

$ (6,983 $ (2,647 $ (3,920
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of the net deferred income tax liability as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets:

     

Accelerated depreciation

   $ (40,141    $ (33,146

Mining reclamation reserve

     2,180         1,502   

Net operating loss

     7,106         2,227   

Capital losses on securities

     —           997   

Net intangible assets

     (1,072      (607

Inventory purchase accounting adjustments

     1,275         1,288   

Working capital (e.g., accrued compensation, prepaid assets)

     (10      1,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

  (30,662   (26,084

Less valuation allowance on loss carryforwards

  (2,523   (1,826
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ (33,185 $ (27,910
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax balances are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the following captions:

Other current assets

$ 1,167    $ 2,316   

Other noncurrent liabilities

  (34,352   (30,226
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ (33,185 $ (27,910
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, management considered whether it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible (including the effect of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. The deferred income tax asset related to net operating losses resides with three separate tax paying subsidiaries of Summit Materials. Two of these tax payers have historically generated taxable income and are forecast to continue generating taxable income. However, for the entity that had historical losses and is not expected to generate taxable income and for a portion of the remaining deferred income tax asset related to net operating losses, management does not expect to fully utilize the deferred income tax asset related to net operating losses before their expiration in 2034 and has recorded a valuation allowance as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013. At December 27, 2014, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $18.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which are available to offset future federal and state taxable income, if any, through 2033 and are supported by deferred tax liabilities associated with accelerated depreciation on fixed assets.

Summit Materials does not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 27, 2014. Tax years from 2011 to 2014 remain open and subject to audit by federal and state tax authorities. No income tax expense or benefit was recognized in other comprehensive loss in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

(12) Employee Benefit Plans

Deferred Compensation Plan —The Company sponsors employee 401(k) savings plans for salaried employees and certain union employees. The plans provide for various required and discretionary Company matches of employees’ eligible compensation contributed to the plans. The expense for all defined contribution plans totaled $3.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans —The Company’s subsidiary, Continental Cement, sponsors two noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for hourly and salaried employees. The plans are

 

F-26


Table of Contents

closed to new participants and benefits are frozen. Pension benefits for eligible hourly employees are based on a monthly pension factor for each year of credited service. Pension benefits for eligible salaried employees are generally based on years of service and average eligible compensation.

Continental Cement also sponsors unfunded healthcare and life insurance benefits plans for certain eligible retired employees. Effective January 1, 2014, the plan was amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage for employees.

The funded status of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligations. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and for the healthcare and life insurance benefits plans, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”). The PBO represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be paid upon retirement based on estimated future compensation levels. However, since the plans’ participants are not subject to future compensation increases, the plans’ PBO equals the APBO. The APBO represents the actuarial present value of postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already rendered. The fair value of plan assets represents the current market value of assets held by an irrevocable trust fund for the sole benefit of participants. The measurement of the benefit obligations are based on the Company’s estimates and actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect the terms of the plan and use participant-specific information, such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions that require significant judgment, including estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, interest-crediting rates and mortality rates.

The Company uses its fiscal year-end as the measurement date for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status —The following information is as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 and for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

 

     2014      2013  
     Pension
benefits
     Healthcare
& Life Ins.
     Pension
benefits
     Healthcare
& Life Ins.
 

Change in benefit obligations:

           

Beginning of period

   $ 25,644       $ 14,155       $ 28,674       $ 15,810   

Service cost

     75         106         295         236   

Interest cost

     1,081         493         963         513   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     3,798         1,992         (2,674      (1,048

Special termination benefits

     —           —           —           39   

Change in plan provision

     —           (2,553      —           —     

Benefits paid

     (1,689      (837      (1,614      (1,395
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

  28,909      13,356      25,644      14,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

Beginning of period

$ 19,074    $ —      $ 17,863    $ —     

Actual return on plan assets

  526      —        1,512      —     

Employer contributions

  961      837      1,313      1,395   

Benefits paid

  (1,689   (837   (1,614   (1,395
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

  18,872      —        19,074      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status of plans

$ (10,037 $ (13,356 $ (6,570 $ (14,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

$ —      $ (1,041 $ —      $ (1,268

Noncurrent liabilities

  (10,037   (12,315   (6,570   (12,887
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability recognized

$ (10,037 $ (13,356 $ (6,570 $ (14,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Net actuarial loss

$ 9,365    $ 5,904    $ 4,831    $ 4,139   

Prior service cost

  —        (2,380   —        (1,346
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amount recognized

$ 9,365    $ 3,524    $ 4,831    $ 2,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) is the actuarial loss and prior service cost, which has not yet been recognized in periodic benefit cost, adjusted for amounts allocated to the redeemable noncontrolling interest. At December 27, 2014, the actuarial loss expected to be amortized from AOCI to periodic benefit cost in 2015 is $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the pension and postretirement obligations.

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Pension
benefits
    Healthcare
& Life Ins.
    Pension
benefits
    Healthcare
& Life Ins.
    Pension
benefits
    Healthcare
& Life Ins.
 

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss (income):

            

Net actuarial gain (loss)

   $ 4,650      $ 1,992      $ (2,838   $ (1,048   $ 2,444      $ 1,597   

Prior service cost

     —          (2,553     —          —          —          —     

Amortization of prior year service cost

     —          174        —          180        —          180   

Curtailment benefit

     —          1,346        —          —          —          —     

Amortization of gain

     (117     (227     (387     (314     (261     (312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount recognized

$ 4,533    $ 732    $ (3,225 $ (1,182 $ 2,183    $ 1,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

Service cost

$ 75    $ 106    $ 295    $ 236    $ 276    $ 207   

Interest cost

  1,081      493      963      513      1,055      585   

Amortization of loss

  117      227      387      314      261      312   

Expected return on plan assets

  (1,378   —        (1,348   —        (1,300   (180

Curtailment benefits

  —        (1,346   —        —        —        —     

Special termination benefits

  —        —        —        39      —        —     

Amortization of prior service credit

  —        (174   —        (180   —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

$ (105 $ (694 $ 297    $ 922    $ 292    $ 924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assumptions— Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of year-end 2014 and 2013 are:

 

     2014     2013  
     Pension
benefits
   Healthcare
& Life Ins.
    Pension
benefits
  Healthcare
& Life Ins.
 

Discount rate

   3.50% - 3.65%      3.52   4.21% - 4.46%     4.33

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.30%      N/A      7.50%     N/A   

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

 

     2014    2013    2012
     Pension
benefits
   Healthcare
& Life Ins.
   Pension
benefits
   Healthcare
& Life Ins.
   Pension
benefits
   Healthcare
& Life Ins.

Discount rate

   4.21% - 4.46%    4.33%    3.30% - 3.57%    3.41%    3.89% - 4.07%    4.00%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.50%    N/A    7.50%    N/A    7.50%    N/A

The expected long-term return on plan assets is based upon the Plans’ consideration of historical and forward-looking returns and the Company’s estimation of what a portfolio, with the target allocation described below, will earn over a long-term horizon. The discount rate is derived using the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Assumed health care cost trend rates are 8% grading to 6% and 9% grading to 7% as of year-end 2014 and 2013, respectively. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s healthcare and life insurance benefits plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects as of year-end 2014 and 2013:

 

     2014     2013  
     Increase      Decrease     Increase      Decrease  

Total service cost and interest cost components

   $ 39       $ (34   $ 66       $ (55

APBO

     1,333         (1,136     1,251         (1,073

Plan Assets —The defined benefit pension plans’ (the “Plans”) investment strategy is to minimize investment risk while generating acceptable returns. The Plans currently invest a relatively high proportion of the plan assets in fixed income securities, while the remainder is invested in equity securities, cash reserves and precious metals. The equity securities are diversified into funds with growth and value investment strategies. The target allocation for plan assets is as follows: equity securities – 30%; fixed income securities –63%; cash reserves –5%; and precious metals –2%. The Plans’ current investment allocations are within the tolerance of the target allocation. The Company had no Level 3 investments as of or for the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013.

At year-end 2014 and 2013, the Plans’ assets were invested predominantly in fixed-income securities and publicly traded equities, but may invest in other asset classes in the future subject to the parameters of the investment policy. The Plans’ investments in fixed-income assets include U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency securities and corporate bonds. The Plans’ investments in equity assets include U.S. and international securities and equity funds. The Company estimates the fair value of the Plans’ assets using various valuation techniques and, to the extent available, quoted market prices in active markets or observable market inputs. The descriptions and fair value methodologies for the Plans’ assets are as follows:

Fixed Income Securities —Corporate and government bonds are classified as Level 2 assets, as they are either valued at quoted market prices from observable pricing sources at the reporting date or valued based upon comparable securities with similar yields and credit ratings.

Equity Securities —Equity securities are valued at the closing market price reported on a U.S. exchange where the security is actively traded and are therefore classified as Level 1 assets.

Cash —The carrying amounts of cash approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity.

Precious Metals— Precious metals are valued at the closing market price reported on a U.S. exchange where the security is actively traded and are therefore classified as Level 1 assets.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Plans’ assets by asset class and fair value hierarchy level as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 are as follows:

 

     2014  
     Total fair
value
     Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets (Level 1)
     Observable
inputs (Level 2)
 

Fixed income securities:

        

Intermediate - government

   $ 1,468       $ —         $ 1,468   

Intermediate - corporate

     3,342         —           3,342   

Short-term - government

     2,435         —           2,435   

Short-term - corporate

     3,700         —           3,700   

Equity securities:

        

U.S. Large cap value

     1,180         1,180         —     

U.S. Large cap growth

     1,173         1,173         —     

U.S. Mid cap value

     590         590         —     

U.S. Mid cap growth

     598         598         —     

U.S. Small cap value

     597         597         —     

U.S. Small cap growth

     611         611         —     

International

     1,098         1,098         —     

Cash

     1,712         1,712         —     

Precious metals

     368         368         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 18,872    $ 7,927    $ 10,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2013  
     Total fair
value
     Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets (Level 1)
     Observable
inputs (Level 2)
 

Fixed income securities:

        

Intermediate - government

   $ 1,647       $ —         $ 1,647   

Intermediate - corporate

     3,138         —           3,138   

Short-term - government

     2,168         —           2,168   

Short-term - corporate

     4,040         —           4,040   

Equity securities:

        

U.S. Large cap value

     1,221         1,221         —     

U.S. Large cap growth

     1,536         1,536         —     

U.S. Mid cap value

     600         600         —     

U.S. Mid cap growth

     603         603         —     

U.S. Small cap value

     610         610         —     

U.S. Small cap growth

     599         599         —     

International

     889         889         —     

Cash

     1,665         1,665         —     

Precious metals

     358         358         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 19,074    $ 8,081    $ 10,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows —The Company expects to contribute approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million in 2015 to its pension plans and healthcare and life insurance benefits plans, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The estimated benefit payments for each of the next five years and the five-year period thereafter are as follows:

 

     Pension
benefits
     Healthcare and Life
Insurance Benefits
 

2015

   $ 1,715       $ 1,041   

2016

     1,743         1,015   

2017

     1,740         893   

2018

     1,773         893   

2019

     1,777         823   

2020 - 2024

     8,524         3,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 17,272    $ 8,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(13) Accrued Mining and Landfill Reclamation

The Company has asset retirement obligations arising from regulatory or contractual requirements to perform certain reclamation activities at the time that certain quarries and landfills are closed, which are primarily included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The current portion of the liabilities, $1.6 million and $0.5 million as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, is included in accrued and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The liability was initially measured at fair value and subsequently is adjusted for accretion expense, payments and changes in the amount or timing of the estimated cash flows. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the asset’s remaining useful life. The following table presents the activity for the asset retirement obligations for the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 15,781       $ 14,844   

Acquired obligations

     140         286   

Change in cost estimate

     2,233         721   

Settlement of reclamation obligations

     (1,178      (1,201

Additional liabilities incurred

     463         414   

Accretion expense

     871         717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 18,310    $ 15,781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and Claims —The Company is party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. In the opinion of management, these actions are without merit or the ultimate disposition, if any, resulting from them will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity. The Company’s policy is to record legal fees as incurred.

The Company is obligated under an indemnification agreement entered into with the sellers of Harper Contracting, Inc., Harper Sand and Gravel, Inc., Harper Excavating, Inc., Harper Ready Mix Company, Inc. and Harper Investments, Inc. (collectively, “Harper”) for the sellers’ ownership interests in a joint venture agreement. The Company has the rights to any benefits under the joint venture as well as the assumption of any obligations, but does not own equity interests in the joint venture. The joint venture has incurred significant losses on a highway project in Utah, which have resulted in requests for funding from the joint venture partners and ultimately from the Company. Through year-end 2014, the Company has funded $8.8 million, $4.0 million in 2012 and $4.8 million in 2011. In 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized losses on the indemnification agreement of $8.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of year-end 2014 and 2013, an accrual of $4.3 million was recorded in other noncurrent liabilities as management’s best estimate of future funding obligations.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

In February 2011, the Company incurred a property loss related to a sunken barge with cement product aboard. In the year-ended December 28, 2013, the Company recognized $0.8 million of charges for lost product aboard the barge and costs to remove the barge from the waterway. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, was included in accrued expenses as management’s best estimate of the remaining costs to remove the barge.

Environmental Remediation — The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. These operations require environmental operating permits, which are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. The Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s business, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses and there can be no assurance that environmental liabilities or noncompliances will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Other —During the course of business, there may be revisions to project costs and conditions that can give rise to change orders. Revisions can also result in claims we might make against the customer or a subcontractor to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with the customer. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, unapproved change orders and claims were $3.9 million ($0.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, $1.2 million in accounts receivable and $2.2 million in other assets) and $3.2 million ($0.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and $2.7 million in other assets), respectively.

The Company is obligated under various firm purchase commitments for certain raw materials and services that are in the ordinary course of business. Management does not expect any significant changes in the market value of these goods and services during the commitment period that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company. The terms of the purchase commitments are generally less than one year.

(15) Related-Party Transactions

The Company incurred management fees paid to Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”) totaling $4.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, under terms of an agreement dated July 30, 2009, between Summit Materials and BMP. Under the terms of the agreement, BMP is permitted to, and has, assigned a portion of the fees to which it is entitled to receive to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain members of management. The fees were paid for consultancy services related to acquisition activities and are included in general and administrative expenses.

In addition to the management fee, in consideration of BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance necessary to enable Summit Materials and its subsidiaries to undertake acquisitions, Summit Materials pays BMP a transaction fee equal to (x) 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of any acquired entity or (y) if such transaction is structured as an asset purchase or sale, 1.0% of the consideration paid for or received in respect of the assets acquired or disposed of. In addition, Summit Holdings has agreed to indemnify BMP and its affiliates against liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction and management fee agreement and reimburse BMP and its affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing such services.

Under the transaction and management fee agreement, BMP is permitted to, and has, assigned a portion of the fees it is entitled to receive from Summit Materials to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain members of management. Transaction fees paid for the year ended December 27, 2014 were $3.9 million and were immaterial in 2013 or 2012 and amounts paid to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to other equity holders were immaterial.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Company earned revenue of $0.6 million and $7.9 million and incurred costs of $0.2 million and $0.2 million in connection with several transactions with unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, accounts receivable from affiliates was $0.4 million. Transactions with unconsolidated affiliates in 2014 were immaterial.

Cement sales to companies owned by certain noncontrolling members of Continental Cement were approximately $14.3 million, $12.7 million and $12.5 million for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, and accounts receivable due from these parties were approximately $1.2 million and $0.2 million as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively.

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of Blackstone, served as an initial purchaser of $13.0 million and $5.75 million principal amount of the senior notes issued in January 2014 and September 2014, respectively, and received compensation in connection therewith.

(16) Acquisition-Related Liabilities

A number of acquisition-related liabilities have been recorded subject to terms in the relevant purchase agreements, including deferred consideration and noncompete payments. Noncompete payments have been accrued where certain former owners of newly acquired companies have entered into standard noncompete arrangements. Subject to terms and conditions stated in these noncompete agreements, payments are generally made over a five-year period. Deferred consideration is purchase price consideration paid in the future as agreed to in the purchase agreement and is not contingent on future events. Deferred consideration is scheduled to be paid in years ranging from 5 to 20 years in either monthly, quarterly or annual installments. The remaining payments due under these noncompete and deferred consideration agreements are as follows:

 

2015

   $ 16,051   

2016

     13,240   

2017

     10,200   

2018

     9,660   

2019

     5,435   

Thereafter

     16,272   
  

 

 

 

Total scheduled payments

  70,858   

Present value adjustments

  (17,474
  

 

 

 

Total noncompete obligations and deferred consideration

$ 53,384   
  

 

 

 

Accretion on the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations is recorded in interest expense.

(17) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 was as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Cash payments:

        

Interest

   $ 64,097       $ 52,001       $ 36,357   

Income taxes

     1,361         457         799   

 

F-34


Table of Contents

(18) Leasing Arrangements

Rent expense, including short-term rentals, during the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 was $5.5 million, $4.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The Company has lease agreements associated with quarry facilities under which royalty payments are made. The payments are generally based on tons sold in a particular period; however, certain agreements have minimum annual payments. Royalty expense recorded in cost of revenue during the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 was $9.0 million, $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Minimum contractual commitments under long-term operating leases, which primarily relate to land, plant and equipment, and under royalty agreements as of December 27, 2014, are as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
     Royalty
Agreements
 

2015

   $ 5,048       $ 3,303   

2016

     4,061         4,711   

2017

     3,223         4,973   

2018

     2,018         4,522   

2019

     1,469         4,265   

(19) Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

The Company owns 100 Class A Units of Continental Cement, which represent an approximately 70% economic interest and have a preference in liquidation to the Class B Units. Continental Cement issued 100,000,000 Class B Units in May 2010, which remain outstanding and represent an approximately 30% economic interest.

Continental Cement’s Class A Units include a cumulative distribution preference which requires, to the extent distributions are authorized by its Board of Directors a priority return of 11% accruing daily and compounding annually on each anniversary of the date of issuance to Class A Unitholders. To the extent the priority return is not made in a given year, the amount of the priority return will increase the liquidation preference of the Class A Units up to an 80% allowable sharing percentage in distributions and liquidation proceeds. Summit Materials indirectly holds all the Class A Units.

The Amended and Restated Continental Cement Limited Liability Company Agreement (“LLC Agreement”) provides the Company with a call right that allows it to require Continental Cement to call the Class B Units at a strike price that approximates fair value. The call right is exercisable after May 2016 either in anticipation of an initial public offering of Summit Materials, LLC or if an initial public offering of Summit Materials, LLC has already occurred. The Class B unitholders also have a put right that allows them to put the Class B Units to Continental Cement at a strike price that approximates fair value. The put right is exercisable prior to May 2016 upon a sale of control of Summit Materials, LLC or at any time after May 2016. The LLC Agreement also includes transfer restrictions that prohibit the Class B unitholders from transferring their units to third parties without the consent of the board of directors of Continental Cement.

Because the Class B Units can be put to Continental Cement in the future based on the passage of time, which can be accelerated upon the occurrence of a contingent event, their interests are classified in temporary equity. The redemption value is based upon the estimated fair value of Continental Cement, which is valued using Level 3 inputs. The Company has elected to accrete changes in the redemption value of the redeemable interest over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest anticipated redemption date of the instrument, which was May 2016 as of December 27, 2014, using an interest method. The accretion is an adjustment to the consolidated retained earnings and increased in the third quarter of 2014 consistent with the redemption value increase to an estimated $65.1 million. During the third quarter of 2014, the Company performed an indirect valuation of the Class B Units. The valuation was based on unobservable, or Level 3, inputs, including an assumption on the timing of settlement and projected cash flows. A significant change in these inputs could result in a material increase, or decrease, in the redemption value of the Class B Units.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, the Class B unitholders have the right to elect to rollover their interests in Continental Cement in connection with an initial public offering of Summit Materials, LLC or a parent entity of Summit Materials, LLC. In December 2014, Summit Materials, LLC entered into a contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B unitholders for a value consistent with the redemption value referenced above. Concurrently with the consummation of an initial public offering of Summit Materials, Inc., the Class B unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement in exchange for units of Summit Owner Holdco LLC (“Summit Owner Holdco”) that, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the contribution and purchase agreement will hold a number of shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. that is equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding Summit Materials LP units immediately prior to giving effect to any LP units issued in connection with an initial public offering and the Class B unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Materials in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Materials in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments of $2.5 million, beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of the initial public offering.

(20) Employee Long Term Incentive Plan

Certain employees of the Company hold Class D unit interests in Summit Materials that provide rights to cash distributions based on a predetermined distribution formula upon the general partner of Summit Materials declaring a distribution.

Certain of the Class D units vest with the passage of time (time-vesting interests) and the remaining vest when certain investment returns are achieved by the investors of Summit Materials (performance-vesting interests). Of the time-vesting-interests, 20% vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 80% vest monthly over a period of four years following the first anniversary date. Units that are not vested in accordance with their terms within eight years from the grant date are automatically forfeited without consideration.

If an employee leaves the Company, the Company can (1) purchase the vested Class D units for a lump sum payment provided certain conditions have been met or (2) elect to convert all of the employee’s Class D units into a right to receive future distributions capped at a termination amount. The termination amount is determined as an amount equal to the fair market value of the Class D unit holder’s vested interests minus any amounts already distributed to the Class D unit holders respective of those Class D units plus interest on the difference between such fair market value and amounts already distributed. The fair value of the time-vesting Class D units granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $0.6 million, $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $1,368, $2,786 and $3,761, respectively. The following table summarizes information for the Class D unit interests:

 

     Time-vesting Interests      Performance-vesting
Interests
 
     Number of
units
     Weighted
average grant-
date fair value
per unit
     Number of
units
     Weighted
average grant-
date fair value
per unit
 

Beginning balance—December 28, 2013

     1,819       $ 2,929         4,877       $ 2,928   

Granted

     410         1,368         533         1,956   

Vested

     (1,070      3,553         —           —     

Cancelled

     (280      3,938         (48      1,388   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Balance—December 27, 2014

  879    $ 2,374      5,362    $ 2,845   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

The estimated fair value at December 27, 2014 of shares vested during 2014 was $1.5 million. As of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the cumulative amount of units vested totaled 3,321 and 2,531, respectively. The fair value of the Class D units is estimated as of the grant date using Monte Carlo simulations,

 

F-36


Table of Contents

which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility and the expected term. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of grants in 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2014    2013    2012

Class D Units

        

Risk-free interest rate

   0.50% - 0.68%    0.50%    1.62%

Dividend yield

   None    None    None

Volatility

   58%    58%    47%

Expected term

   3 - 4 years    4 years    6 - 8 years

The risk-free rate is based on the yield at the date of grant of a U.S. Treasury security with a maturity period approximating the expected term. As Summit Materials has not historically and does not plan to issue regular dividends, a dividend yield of zero was used. The volatility assumption is based on reported data of a peer group of publically traded companies for which historical information was available adjusted for the Company’s capital structure. The expected term is based on expectations about future exercises and represents the period of time that the units granted are expected to be outstanding.

Compensation expense for time-vesting interests granted is based on the grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. A forfeiture rate assumption is factored into the compensation cost based on historical forfeitures. Compensation expense for performance-vesting interests would be recognized based on the grant date fair value. However, no compensation expense has been recognized for the performance-vesting interests, as management does not believe it is currently probable that certain investment returns, the performance criteria, will be achieved.

Share-based compensation expense, which is recognized in general and administrative expenses, totaled $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.5 million in the years ended December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. As of December 27, 2014, unrecognized compensation cost totaled $3.1 million. The weighted average remaining contractual term over which the unrecognized compensation cost is to be recognized is 1.7 years as of year-end 2014.

(21) Segment Information

The Company has three operating segments: the Central; West; and East regions, which are its reportable segments. These segments are consistent with the Company’s management reporting structure. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on a segment profit metric that we call Adjusted EBITDA, which is computed as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion, amortization, accretion and goodwill impairment. In addition, certain items such as management fees are excluded from the calculation of segment profit.

Each region has several acquired subsidiaries that are engaged in various activities including quarry mining, aggregate production and contracting. Assets employed by segment include assets directly identified with those operations. Corporate assets consist primarily of cash, property, plant and equipment for corporate operations and other assets not directly identifiable with a reportable business segment. The accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The following tables display selected financial data for the Company’s reportable business segments as of and for the years ended December 27, 2013, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Revenue:

        

West region

   $ 665,716       $ 426,195       $ 484,922   

Central region

     391,553         329,621         302,113   

East region

     146,962         160,385         139,219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 1,204,231    $ 916,201    $ 926,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Adjusted EBITDA

        

West region

   $ 96,133       $ 28,607       $ 14,429   

Central region

     83,912         72,918         65,767   

East region

     17,955         15,134         10,782   

Corporate and other

     (36,768      (24,878      (15,560
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments and corporate

  161,232      91,781      75,418   

Interest expense

  86,742      56,443      58,079   

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

  87,826      72,934      68,290   

Goodwill impairment

  —        68,202      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

$ (13,336 $ (105,798 $ (50,951
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Cash paid for capital expenditures:

        

West region

   $ 31,968       $ 21,856       $ 14,993   

Central region

     32,114         33,030         20,996   

East region

     7,547         7,753         8,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

  71,629      62,639      44,725   

Corporate and other

  4,533      3,360      763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

$ 76,162    $ 65,999    $ 45,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion:

        

West region

   $ 33,271       $ 24,167       $ 23,771   

Central region

     38,793         33,808         30,215   

East region

     14,294         14,493         14,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

  86,358      72,468      68,209   

Corporate and other

  1,468      466      81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

$ 87,826    $ 72,934    $ 68,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents
     2014      2013      2012  

Total assets:

        

West region

   $ 777,981       $ 383,544       $ 428,115   

Central region

     704,134         657,421         610,003   

East region

     221,598         192,486         224,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

  1,703,713      1,233,451      1,262,721   

Corporate and other

  26,064      14,343      21,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,729,777    $ 1,247,794    $ 1,284,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Revenue by product:*

        

Aggregates

   $ 229,047       $ 159,019       $ 146,991   

Cement

     89,911         76,211         77,676   

Ready-mixed concrete

     274,970         112,878         100,941   

Asphalt

     278,867         219,811         242,458   

Paving and related services

     528,817         478,280         505,189   

Other

     (197,381      (129,998      (147,001
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 1,204,231    $ 916,201    $ 926,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

(22) Supplementary Data (Unaudited)

Supplemental financial information (unaudited) by quarter is as follows for the years ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

    2014     2013  
    4Q     3Q     2Q     1Q     4Q     3Q     2Q     1Q  

Revenue

  $ 334,086      $ 394,759      $ 324,295      $ 151,091      $ 238,267      $ 316,263      $ 254,842      $ 106,829   

Operating income (loss)

    23,307        47,749        33,922        (35,019     (57,742     37,895        13,731        (41,861

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    4,753        28,110        13,832        (53,048     (70,191     22,950        244        (56,154

Loss (income) from discontinued operations

    285        (7     (369     20        271        160        (26     123   

Net income (loss)

    4,468        28,117        14,201        (53,068   $ (70,462   $ 22,790      $ 270      $ (56,277

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

22,222,222 Shares

 

LOGO

Summit Materials, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Preliminary Prospectus

 

 

Citigroup

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the NYSE.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

$ 56,422    

Fee—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

$ 73,334    

Listing Fee—NYSE

$ 25,000    

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

$ 3,035,000    

Printing Expenses

$ 500,000    

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

$ 3,489,453    

Transfer Agent and Registrar’s Fees

$ 20,000    

Miscellaneous Expenses

$ 330,000    
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 7,529,209    
  

 

 

 

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

None.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, among Norris Quarries, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, among Alcomat, LLC, Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alleyton Services Company, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.5    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, between Buckhorn Materials, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.6    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, between Troy Vines, Incorporated, Summit Materials International, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.7    Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.8*    Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2014, among Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete, Ready Mix L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.9*    Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.10    Form of 10.5% Senior Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  4.11    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the several other initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  5.1    Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
10.1*    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.
10.2*    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3*    Form of Exchange Agreement.
10.4*    Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
10.5*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.6†    Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.7†*    Form of Restricted LP Unit Agreement.
10.8†*    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Leverage Restoration Options).
10.9†*    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.10    Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, Bank of America, N.A., as letter of credit issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 3, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.11    Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 5, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as sole lead arranger, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.12    Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 16, 2014, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.13    Form of Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto.
10.14    Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2013, under the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.15    Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among the grantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.16    Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.17    Amendment dated January 14, 2014, to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.18†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.19†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.20†    Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2009, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Thomas W. Hill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.21†    Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2011, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Douglas C. Rauh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.22†    Employment Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Kevin A. Gill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.23†    Employment Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 24, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.24†    Agreement and Release between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.25†    Compensation Arrangement between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and John Murphy, Interim Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.26†    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2013, between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Brian J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 4, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.27*    Contribution and Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, between Summit Materials Inc., Summit Materials Holdings L.P., Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd, Summit Owner Holdco LLC, Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company and Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC, and Continental Cement Company, L.L.C.
10.28    Form of Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock.
21*    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.4    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24*    Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement).

 

* Previously filed.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(3) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (A) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (B) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on March 2, 2015.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas W. Hill
Name:   Thomas W. Hill
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 2nd day of March, 2015.

 

Signature

  

Title(s)

/s/ Thomas W. Hill

Thomas W. Hill

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer);

Director

/s/ Brian J. Harris

Brian J. Harris

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Howard L. Lance

   Director

*

Ted A. Gardner

   Director

*

Julia C. Kahr

   Director

*

John R. Murphy

   Director

*

Neil P. Simpkins

   Director

 

 

* By:   /s/ Anne Lee Benedict
  Name:  Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:    Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, among Norris Quarries, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, among Alcomat, LLC, Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alleyton Services Company, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.5    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, between Buckhorn Materials, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 6, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.6    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, between Troy Vines, Incorporated, Summit Materials International, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.7    Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.8*    Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2014, among Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete, Ready Mix L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.9*    Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.10    Form of 10.5% Senior Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  4.11    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the several other initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  5.1    Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
10.1*    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.
10.2*    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3*    Form of Exchange Agreement.
10.4*    Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
10.5*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.6†    Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.7†*    Form of Restricted LP Unit Agreement.
10.8†*    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Leverage Restoration Options).
10.9†*    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.10    Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, Bank of America, N.A., as letter of credit issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 3, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.11    Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 5, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as sole lead arranger, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.12    Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 16, 2014, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.13    Form of Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto.
10.14    Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2013, under the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.15    Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among the grantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.16    Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.17    Amendment dated January 14, 2014, to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.18†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.19†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.20†    Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2009, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Thomas W. Hill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.21†    Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2011, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Douglas C. Rauh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.22†    Employment Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Kevin A. Gill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.23†    Employment Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 24, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.24†    Agreement and Release between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.25†    Compensation Arrangement between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and John Murphy, Interim Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.26†    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2013, between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Brian J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 4, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.27*    Contribution and Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, between Summit Materials Inc., Summit Materials Holdings L.P., Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd, Summit Owner Holdco LLC, Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company and Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC, and Continental Cement Company, L.L.C.
10.28    Form of Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock.
21*    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

23.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.4    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24*    Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement).

 

* Previously filed.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-11

Exhibit 5.1

[LETTERHEAD OF SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP]

March 2, 2015

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-201058) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the issuance by the Company of an aggregate of 25,555,555 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (together with any additional shares of such stock that may be issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement, the “Shares”).

We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended Certificate”), which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.


Summit Materials, Inc. -2- March 2, 2015

 

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that (1) when the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the issuance of the Shares, (2) when the Amended Certificate has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (3) upon payment and delivery in accordance with the applicable definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Board, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

Exhibit 10.6

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Definitions . The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “ Absolute Share Limit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any Person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award, OP Units and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, a good faith determination of the Committee or its designee that (i) the Company or an Affiliate has “cause” to terminate a Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), any of the following has occurred with respect to a Participant: (A) such Participant has failed to reasonably perform his or her duties to the Service Recipient, or has failed to follow the lawful instructions of the Board or his or her direct superiors, in each case other than as a result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, following notice by the Company of such failure, (B) such Participant has engaged or is about to engage in conduct harmful (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (C) such Participant has been convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, a felony or any crime involving as a material element fraud or dishonesty, (D) the willful misconduct or gross neglect of such Participant that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (E) the willful violation by such Participant of the Company’s written policies that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially,


reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate; (F) such Participant’s fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or an Affiliate (other than good faith expense account disputes); (G) such Participant’s act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with such Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate, or (H) the willful breach by such Participant of fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exchange of exchangeable stock or units, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, treating, for the avoidance of doubt, all then-outstanding OP Units as shares of Common Stock assuming the full exchange of then-outstanding OP Units for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

(ii) during any period of 24 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or

 

2


(iv) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction involving the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination 50% or more of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of such resulting entity), is held by the holders of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of events shall constitute a “Change in Control” if The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates directly or indirectly control the Company (including through a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates is a member).

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof (including without limitation any subcommittee used to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards) or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j) “ Company ” means Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation and any successor thereto.

(k) “ Control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(l) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(m) “ Detrimental Activity ” means a good faith determination by the Committee or its designee that a Participant has engaged in any of the following: (i) the breach of any covenants relating to disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, non-disparagement or other similar restrictions on conduct contained in any agreement between a Participant and the Company or its Affiliates (including any Award Agreement) or any written policies of the Company or its Affiliates (including those contained in any handbook); or (ii) any activity, including fraud or other conduct contributing to financial

 

3


restatement or accounting irregularities, that the Committee determines in good faith is appropriate to include in any incentive compensation clawback policy adopted by the Committee and as in effect from time to time.

(n) “ Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(o) “ Disability ” means, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any then-existing employment, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other similar agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(p) “ Effective Date ” means the date the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.

(q) “ Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates), who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) above has entered into an Award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to (1) a Subsidiary, (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“ Parent ”), (3) any corporation, trade or business 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent, (4) any corporation, trade or business which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company and (5) any other entity in which the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by the Committee.

(r) “ Employment ” or “employment” means, without any inference for federal and other tax purposes, service as a part- or full-time officers, employees, consultants and advisors or Board member of or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4


(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(t) “ Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company among the Company, the Operating Partnership and holders of OP Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

(u) “ Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(v) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, if (i) the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(w) “ Immediate Family Members ” has the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Plan.

(x) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(y) “ Indemnifiable Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(z) “ Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(aa) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

5


(cc) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(dd) “ OP Unit ” means an Award granted under Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(ee) “ Operating Partnership ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(ff) “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(gg) “ Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(hh) “ Other Cash-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan that is payable without reference to the value of the Common Stock.

(ii) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 11 of the Plan.

(jj) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(kk) “ Performance Compensation Award ” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(mm) “ Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(nn) “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(oo) “ Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(pp) “ Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Plan.

(qq) “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision).

 

6


(rr) “ Plan ” means this Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(ss) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(tt) “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(uu) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(vv) “ SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(ww) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(xx) “ Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(yy) “ Special Qualifying Director ” means a person who is (i) with respect to actions intended to obtain an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) with respect to actions intended to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under 162(m) of the Code, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) with respect to actions undertaken to comply with the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(zz) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

 

7


(aaa) “ Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(bbb) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(ccc) “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(ddd) “ Sub Plans ” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub Plan adopted hereunder.

(eee) “ Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient, for any reason (including death or Disability).

3. Effective Date; Duration . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration.

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is subject to Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be a Special Qualifying Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Special Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

 

8


(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock or OP Units, as applicable, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are members of the Board, (ii) who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (iii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or

 

9


incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s organizational documents. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations .

(a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than 13,500,000 shares of Common Stock (the “ Absolute Share Limit ”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan); (ii) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for

 

10


which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan) may be delivered in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates ; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any Award granted in a previous fiscal year); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 12(a) of the Plan) shall be $5,000,000. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company or its Affiliates upon exchange of OP Units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that have been issued under the Plan shall be issued under the Plan.

(c) Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d) Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

 

11


(e) Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

6. Eligibility . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7. Options .

(a) General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholder of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

 

12


(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed 10 years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition; provided, however , that in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) The terms and conditions with respect to the treatment of Options in the event of a Participant’s Termination shall be determined by the Committee and reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic

 

13


instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding and any other applicable taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(f) Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

 

14


(b) Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

(c) Vesting and Expiration .

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable and shall expire in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed 10 years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii) The terms and conditions with respect to the treatment of SARs in the event of a Participant’s Termination shall be determined by the Committee and reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

 

15


(d) Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f) Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options; provided, however , that if, in the opinion of the Company’s independent public auditors, the foregoing provision creates adverse accounting consequences for the Company, such provision shall be considered null and void.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(a) General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Stock Certificates and Book Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 15(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the

 

16


amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(c) Vesting; Acceleration of Lapse of Restrictions .

(i) The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee.

(ii) The terms and conditions with respect to the treatment of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units in the event of a Participant’s Termination shall be determined by the Committee and reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share).

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other

 

17


property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit granted pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units or (ii) defer the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e) Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC. 2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, BETWEEN SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

10. OP Units .

(a) General . Awards may be granted under the Plan in the form of undivided fractional limited partnership interests in Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (together with any successor entity, the “Operating Partnership”), a Delaware limited partnership, the entity through which the Company conducts its business and an entity that has elected to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, of one or more classes (“OP Units”) established pursuant to the Operating Partnership’s agreement of limited partnership, as amended from time to time. Awards of OP Units shall be valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, shares of Common Stock . OP Units awarded under the Plan may be (1) convertible, exchangeable or redeemable for other limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (including OP Units of a different class or series) or shares of Common

 

18


Stock, or (2) valued by reference to the book value, fair value or performance of the Operating Partnership. Awards of OP Units are intended to qualify as “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43, with respect to a Participant in the Plan who is rendering services to or for the benefit of the Operating Partnership, including its subsidiaries.

(b) Share Calculations . For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Common Stock underlying an award of OP Units relative to the total number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, the Committee shall establish in good faith the maximum number of shares of Common Stock to which a Participant receiving such award of OP Units may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, partnership capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or in part, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such awards of OP Units shall be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be increased by one share of Common Stock for each share so reduced. Awards of OP Units may be granted either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the eligible Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, awards of OP Units shall be made; the number of OP Units to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of such OP Units (which may be less than the fair value of the OP Unit); and the restrictions and conditions applicable to such award of OP Units. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship), computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives, with related length of the service period for vesting, minimum or maximum performance thresholds, measurement procedures and length of the performance period to be established by the Committee at the time of grant, in its sole discretion (or any other Performance Criteria). The Committee may allow awards of OP Units to be held through a limited partnership, or similar “look-through” entity, and the Committee may require such limited partnership or similar entity to impose restrictions on its partners or other beneficial owners that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 10. The provisions of the grant of OP Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

(c) Dividends and Distributions . Notwithstanding Section 15(c), the award agreement or other award documentation in respect of an award of OP Units may provide that the recipient of OP Units shall be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the award or other distributions from the Operating Partnership prior to vesting (whether based on a period of time or based on attainment of specified performance conditions), as determined at the time of grant by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock or OP Units.

11. Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards .

(a) The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without

 

19


limitation, performance shares or performance units, or other Awards denominated in cash (including cash bonuses)), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award, as applicable, granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant, or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based Award or Cash-Based Award, as applicable, so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) The terms and conditions with respect to the treatment of Other Stock-Based Awards in the event of a Participant’s Termination shall be determined by the Committee and reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

12. Performance Compensation Awards .

(a) General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 12 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan).

(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula(e). Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

 

20


(c) Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); cash flow, including but not limited to operating cash flow or free cash flow; cash and/or funds available for distribution; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); growth in EBITDA determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; deployment of value-adding capital via organic investment or acquisitions; return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, investment, capital, invested capital, equity and/or development); share price (including, but not limited to, appreciation, growth measures and total shareholder return on an annual, multi-year or other basis); debt and debt related ratios, including debt to total market capitalization, debt to EBITDA, debt to assets and fixed charge coverage ratios (determined with or without the pro rata share of the Company’s ownership interest in co-investment partnerships); net asset value per share; growth in net asset value per share determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; operating efficiency; working capital targets; measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; enterprise value; competitive market metrics; performance or yield on development or redevelopment projects; objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); market share; operational or performance measurements relative to peers; strategic objectives and related revenue; productivity measures; employee retention; workplace health and safety; objective measures of employee morale and satisfaction; corporate social responsibility measures; environmental safety or compliance metrics; or any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have

 

21


sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigations, claims, judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year; (xi) accruals for payments to be made in respect of the Plan or other specified compensation arrangements, and (xi) any other event described in Section 13.

(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii) Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals; provided, however , that the foregoing shall be subject to the terms and conditions with respect to the treatment of the Performance Compensation Award in the event of the Participant’s Termination as determined by the Committee and reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

 

22


(iii) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv) Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 12. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii) of the Plan).

13. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events . In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the

 

23


Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than 10 days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided, however , that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 13 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 13 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion

 

24


of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 13, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee and (D) satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations.

14. Amendments and Termination .

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 13), or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 14(b) without stockholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination from the Company); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 13 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled Option or SAR, and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

 

25


15. General .

(a) Award Agreements . Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b) Nontransferability . (i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (including, without limitation, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, pursuant to a domestic relations order) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the

 

26


Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant from the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time and other than Awards structured as Restricted Stock) (although dividends and dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within 15 days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

(d) Tax Withholding .

(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant

 

27


to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

(e) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f) International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may in its sole discretion amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(g) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(h) Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence

 

28


(including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination of employment, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i) No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(j) Government and Other Regulations .

(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter- dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision

 

29


in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . Except with respect to OP Units, no election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock or OP Units under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

30


(n) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(o) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.

(q) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (or, if the Company or its successor hereunder ceases to be organized in Delaware, then the internal laws of the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation) applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware (or such other jurisdiction described above), without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(r) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

 

31


(t) 409A of the Code .

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or after Termination, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other Detrimental Activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of any Affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or

 

32


irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

(v) Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

 

33

Exhibit 10.13

AMENDMENT No. 3 , dated as of [            ], 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2012, among SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), Collateral Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender and the other parties thereto (as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 5, 2013, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of January 16, 2014 and as further amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement provides that the relevant Loan Parties and the Required Lenders may amend the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for certain purposes including to replace in their entirety the existing revolving commitments under the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, each Lender listed as a Revolving Credit Lender on Exhibit B hereto has agreed, by its execution of this Amendment, to be a Revolving Credit Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment set forth opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Exhibit B hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendment . The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), hereby amended to (i) delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto and (ii) replace Schedule 1.01A to the Credit Agreement with the revised Schedule 1.01A attached as Exhibit B hereto.

Section 2. Representations and Warranties, No Default . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), after giving effect to this Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date ( provided that representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality are true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification thereof) in all respects on and as of the date hereof or as of the specifically referenced earlier date, as the case may be).

 


Section 3. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (such date, the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(i) Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from Lenders constituting (a) the Required Lenders, (b) each Lender listed on Exhibit B hereto, (c) the Swing Line Lender, (d) each L/C Issuer and (e) each Loan Party;

(ii) Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses required to be paid or reimbursed under Section 10.04(a) of the Credit Agreement for which invoices have been presented a reasonable period of time prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date;

(iii) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion of (i) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and (ii) special counsel to the Loan Parties in each of Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Texas, in each case, covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iv) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date certifying that (a) all representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (although any representations and warranties which expressly relate to a given date or period shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be), before and after giving effect to this Amendment, as though made on and as of such date and (b) no Default, shall have occurred and be continuing;

(v) Closing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority (or a certification from each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) that there have been no changes to the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, that were delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date) and (b) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and certifying (I) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (or a certification from each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) that there have been no changes to the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement, including all amendments thereto, that were delivered to the Administrative

 

-2-


Agent on the Closing Date), (II) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (III) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (b) above;

(vi) Termination of Revolving Credit Commitments . The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of termination of the existing Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with Section 2.06(a) of the Credit Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received, for the benefit of each Revolving Credit Lender, all accrued interest, commitment fees and Letter of Credit fees, with respect to such existing Revolving Credit Commitments;

(vii) IPO Proceeds . An initial public offering of common stock of the Borrower or its direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, in an amount not less than $275,000,000 shall have been consummated or prior to the date that is six months after the date of this Amendment;

(viii) Lender Fees . The Borrower shall have paid or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent (a) for the account of each Lender that has delivered an executed counterpart to this Amendment on or prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on Friday March 6, 2015, a consent fee in an amount equal to 0.10% of the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans outstanding at such time and (b) an upfront fee for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender listed on Exhibit B hereto equal to 1.50% of its Revolving Credit Commitment set forth opposite its name on Schedule B hereto; and

(ix) Real Estate Matters . The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each improved Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Loan Party relating thereto) and, with respect to any Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located in a special flood hazard area, evidence of flood insurance as and to the extent required under Section 6.07(c) of the Credit Agreement.

Section 4. Post-Closing Covenant . Within 60 days after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties will take any actions deemed reasonably advisable (including based on the advice of counsel (which may be counsel to a Loan Party)) by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent due to this Amendment to preserve or continue the perfection of liens and security interests granted prior to the date hereof securing the Obligations, including without limitation

 

-3-


any amendments to real property mortgages, date-down or modification endorsements to the title policies insuring such mortgages (to the extent available in the applicable jurisdictions at commercially reasonable rates) and/or title searches, and opinions of counsel with respect thereto.

Section 5. FATCA Non-grandfathering . Solely for purposes of determining withholding taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) any Loan Document, any Term Loan and any Loan made under any Revolving Credit Commitment as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

Section 6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or any other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 7. Applicable Law .

(a) THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER THIS AMENDMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AMENDMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AMENDMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

Section 8. Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

-4-


Section 9. Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly set forth herein, (i) this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, in each case under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of either such agreement or any other Loan Document. Each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Each Loan Party reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties hereby consents to this Amendment and confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

Section 10. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY .

THE PARTIES HERETO EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AMENDMENT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTER-CLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
[GUARANTORS]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, L/C Issuer, Swingline Lender and a Lender

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE, AMONG SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC, THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO AND BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

,
as a Lender (type name of legal entity)
By:

 

Name:
Title:
If a second signature is necessary:
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment]


EXHIBIT A

CONFORMED CONVENIENCE COPY TO INCORPORATE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 3

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 30, 2012,

as amended on February 5, 2013

as further amended on January 16, 2014

as further amended on [            ], 2015

among

SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC,

as the Borrower,

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative and Collateral Agent,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender,

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Syndication Agent,

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

REGIONS BANK,

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

and

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers,

and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

BARCLAYS CAPITAL,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Bookrunners

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Sole Lead Arranger for Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 3

and Sole Bookrunner for Amendment No. 3

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

and

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Joint Bookrunners for Amendment No. 1

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions and Accounting Terms   

Section 1.01.

  Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.02.

  Other Interpretive Provisions      43 45   

Section 1.03.

  Accounting Terms      43 45   

Section 1.04.

  Rounding      43 46   

Section 1.05.

  References to Agreements, Laws, Etc      44 46   

Section 1.06.

  Times of Day      44 46   

Section 1.07.

  Timing of Payment of Performance      44 46   

Section 1.08.

  Pro Forma Calculations      44 46   

Section 1.09.

  Letter of Credit Amounts      45 47   

Section 1.10.

  Cumulative Credit Transactions      45 47   
ARTICLE II   
The Commitments and Credit Extensions   

Section 2.01.

  The Loans      46 48   

Section 2.02.

  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans      46 48   

Section 2.03.

  Letters of Credit      47 49   

Section 2.04.

  Swing Line Loans      55 57   

Section 2.05.

  Prepayments      57 59   

Section 2.06.

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      60 62   

Section 2.07.

  Repayment of Loans      61 62   

Section 2.08.

  Interest      61 63   

Section 2.09.

  Fees      61 63   

Section 2.10.

  Computation of Interest and Fees      62 64   

Section 2.11.

  Evidence of Indebtedness      62 64   

Section 2.12.

  Payments Generally      63 65   

Section 2.13.

  Sharing of Payments      64 66   

Section 2.14.

  Incremental Credit Extensions      65 67   

Section 2.15.

  Defaulting Lender      66 68   

Section 2.16.

  Refinancing Amendments      68 69   

Section 2.17.

  Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Credit Loans      68 70   
ARTICLE III   
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality   

Section 3.01.

  Taxes      71 73   

Section 3.02.

  Illegality      73 75   

Section 3.03.

  Inability to Determine Rates      74 76   
Section 3.04.  

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans

     74 76   

Section 3.05.

  Funding Losses      75 77   

Section 3.06.

  Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation      75 77   

Section 3.07.

  Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances      76 78   

Section 3.08.

  Survival      77 79   
ARTICLE IV   
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions   

 

i


         Page  
Section 4.01.   All Credit Events After the Closing Date      77 79   
Section 4.02.   First Credit Event      78 80   
 

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

  
Section 5.01.   Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      80 81   
Section 5.02.   Authorization; No Contravention      80 82   
Section 5.03.   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      80 82   
Section 5.04.   Binding Effect      80 82   
Section 5.05.   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      81 82   
Section 5.06.   Litigation      81 83   
Section 5.07.   No Default      81 83   
Section 5.08.   Ownership of Property; Liens      81 83   
Section 5.09.   Environmental Matters      82 83   
Section 5.10.   Taxes      82 84   
Section 5.11.   ERISA Compliance      82 84   
Section 5.12.   Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      83 84   
Section 5.13.   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      83 85   
Section 5.14.   Disclosure      83 85   
Section 5.15.   Labor Matters      83 85   
Section 5.16.   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc      83 85   
Section 5.17.   Solvency      84 86   
Section 5.18.   Security Documents      84 86   
Section 5.19.   Senior Debt      85 86   

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

  

  

Section 6.01.   Financial Statements      85 87   
Section 6.02.   Certificates; Other Information      87 89   
Section 6.03.   Notices      88 90   
Section 6.04.   Payment of Obligations      88 90   
Section 6.05.   Preservation of Existence, Etc      88 90   
Section 6.06.   Maintenance of Properties      89 91   
Section 6.07.   Maintenance of Insurance      89 91   
Section 6.08.   Compliance with Laws      89 91   
Section 6.09.   Books and Records      89 91   
Section 6.10.   Inspection Rights      89 91   
Section 6.11.   Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors      90 92   
Section 6.12.   Compliance with Environmental Laws      91 93   
Section 6.13.   Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions      92 94   
Section 6.14.   Maintenance of Ratings      92 94   

ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

  

  

Section 7.01.   Liens      93 95   
Section 7.02.   Investments      96 98   
Section 7.03.   Indebtedness      98 100   
Section 7.04.   Fundamental Changes      100 102   
Section 7.05.   Dispositions      101 103   
Section 7.06.   Restricted Payments      103 105   
Section 7.07.   Change in Nature of Business      106 108   
Section 7.08.   Transactions with Affiliates      106 108   

 

ii


    Page  

Section 7.09.

Burdensome Agreements   106 109   

Section 7.10.

Use of Proceeds   107 109   

Section 7.11.

Financial Covenants   107 110   

Section 7.12.

Accounting Changes   108 110   

Section 7.13.

Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness   108 110   

Section 7.14.

Permitted Activities   108 111   
ARTICLE VIII   
Events of Default and Remedies   

Section 8.01.

Events of Default   109 111   

Section 8.02.

Remedies upon Event of Default   111 113   

Section 8.03.

Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries   111 113   

Section 8.04.

Application of Funds   111 113   

Section 8.05.

Borrower’s Right to Cure   112 114   

ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

  

  

Section 9.01.

Appointment and Authorization of Agents   113 115   

Section 9.02.

Delegation of Duties   114 116   

Section 9.03.

Liability of Agents   114 116   

Section 9.04.

Reliance by Agents   114 116   

Section 9.05.

Notice of Default   115 117   

Section 9.06.

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents   115 117   

Section 9.07.

Indemnification of Agents   115 117   

Section 9.08.

Agents in Their Individual Capacities   116 118   

Section 9.09.

Successor Agents   116 118   

Section 9.10.

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim   117 119   

Section 9.11.

Collateral and Guaranty Matters   117 119   

Section 9.12.

Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers   118 120   

Section 9.13.

Appointment of Supplemental Agents   119 121   

Section 9.14.

Withholding Tax Indemnity   119 121   

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

  

  

Section 10.01.

Amendments, Etc   120 122   

Section 10.02.

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies   122 124   

Section 10.03.

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies   123 125   

Section 10.04.

Attorney Costs and Expenses   124 126   

Section 10.05.

Indemnification by the Borrower   124 126   

Section 10.06.

Payments Set Aside   125 127   

Section 10.07.

Successors and Assigns   125 127   

Section 10.08.

Confidentiality   131 133   

Section 10.09.

Setoff   131 133   

Section 10.10.

Interest Rate Limitation   132 134   

Section 10.11.

Counterparts   132 134   

Section 10.12.

Integration; Termination   132 134   

Section 10.13.

Survival of Representations and Warranties   132 134   

Section 10.14.

Severability   133 135   

Section 10.15.

GOVERNING LAW   133 135   

Section 10.16.

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY   133 135   

Section 10.17.

Binding Effect   133 135   

Section 10.18.

USA Patriot Act   134 136   

Section 10.19.

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility   134 136   

 

iii


         Page  

ARTICLE XI

Guarantee

  

  

Section 11.01.   The Guarantee      134 137   
Section 11.02.   Obligations Unconditional      135 137   
Section 11.03.   Reinstatement      136 138   
Section 11.04.   Subrogation; Subordination      136 138   
Section 11.05.   Remedies      136 138   
Section 11.06.   Instrument for the Payment of Money      136 139   
Section 11.07.   Continuing Guarantee      136 139   
Section 11.08.   General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      136 139   
Section 11.09.   Release of Guarantors      137 139   
Section 11.10.   Right of Contribution      137 139   

 

SCHEDULES

1.01A

   Commitments

1.01B

   Existing Letters of Credit

4.02(c)

   Local Counsel Opinions

5.05

   Certain Liabilities

5.08

   Ownership of Property

5.09(a)

   Environmental Matters

5.12

   Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

7.01(b)

   Existing Liens

7.02(f)

   Existing Investments

7.03(b)

   Existing Indebtedness

7.05(k)

   Dispositions

7.08

   Transactions with Affiliates

7.09

   Certain Contractual Obligations

10.02

   Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Form of

A

  

Committed Loan Notice

B

   Swing Line Loan Notice

C-1

   Term Note

C-2

   Revolving Credit Note

C-3

   Swing Line Note

D

   Compliance Certificate

E

   Assignment and Assumption

F

   Security Agreement

G

   Intercompany Note

H

   Holdings Pledge Agreement

I

   United States Tax Compliance Certificates

J

   Mortgage

K

   First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

L

   Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

M

   Affiliated Lender Notice

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 30, 2012, among SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Syndication Agent, and BARCLAYS BANK PLC and REGIONS BANK, as Co-Documentation Agents.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Credit Agreement pursuant to which certain term loan, revolving credit and letter of credit facilities have been made available to the Borrower.

The proceeds of the term loan borrowings hereunder together with the proceeds of the Senior Notes (as defined below) will be used (i) to repay in full the term loans of Summit Materials Companies I, LLC under the Existing Credit Agreement, (ii) to repay and terminate the revolving credit loans and commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement, as the case may be, and (iii) to repay the existing Indebtedness of Continental Cement Company, L.L.C., in each such case, simultaneously herewith.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) Original Term Loans in an initial aggregate amount of $400,000,000 and (ii) Revolving Credit Commitments in an initial aggregate amount of $150,000,000. The Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Swing Line Loans and one or more Letters of Credit from time to time.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

Section 1.01. Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement (including in the preliminary statements hereto), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a).

Additional Refinancing Lender ” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.16, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent such consent would be required for an assignment to such Person pursuant to Section 10.07.

Additional Term B Commitment ” means, with respect to the Additional Term B Lender, its commitment to make a Term B Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an amount equal to $422,000,000 minus the aggregate principal amount of the Converted Term B Loans of all Lenders.

Additional Term B Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Term B Lender.

Additional Term B Lender ” means the Person identified as such in the Additional Term B Joinder Agreement.

 


Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is the Sponsor (including portfolio companies of the Sponsor) (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate) or a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate of the Sponsor at such time.

Affiliated Lender Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(k)(iv).

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Supplemental Agents (if any), the Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger and , the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner .

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto.

Amendment No. 1 Arranger ” means Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as Sole Lead Arranger for Amendment No. 1.

Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender ” means each Lender that provided the Administrative Agent with a counterpart to Amendment No. 1 executed by such Lender.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” means February 5, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners ” means Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in their capacities as Joint Bookrunners for Amendment No. 1.

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” means January 16, 2014.

Amendment No. 3 ” means Amendment No. 3 to this Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2015, by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto.

 

-2-


Amendment No. 3 Arranger ” means Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as Sole Lead Arranger for Amendment No. 3.

Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Sole Bookrunner for Amendment No. 3.

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ” means the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 3 of Amendment No. 3 have been satisfied.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” means, for any fiscal year, (a) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 2.50:1.00, (b) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 1.75:1.00 and less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 1.75:1.00.

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

(a) with respect to Term B Loans, (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 3.75% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 2.75%.

(b) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, commitment fees on the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Letter of Credit fees, (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans and Letter of Credit fees, 4.50%, (B) for Base Rate Loans, 3.50% and (C) for commitment fees, 0.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing

Level

   Consolidated First
Lien Net Leverage
Ratio
     Eurocurrency Rate
and Letter of Credit Fees
    Base Rate     Commitment Fee
Rate
 

1

     >2.50:1         4.50 3.50 %       3.50 2.50 %       0.50

2

     £ 2.50:1         4.25 3.25 %       3.25 2.25 %       0.50

; provided that from and after the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Effective Date, the Applicable Rate for Loans and Letter of Credit fees with respect to the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments shall be reduced by 100 basis points from the Applicable Rate otherwise determined above.

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, “Pricing Level 1” (immediately above) shall apply (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

In the event that any financial statements under Section 6.01 or a Compliance Certificate is shown to be inaccurate at any time that this Agreement is in effect and any Loans or Commitments are outstanding hereunder when such inaccuracy is discovered or within 91 days after the date on which all Loans have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to a higher Applicable Rate for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the

 

-3-


Borrower shall promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrower), and (iii) the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent promptly upon demand (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after demand) any additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any additional interest hereunder shall not be due and payable until demand is made for such payment pursuant to clause (iii) above and accordingly, any nonpayment of such interest as result of any such inaccuracy shall not constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and no such amounts shall be deemed overdue (and no amounts shall accrue interest at the Default Rate), at any time prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days following such demand.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii) the Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the relevant Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Bank ” has the meaning set forth in clause (c) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents.”

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of the entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” means Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Assignees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined rate of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes (including, without limitation, taxes imposed under Sections 1401 or 1411 of the Code) for a taxable year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes); provided, however, that for any taxable period beginning after the Trigger Date, the “Assumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal combined rate of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes for a taxable year prescribed for a corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheets and the related audited consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, acting in its individual capacity, and its successors and assigns.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of

 

-4-


America as its “prime rate” and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 2.25% per annum with respect to the Term B Loans. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Blackstone Limited Partner ” means the entities listed on the signature pages of the Partnership Agreement under the heading Blackstone Limited Partners and their respective successors and assigns.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing, or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of the state of New York or, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and if such day relates to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate, without duplication, of (a) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment and other deferred charges included in Capital Expenditures reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (b) the value of all assets under Capitalized Leases incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than as a result of purchase accounting) and (c) Capitalized Software Expenditures; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (x) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, restored or repaired or (y) awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (ii) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment solely to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time, (iii) the purchase of plant, property or equipment or software to the extent financed with the proceeds of Dispositions outside the ordinary course of business that are not required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), (iv) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and that actually are paid for by a Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary and for which neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), (v) expenditures that constitute any part of expenses of any Capitalized Lease, (vi) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions, (vii) any capitalized interest expense reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or (viii) any non-cash compensation or other non-cash costs reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that for purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat leases in a manner consistent with its current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as of the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur thereafter.

 

-5-


Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at Bank of America (or another commercial bank selected in compliance with Section 9.09) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary:

(a) Dollars;

(b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States having average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(c) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) (A) is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any member nation of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or is the principal banking Subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any member nation of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 (any such bank in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with maturities not exceeding 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(e) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(f) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations;

(g) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);

 

-6-


(h) Investments (other than in structured investment vehicles and structured financing transactions) with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i) euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above, in each case, customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(j) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in money market investment programs which are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such Investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (h) of this definition; and

(k) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types (including as to credit quality and maturity) described in clauses (a) through (j) above.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender (or Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such arrangement was entered into) (a “ Cash Management Bank ”) in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, credit card, debit card and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

Change of Control ” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any combination of Permitted Holders shall fail to own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate Equity Interests representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings;

(b) at any time after a Qualified IPO, (i) any person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than any combination of the Investors or any “group” including any Permitted Holders ( provided that, in the case of any such “group,” the Permitted Holders hold a majority of all voting interest in Holdings’ Equity Interests held by all members of such “group”), shall have acquired beneficial ownership of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting interest in Holdings’ Equity Interests and the Permitted Holders shall own, directly or indirectly, less than such person or “group” on a fully diluted basis of the voting interest in Holdings’ Equity Interests or (ii) during each period of twelve consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings shall not consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors;

(c) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under the Senior Notes, the Senior Unsecured Notes or any Junior Financing, in each case, with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(d) Holdings shall cease to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

-7-


Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Extension Series, Revolving Commitment Increases, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, Revolving Credit Loans under Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Extension Series, Revolving Credit Loans under Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Original Term Loans, Term B Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Extension Series. Revolving Credit Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Closing Date ” means the first date on which all the conditions precedent in Section 4.02 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.02.

Co-Documentation Agents ” means Barclays Bank PLC and Regions Bank, as co-documentation agents under this Agreement.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” means the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged or in which a Lien is granted pursuant to any Collateral Document, including, without limitation, the Mortgaged Property.

Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as collateral agent or pledgee in its own name under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document to the extent required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.02(e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party party thereto;

(b) the Obligations shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower and (ii) all Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Excluded Subsidiary directly owned by any Loan Party, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the security interest in the Equity Interests of Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. shall be limited to the units owned by Summit Materials Holdings II, LLC;

(c) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and Mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property in the United States, other general intangibles, Material Real Property and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(d) subject to limitations and exceptions of this Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, including the limitations and exceptions set forth in the proviso of Section 4.02(e)) and the Collateral Documents, to the extent a security interest in and Mortgages on any Material Real Property is required pursuant to clause (c) above or Section 6.11 or 6.13 (each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”), the Administrative

 

-8-


Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Liens described in clause (ii) below) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed 100% of the fair market value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if reasonably necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (B) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e. , policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), (C) have been supplemented by such endorsements (or where such endorsements are not available after the applicable Loan Party has used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same, opinions of special counsel, architects or other professionals reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions; provided , however , that the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” endorsement); provided , further , that the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts (provided such commercially reasonable efforts shall not require Borrower to incur any material additional costs or liabilities) to cause the title company to (A) remove any survey exceptions from the Mortgage Policies and (B) deliver such endorsements to the Mortgage Policies as would typically require the delivery of a survey (including, without limitation, access to public road, access via easement, location, contiguity, address, and encroachment endorsements) notwithstanding that no surveys have been delivered with respect to such Mortgaged Properties, (iii) legal opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent as to such matters as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iv) a completed “Life of Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties together with evidence of flood insurance as and to the extent required under Section 6.07(c) hereof; and

(e) after the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Excluded Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and signatory to this Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement in accordance with Section 6.11 and a party to the applicable Collateral Documents in accordance with Section 6.11.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(A) the foregoing definition shall not require, unless otherwise stated in this clause (A), the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance or taking other actions with respect to, (i) (x) any fee owned real property other than Material Real Properties or (y) any leasehold rights or interests in real property (including landlord waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters), (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, letters of credit with a face

 

-9-


value of less than $5,000,000 and commercial tort claims where the amount of damages claimed by the applicable Loan Party is less than $5,000,000 except to the extent that perfection may be achieved by the filing of financing statements, (iii) any particular asset, if the pledge thereof or the security interest therein is prohibited by Law other than to the extent such prohibition is expressly deemed ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law notwithstanding such prohibition, (iv) Margin Stock and, solely to the extent prohibited by the Organization Documents or any shareholders agreement with shareholders that are Excluded Subsidiaries of the Borrower, Equity Interests in any Person other than Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Excluded Subsidiaries, (v) any rights of any Loan Party with respect to any lease, license or other agreement to the extent a grant of security interest therein is prohibited by such lease, license or other agreement, would result in an invalidation thereof or would create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Laws or principle of equity notwithstanding such prohibition, (vi) the creation or perfection of pledges of, or security interests in, any property or assets that would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Borrower with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (it being understood that the Lenders shall not require the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any security agreements or pledge agreements governed under foreign law), (vii) intellectual property to the extent a security interest is not perfected by filing of a UCC financing statement or in respect of registered intellectual property, a filing in the USPTO (if required) or the U.S. Copyright Office (it being understood that such assets are intended to constitute Collateral, though perfection beyond UCC, USPTO and U.S. Copyright Office filings is not required) and (viii) any particular assets if, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent evidenced in writing, determined in consultation with the Borrower, the burden or cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents;

(B) (i) the foregoing definition shall not require control agreements and perfection by “control” with respect to any Collateral (including deposit accounts, securities accounts, etc.) other than certificated Equity Interests of (x) the Borrower, (y) to the extent constituting Collateral, its Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries and (z) other Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by the terms of such Subsidiaries’ organizational or joint venture documents; (ii) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (iii) except to the extent that perfection and priority may be achieved by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the Borrower or a Guarantor, or, with respect to real property and the recordation of Mortgages in respect thereof, as contemplated by clauses (c) and (d) above, the Loan Documents shall not contain any requirements as to perfection or priority with respect to any assets or property a security interest in which can be perfected by control described in this clause (B);

(C) the Administrative Agent in its discretion may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests in, and Mortgages on, or obtaining of title insurance or taking other actions with respect to, particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date) or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition where it reasonably determines in writing, in consultation with the Borrower, that the creation or perfection of security interests and Mortgages on, or obtaining of title insurance or taking other actions, or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition cannot be accomplished without undue delay, burden or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date, (i) UCC financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the UCC in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each Loan Party, and (ii) any certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Equity Interests of the Borrower and any Subsidiary Guarantors accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank; and

(D) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

 

-10-


Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, each of the Mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.02, Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of a given Extension Series, Other Revolving Credit Commitment, Additional Term B Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Extension Series, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower .

Company ” means the Borrower, together with its successors and assigns.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :

(a) without duplication and, except with respect to clauses (viii) and (xi) below, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(i) total interest expense determined in accordance with GAAP (including, to the extent deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income, (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Leases, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts with respect to Indebtedness, (f) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (g) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees) and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed),

(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital gains of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, federal, state and local income, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations,

(iii) depletion, depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangible assets, including Capitalized Software Expenditures),

(iv) (A) severance, relocation costs and expenses, Original Transaction Expenses, integration costs, transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any non-recurring strategic initiatives, costs incurred in

 

-11-


connection with acquisitions and non-recurring product and intellectual property development after the Original Closing Date, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), project start-up costs and other restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Original Closing Date and to closure/consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs and excess pension charges) in an aggregate amount of all items added pursuant to this clause (iv)(A) for any Test Period (other than Original Transaction Expenses incurred, accrued or paid no later than the end of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Original Closing Date) not to exceed, with respect to transactions (other than the Original Transactions), when added to the amount of add backs made pursuant to clause (viii) below and pursuant to Section 1.08(c), 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to this clause (iv)(A) or clause (viii) below or Section 1.08(c) for such Test Period), (B) without duplication of amounts under subclause (A) of this clause (iv) or clause (viii) below, the amount of any losses, costs or costs inefficiencies related to plant disruptions or shutdowns to the extent such losses, costs and/or costs inefficiencies do not exceed $5,000,000 in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and (C) without duplication of amounts under clause (iii) above, the portion of any earn-out, non-compete payments relating to such period or other contingent purchase price obligations and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments to the extent such payment is permitted to be paid pursuant to this Agreement and is deducted from net income under GAAP;

(v) the amount of net income (loss) attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary,

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses and indemnities paid or accrued to the Investors or their Affiliates (or management companies) under the Investor Management Agreement (for avoidance of doubt, no termination fee paid under the Investor Management Agreement may be included in this clause (vi)),

(vii) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any individual equity grant or award, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests),

(viii) the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) during such period, including in connection with any Specified Transaction (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) a duly completed certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent together with the Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), certifying that (x) such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are reasonably expected and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (y) such actions are to be taken within 18 months after the consummation of the acquisition, Disposition, restructuring or the implementation of an initiative, which is expected to result in such cost savings, expense reductions or synergies, (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings and operating expense reductions added pursuant to this clause (viii) for any Test Period, when added to the aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to clause (iv)(A) above and pursuant to Section 1.08(c) does not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to this clause (viii), clause (iv)(A) above or Section 1.08(c) for such Test Period and

 

-12-


(D) projected amounts (and not yet realized) may no longer be added in calculating Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent occurring more than four full fiscal quarters after the specified action taken in order to realize such projected cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies,

(ix) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations,

(x) accretion of asset retirement obligations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, section 410, accounting for asset retirement obligations,

(xi) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures)

not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back,

(xii) non-cash expenses, charges and losses (including reserves, impairment charges or asset write-offs, losses from investments recorded using the equity method, stock-based awards compensation expense), in each case other than (A) any non-cash charge representing amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid and not expensed in a prior period and (B) any non-cash charge relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with respect to accounts receivable or inventory; provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (xii) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent paid,

(xiii) the amount of loss on the sale of receivables and related assets as part of a receivables financing,

less (b) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (i) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), (ii) any net gain from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and (iii) the amount of any minority interest income consisting of Subsidiary losses attributable to minority interests or non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any gain representing the reversal of any non-cash charge referred to in clause (a)(xii)(B) above for a prior period shall be added (together with, without duplication, any amounts received in respect thereof to the extent not increasing Consolidated Net Income) to Consolidated EBITDA in any subsequent period to such extent so reversed (or received);

provided that:

(A) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA (x) currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain (i) resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk and (ii) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and (y) gains or losses on Swap Contracts,

(B) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification, section 815 and International Accounting Standard No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations,

(C) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) obligations under any Swap Contracts or (iii) other derivative instruments, and

 

-13-


(D) there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any after-tax effect of non-recurring items (including gains or losses and all fees and expenses relating thereto) relating to curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans for such period.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but subject to pro forma adjustments for events occurring following the Closing Date (and pursuant to the next succeeding sentence), for purposes of determining Consolidated EBITDA under this Agreement for any period that includes (x) any of the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarters shall be $37,046,000, $(10,802,000), $40,531,000 and $66,381,000, respectively, or (y) any other period occurring prior to the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to the Original Transactions. For the period of four fiscal quarters ended on September 30, 2011, the amount of adjustments pursuant to clause (viii) above and Section 1.08, net of the amount of actual benefits realized in such period from such actions, was $11,198,000.

Consolidated First Lien Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, any Indebtedness described in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated Total Net Debt” outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary but excluding any such Indebtedness in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations minus the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Restricted Cash), in each case, that is held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, free and clear of all Liens (other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(p), Section 7.01(q), clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(r), 7.01(ee) and 7.01(ff)); provided that Consolidated First Lien Net Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit (including Letters of Credit), except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated First Lien Net Debt until 3 Business Days after such amount is drawn; it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that obligations under Swap Contracts entered into for non-speculative purposes, deferred consideration, earn-out payments and non-compete payments do not constitute Consolidated First Lien Net Debt.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Leases), net of cash interest income, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net cash costs under Swap Contracts, and (ii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b) below relating to Funded Debt that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, but excluding, however, (a) amortization of deferred financing costs and any other amounts of non-cash interest, (b) the accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty during such period, (c) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification, section 815, (d) any cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (e) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations and financing fees, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (f) fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Original Transactions, (g) annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, and (h) costs associated with obtaining Swap Contracts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining Consolidated Interest Expense (i) for any period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be an amount equal to actual Consolidated Interest Expense from the Closing Date through the date of determination multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date through the date of determination and (ii) shall exclude the purchase accounting effects described in the last sentence of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income.”

 

-14-


Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided , however , that, without duplication,

(a) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual items (including gains or losses and all fees and expenses relating thereto) for such period shall be excluded,

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income shall be excluded,

(c) any fees and expenses incurred during such period (including, without limitation, any premiums, make whole or penalty payments), or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated on or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R) and gains or losses associated with FASB Interpretation No. 45) shall be excluded,

(d) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Original Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(e) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of abandoned, disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(f) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person in each case other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

(g) the amount of proportionate Consolidated EBITDA above the net income (loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower and that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included,

(h) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(i) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Original Transactions, shall be excluded,

(j) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded,

 

-15-


(k) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

(l) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Accounting Standards Codification, section 715, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded, and

(m) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be excluded (except to the extent required for any calculation of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis in accordance with Section 1.08).

For the avoidance of doubt revenue will be accounted for on a GAAP basis and the recognition of any deferred revenue will be included in Consolidated Net Income in the same period as recognized for GAAP.

There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, mineral reserves, landfill airspace and debt line items thereof) and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), as a result of the Original Transactions, any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date, any Permitted Acquisitions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

Consolidated Secured Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, any Indebtedness described in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated Total Net Debt” outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary minus the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Restricted Cash), in each case, that is held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date, free and clear of all Liens (other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(p), Section 7.01(q), clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(r), 7.01 (ee) and 7.01(ff)); provided that Consolidated Secured Net Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit (including Letters of Credit), except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Secured Net Debt until 3 Business Days after such amount is drawn; it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that obligations under Swap Contracts entered into for non-speculative purposes, deferred consideration, earn-out payments and non-compete payments do not constitute Consolidated Secured Net Debt.

Consolidated Total Assets ” of any Person means, at any date, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Total Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but (x) excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Original Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition and (y) any Indebtedness that is issued at a discount to its initial principal amount shall be calculated based on the entire principal amount thereof), consisting of Indebtedness

 

-16-


for borrowed money, Attributable Indebtedness, and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Restricted Cash), in each case, that is held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(p), Section 7.01(q), clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(r), 7.01 (ee) and 7.01(ff)); provided that Consolidated Total Net Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit (including Letters of Credit), except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Net Debt until 3 Business Days after such amount is drawn; it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that obligations under Swap Contracts entered into for non-speculative purposes, deferred consideration, earn-out payments and non-compete payments (to the extent such earn-out payments would not become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP as GAAP existed on December 31, 2008) do not constitute Consolidated Total Net Debt.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

Continental Cement Indebtedness ” means each of (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, among Continental Cement Company, L.L.C., as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent and a syndicate of lenders, as amended or supplemented and in effect on the date hereof, (ii) that certain Second Amended and Restated Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010, among Continental Cement Company, L.L.C., as borrower, Sankaty Advisors, LLC, as agent and a syndicate of lenders, as amended or supplemented and in effect on the date hereof and (iii) that certain Promissory Note, dated as of May 27, 2010, made by Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. in favor of Farmer Holding Company, Inc., as amended or supplemented and in effect on the date hereof.

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Borrower is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of the Borrower.

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Converted Original Term Loan ” means each Original Term Loan held by an Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 that such Lender has elected to convert to a Term B Loan in accordance with Amendment No. 1.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Credit ” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time, plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower or of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower after the Closing Date and on or

 

-17-


prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of the Borrower and (ii) the common Equity Interests of the Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) (other than Disqualified Equity Interests of the Borrower) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to the Obligations) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to a Person other than a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), (x)  not previously applied for a purpose (including a Specified Equity Contribution) other than use in the Cumulative Credit and (y) not including Equity Interests purchased by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower using cash distributed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(iii) , plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of the Borrower (other than from a Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Closing Date other than from (i)  a Specified Equity Contribution or (ii) the reinvestment by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of cash distributed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(iii ), plus

(d) an amount equal to any returns in cash and Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(n), minus

(e) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(i) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(f) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(n) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(g) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(j)(y) after the Closing Date and prior to such time, minus

(h) any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make payments or distributions in respect of Junior Financings pursuant to Section 7.13 after the Closing Date and prior to such time.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” means, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, less the amount of Excess Cash Flow of Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent and for so long as such Excess Cash Flow is excluded from Excess Cash Flow prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(viii), for each Excess Cash Flow Period ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves, (e) deferred revenue and (f) any Revolving Credit Exposure or Revolving Credit Loans.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” means (i) any fund managed by, or under common management with, GSO Capital Partners LP, (ii) any fund managed by GSO Debt Funds Management LLC, Blackstone Debt Advisors L.P., Blackstone Distressed Securities Advisors L.P., Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors L.P. or Blackstone Mezzanine Advisors II L.P. and (iii) any other Affiliate of Holdings that is a bona fide diversified debt fund or an investment

 

-18-


vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and with respect to which Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. does not, directly or indirectly, direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that (i) such Lender has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied , make a payment to the L/C Issuer in respect of an LC Advance and/or make a payment to the Swing Line Lender in respect of a Swing Line Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (ii) such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (iii) such Lender has, for three or more Business Days, failed, in good faith, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (iii) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (iv) a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender ( provided that neither the reallocation of funding obligations provided for in Section 2.15(a) as a result of a Lender’s being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated funding obligations will by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender). Any determination that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (i) through (iv) above will be made by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion acting in good faith. The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a copy of any notice to the Borrower provided for in this definition.

Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests in a Subsidiary) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the

 

-19-


Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Yield ” means, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (based on an assumed four year life to maturity) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(a).

Environment ” means indoor air, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws ” means the common law and any applicable Laws, in any case, relating to pollution or the protection of the Environment, or the protection of human health (to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials) and safety as it relates to the environment, including any applicable provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq ., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 5101 et seq ., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq ., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq ., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq ., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq ., the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq ., Mine Safety and Health Act, 30 U.S.C. § 801 et seq. , and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq ., and all analogous state or local statutes, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation and remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any order, decree or contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with a Loan Party or any Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

-20-


ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived; (g) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”) or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent , as published by Reuters on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations of BBA LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) BBA LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for with a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Banking Days prior to such date and time of determination commencing that day ;

provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; provided further that in all cases (a) or (b) the Eurocurrency Rate shall not be less than 1.25% per annum with respect to the Term B Loans.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period

 

-21-


(other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries completed during such period) and (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (m) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” (ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to the extent not expensed and Capitalized Software Expenditures accrued or made in cash or accrued during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash or borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and were not made by utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount, (iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases, (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.07 and (C) any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made during such period and (Z) all payments in respect of any other revolving credit facility made during such period, except in the case of clause (Z) to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with internally generated cash, (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period), (vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, (vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis pursuant to Section 7.02 to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash and were not made by utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount, (viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Section 7.06(f), Section 7.06(h) or Section 7.06(j)(x) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash or borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, (ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period, (x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness, (xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Software Expenditures or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to the extent not expected to be consummated or made, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash not utilizing the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures, Capitalized Software Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, (xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (xiv) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset and (xv) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, earn-out payments and non-compete payments actually made and that are permitted to be made under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of Excess Cash Flow to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

-22-


Excess Cash Flow Period ” means each fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, but in all cases for purposes of calculating the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount shall only include such fiscal years for which financial statements and a Compliance Certificate have been delivered in accordance with Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a) and for which any prepayments required by Section 2.05(b)(i) (if any) have been made (it being understood that the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period shall be included in the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount regardless of whether a prepayment is required by Section 2.05(b)(i)).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not directly or indirectly a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) any Subsidiary that does not have total assets or annual revenues in excess of 3.5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries individually or in the aggregate with all other Subsidiaries excluded via this clause (b), (c) any Subsidiary acquired following the Closing Date that is prohibited by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof from guaranteeing the Obligations or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require material or non-ministerial governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained), (d) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (e) any Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) joint ventures, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle or a captive insurance subsidiary, (i) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary (x) that is treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes and (y) substantially all of the assets of which include the Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and (j) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees any Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any Agent, any Lender (including any L/C Issuer), or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) any Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or net profits (or any franchise or similar Taxes in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized, in which its principal office is located or in which it is otherwise doing business (other than a business deemed to arise solely by virtue of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) or, in the case of any Lender, in which its Lending Office is located, (b) any Taxes in the nature of branch profits tax within the meaning of section 884(a) of the Code imposed by any jurisdiction described in (a), (c) other than in the case of an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 3.07, any United States federal withholding tax that is imposed on any interest payable to such Person pursuant to any Law in effect at the time such Person becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Person (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new applicable Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnification payments with respect to such United States federal withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a), (d) a United States federal withholding tax (including backup withholding tax) that is attributable to such Person’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(d) or (e), or (e) any United States federal withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2010, as amended and restated as of December 17, 2010, among Summit Materials Companies I, LLC, as borrower, Summit Materials Holdings I, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as agent, certain other co-syndication agents and co-documentation agents, and a syndicate of lenders, as amended or supplemented and in effect on the date hereof.

Existing Letters of Credit ” means those letters of credit in existence on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 1.01B hereto.

Existing Revolver Tranche ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b).

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a).

Expiring Credit Commitment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04(g).

 

-23-


Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b).

Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a).

Extending Revolving Credit Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(c).

Extending Term Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(c).

Extension ” means the establishment of an Extension Series by amending a Loan pursuant to Section 2.17 and the applicable Extension Amendment.

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(d).

Extension Election ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(c).

Extension Request ” means any Term Loan Extension Request or a Revolver Extension Request, as the case may be.

Extension Series ” means any Term Loan Extension Series or a Revolver Extension Series, as the case may be.

Facility ” means the Term B Loans, the Revolving Credit Facility, a given Extension Series of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Extension Series of Extended Term Loans, a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, a given Class of Revolving Commitment Increases, or any Other Term Loan (or Commitment) as the context may require.

FATCA ” means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (and any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future Treasury Regulations or other official administrative guidance promulgated thereunder.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letters ” mean (i) the Amended and Restated Engagement Letter, dated as of January 13, 2012, among the Borrower, and the Joint Bookrunners, (ii) that certain Fee Letter dated as of January 30, 2012 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iii) that certain Administrative Agent Fee Letter dated as of January 30, 2012 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

FIRREA ” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto between the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Permitted Notes issued pursuant to Section 7.03(r) or Permitted Ratio Debt issued or incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(s), in each case, that are intended to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) the Fixed Charges for such period.

 

-24-


Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of, without duplication: (1) Total Interest Expense for such period; (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock during such period; and (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period.

Foreign Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(viii).

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

funding obligation ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Defaulting Lender.”

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Original Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(h).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against

 

-25-


loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

Guarantors ” means Holdings and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Domestic Subsidiary that is required hereby to issue a Guarantee of the Obligations or otherwise, at the option of the Borrower, issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Closing Date.

Guaranty ” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means all materials, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, compounds, constituents, substances or wastes, in any form, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas or mold, that are regulated pursuant to, or which could give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Secured Hedge Agreement.”

Holdings ” means Summit Materials Intermediate Holdings, LLC or any Domestic Subsidiary of Summit Materials Intermediate Holdings, LLC that directly owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower, and issues a Guarantee of the Obligations and agrees to assume the obligations of “Holdings” pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to one or more instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Holdings Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Holdings Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

Honor Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Immaterial Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03.

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a).

Incremental Facility ” means any Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase, as applicable.

Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a).

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

 

-26-


(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out or non-compete obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests;

if and to the extent that the foregoing would constitute indebtedness or a liability in accordance with GAAP; and

(h) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Net Debt, and (B) in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05.

Indemnified Taxes ” means any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05.

Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Intercompany Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

Intercreditor Agreements ” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, collectively, in each case to the extent then in effect.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the Test Period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense.

 

-27-


Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made (with Swing Line Loans being deemed made under the Revolving Credit Facility for purposes of this definition); provided that the Amendment No.  1 3 Effective Date shall be an Interest Payment Date with respect to the Term Loans outstanding on such date. Revolving Credit Commitments in effect on such date; provided further that any prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall not be considered a prepayment for purposes of Section 3.05.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, nine or twelve months or less than one month thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

Investor Management Agreement ” means the Transaction and Management Fee Agreement among Holdings and Affiliates of (or management entities associated with) one or more of the Investors as in effect on the Original Closing Date and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in a manner not materially adverse to the Lenders; provided that any management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees payable in advance by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed an amount equal to (x) with respect to the period from the Original Closing Date to December 31, 2010, 2% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period and (y) with respect to any fiscal year thereafter, 2% of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year; provided , further , that in each case, such amounts shall be subject to any adjustments made pursuant to Section 3(c) of the Investor Management Agreement.

Investors ” means (i) Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing (other than any portfolio operating companies of Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P.) and (ii) Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and its Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing (other than any portfolio operating companies of Silverhawk Summit, L.P.).

IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.

 

-28-


ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Joint Bookrunners ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Junior Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13(a).

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Term B Loans, Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, any Incremental Term Loans, any Revolving Commitment Increases or any Other Term Loan, Other Term Loan Commitment, Other Revolving Credit Loan or Other Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means (a) solely with respect to the Existing Letter of Credit, Citibank, N.A., and (b) Bank of America, N.A. and any other Lender that becomes an L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and a Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

 

-29-


Lender Insolvency Event ” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender Insolvency Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day); provided that the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall be extended past the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility for so long as such Letters of Credit are Cash Collateralized by the Borrower.

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan (including any Incremental Term Loan and any extensions of credit under any Revolving Commitment Increase).

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Collateral Documents, (iv) each Letter of Credit Application and (v) any amendment, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing from time to time (including any Incremental Amendment, Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment).

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

London Banking Day ” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

 

-30-


Master Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means a (a) material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to fully and timely perform any of their payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party; or (c) material adverse effect on the rights and remedies available to the Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document.

Material Real Property ” means any fee owned real property owned by any Loan Party (other than fee owned real property owned by Hamm, Inc. and its subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any other owned real property subject to a Lien permitted by clause (u) or (w) of Section 7.01 to the extent and for so long as the documentation governing such Lien prohibits the granting of a Mortgage thereon to secure the Obligations) with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000, at the time of acquisition, as reasonably estimated by the Borrower in good faith).

Maturity Date ” means (i) with respect to the Term B Loans, January 30, 2019, (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Swing Line Facility, January 30, 2017, [             ], 2020 1 ; provided that if prior to the date that is 91 days before January 30, 2019 (such 91 st day, the “Springing Maturity Date”) the Term B Loans have not been repaid in an amount such that no more than $75,000,000 of Term B Loans are then outstanding with cash (other than cash which represents the proceeds of Indebtedness) or the proceeds of Indebtedness of the Borrower with a maturity date (and no scheduled repayments before the date) that is at least 91 days after [            ], 2020, the Maturity Date set forth in this clause (ii) shall be the Springing Maturity Date, (iii) with respect to any tranche of Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders, (iv) with respect to any Other Term Loans or Other Revolving Credit Loans, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment and (v) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment; provided that if any such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgages ” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J hereto with such local law and other changes thereto as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.13, in each case, as the same is amended from time to time and be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Proceeds ” means:

 

1   To be 5 years from signing.

 

-31-


(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Default exists, the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary may reinvest any portion of such proceeds in assets useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within 12 months of such receipt, so used or contractually committed pursuant to a legally binding agreement to be so used (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12-month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed pursuant to a legally binding agreement to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within the later of such 12 month period and 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; it being understood that such proceeds shall constitute Net Proceeds notwithstanding any investment notice if there is a Specified Default at the time of a proposed reinvestment unless such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing); provided , further , that no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds shall exceed $10,000,000 or (y) the aggregate net proceeds exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(d).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of the Sponsor other than (a) Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) any Debt Fund Affiliate and (c) any natural person.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04(g).

Non-extension Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

 

-32-


Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), and (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of such amount as contemplated by (b) above.

Note ” means a Term Note, a Revolving Credit Note or a Swing Line Note, as the context may require.

Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (y) obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary arising under Cash Management Obligations or any Secured Hedge Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit fees, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Original Acquisition Agreement.”

Original Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain membership interest purchase agreement dated November 24, 2009 (together with schedules and exhibits thereto) by and among the Borrower and the sellers party thereto, pursuant to which the Borrower agreed to acquire (the “Original Acquisition”) all of the outstanding equity interests of Hinkle Contracting Company LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company.

Original Closing Date ” means January 31, 2010.

Original Equity Contribution ” means the cash equity contribution by the Investors and certain other investors and associated entities in the amount of $88,278,528.04, together with up to $2,500,000 of rollover equity, made on the Original Closing Date to fund a portion of the Original Acquisition.

Original Funding Date ” means February 1, 2010.

Original Term Loans ” means all Term Loans outstanding under this Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1.

Original Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Investors, Holdings, the Borrower or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Original Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

-33-


Original Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Original Acquisition and other related transactions contemplated by the Original Acquisition Agreement, (b) the Original Equity Contribution, (c) the funding of the Loans on the Original Funding Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents entered into on the Original Closing Date, (d) the repayment of certain Indebtedness existing on the Original Funding Date and (e) the payment of Original Transaction Expenses.

Other Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Credit Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(e).

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a partner (including the general partner) on the books and records of Summit Holdings, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of Summit Holdings as provided under the Partnership Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Holdings, dated as of [            ], 2015, as amended from time to time to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

 

-34-


Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit II to the Security Agreement or any other form reasonably approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(i).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale, trade-in or exchange of equipment or other property of a nature or type that is used or useful in a Permitted Business or a combination of such equipment or property and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that (x) any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 2.05(b) and (y) the fair market value of the equipment or property received is at least as great as the fair market value of the equipment or other property being traded-in or exchanged.

Permitted Business ” means any business that is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and the Management Stockholders; provided that if the Management Stockholders own beneficially or of record more than fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings in the aggregate, they shall be treated as Permitted Holders of only fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings at such time.

Permitted Notes ” means (i) unsecured senior or senior subordinated debt securities of the Borrower, (ii) debt securities of the Borrower that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or (iii) debt securities of the Borrower that are secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided that (a) in the case of debt securities issued in reliance on Section 7.03(r)(i), such debt securities are issued for cash consideration, (b) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Maturity Date of the Term Facility (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (c) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such debt securities, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such debt securities or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (d) at the time that any such Permitted Notes are issued (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall exist, (e) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), as applicable (or if no Test Period cited in Section 7.11 has passed, the covenants in Section 7.11 for the first Test Period cited in such Section shall be satisfied as of the last four quarters ended), in each case, as if such Permitted Notes had been outstanding on the last day of such four quarter period, and (f) no Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Guarantor) shall be an obligor and no Permitted Notes shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral.

Permitted Ratio Debt ” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that (a) immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof (and for purposes of any calculations under this definition, the cash proceeds of such incurrence shall not be permitted to reduce the Consolidated Total Net Debt, Consolidated First Lien Net Debt or Consolidated Secured Net Debt), (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11, (iii) the Total Leverage Ratio is no greater than 5.75 to 1.00 (excluding, for purposes of calculating such ratio under this clause (iii), Revolving Credit Loans borrowed for seasonal working capital requirements in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000), Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00 to 1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured (1) the Secured Leverage Ratio is no greater than 3.50 3.75 to 1.00 (excluding, for purposes of calculating such ratio under this clause (iv), Revolving Credit Loans borrowed for seasonal working capital requirements in an amount not to exceed $ 50,000,000 75,000,000 ), (2) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be in the form of debt securities or

 

-35-


Indebtedness that is not a credit facility that could have been incurred as an Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase, (3) it shall have terms and conditions (other than pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption provisions) that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are not materially less favorable (when taken as a whole) to the Borrower than the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole) and (4) such Indebtedness is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or the maturity date of such Indebtedness can be extended subject to any customary conditions to a date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (vi) any such Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any other Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Section 7.03, does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of $35,000,000 and 2.50% of Consolidated Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e) or (f), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(r), 7.03(s), 7.03(t) or 7.13(a) or is otherwise a Junior Financing, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, taken as a whole; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Principal L/C Issuer ” means Bank of America, any other L/C Issuer that has issued Letters of Credit having an aggregate Outstanding Amount in excess of $4,000,000.

 

-36-


Pro Forma Basis or Pro Forma Effect ” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 1.08.

Pro Forma Compliance ” means, with respect to any covenant in Section 7.11, compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with such covenant in accordance with Section 1.08.

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Projections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

Public Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Other Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Loans incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.16.

Refinancing Series ” means all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” means one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” means one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(d).

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

 

-37-


Rejection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment or from or through any occupied facility or structure.

Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Term B Loans with the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any debt financing (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement (including Replacement Term Loans) whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of replacement term loans under this Agreement) having an Effective Yield that is less than the Effective Yield of such Term B Loans so repaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced, (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices) including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, such Term B Loans or the incurrence of any Replacement Term Loans. Any determination by the Administrative Agent under this definition shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, continuation or conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Class Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Term Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Term Loans of all Term Lenders; provided that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(m) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Class Lenders.

Required Facility Lenders ” mean, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Facility, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the Total Outstandings under such Facility (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under such Facility being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under such Facility held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Facility Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(m) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Facility Lenders.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided , further , that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(m) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

-38-


Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent . Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Borrower.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

Retained Percentage ” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

Revolver Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b).

Revolver Extension Series ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b).

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower hereunder, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01A under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be (i) reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.06 and (ii) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (w) assignments by or to such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (x) an Incremental Amendment, (y) a Refinancing Amendment or (z) an Extension. The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $ 150,000,000 235,000,000 on the Closing Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments shall be “Revolving Credit Commitments” for all purposes of this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the amount of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

-39-


Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated, Revolving Credit Exposure.

Revolving Credit Loans ” means any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(b), Revolving Commitment Increases, Other Revolving Credit Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Loans, as the context may require.

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Same Day Funds ” means immediately available funds.

“Sanction(s) ” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement by and among the Collateral Agent and the collateral agents or other representatives for the holders of Indebtedness secured by Liens that are intended to rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and that are otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 providing that all proceeds of Collateral shall first be applied to repay the Obligations in full prior to being applied to any obligations under the Indebtedness secured by such junior Liens and that until the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment in full (or cash collateralization of Letters of Credit) of all Obligations outstanding under this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have the sole right to exercise remedies against the Collateral (subject to customary exceptions for limited protective actions that may be taken by the holders of such junior Lien Indebtedness) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (or was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Swap Contract was entered into (a “ Hedge Bank ”)).

Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Agents and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Senior Notes ” means $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s senior unsecured notes due 2020 and any Registered Equivalent Notes having substantially identical terms and issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture in exchange for the initial unregistered senior unsecured notes.

 

-40-


Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture for the Senior Notes, dated January 30, 2012, between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, replace or refinanced to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement.

Senior Unsecured Notes ” means $260,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s senior unsecured notes due 2020 and any Registered Equivalent Notes having substantially identical terms and issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture in exchange for the initial unregistered senior unsecured notes.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(h).

Specified Default ” means a Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g).

Specified Equity Contribution ” means any cash contribution to the common equity of Holdings and/or any purchase or investment in an Equity Interest of Holdings other than Disqualified Equity Interests (or other equity on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers).

Specified Transaction ” means any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Incremental Term Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase or Investment that results in a Person becoming a Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and any of its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by it or its Affiliates.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which (i) a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, (ii) more than half of the issued share capital is at the time beneficially owned or (iii) the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Guarantor other than Holdings.

Successor Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(d).

Summit Holdings ” means Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Supplemental Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(a) and “ Supplemental Agents ” shall have the corresponding meaning.

 

-41-


Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Facility ” means the swing line loan facility made available by the Swing Line Lenders pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approve by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower .

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans.

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Syndication Agent ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent under this Agreement.

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis, and any and all liabilities (including interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax) with respect to the foregoing.

Term B Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

-42-


Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

Term Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Term Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension. The initial amount of each Term Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 1.01A hereto under the caption “Term Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Assumption, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Term Commitments on the Closing Date is $400,000,000.

Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

Term Loan ” means any Original Term Loan, Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a).

Term Loan Extension Series ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.17(a).

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, as applicable.

Threshold Amount ” means $20,000,000.

Total Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of the obligations under Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of obligations attributable to Capitalized Leases, and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate the obligations under Swap Contracts with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) costs associated with obtaining the obligations under Swap Contracts, (s) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (v) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (w) any expensing of commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Original Transactions or any acquisitions after the Closing Date and (x) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty); plus

 

-43-


(2) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on obligations attributable to Capitalized Leases shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment ” means each Revolving Credit Commitment existing on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date that is held by a Revolving Credit Lender that has agreed to convert such Revolving Credit Commitment to a “Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment” pursuant to the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement. Total Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units (vested and unvested) then owned by such Partner by the number of Units (vested and unvested) then owned by all Partners.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement ” means an agreement, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, entered into following the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by the Borrower and each Revolving Credit Lender that has agreed to provide a Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment evidencing the parties agreements to establish the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments.

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Effective Date ” means the date on which the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments become effective in accordance with the terms of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement.

Transferred Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.09.

Trigger Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 7.06(g)(iii).

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

Unaudited Financial Statements ” means the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement prior to the Closing Date.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d)(ii)(C) and is in substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Units ” means the class A units and any other class of units that is established in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, which shall constitute limited partner interests in Summit Holdings as provided in the Partner-ship Agreement and under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time and any successor thereto, entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of Summit Holdings at any particular time as set forth in the Partnership Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in the Partnership Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of the Partnership Agreement.

 

-44-


unreallocated portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(a)(ii).

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i).

USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

wholly owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions .

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Section 1.03. Accounting Terms .

All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

-45-


Section 1.04. Rounding .

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

Section 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by the Loan Documents; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

Section 1.06. Times of Day .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.07. Timing of Payment of Performance .

When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Section 1.08. Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.08; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 1.08, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, for purposes of (i) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow and (ii) determining actual compliance (and not Pro Forma Compliance or compliance on a Pro Forma Basis) with any covenant pursuant to Section 7.11, the events described in this Section 1.08 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio , the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith to be subject to clause (d) of this Section 1.08) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) if applicable as described in clause (a) above, subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.08, then the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio , the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.08.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and include, for the

 

-46-


avoidance of doubt, the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or with respect to which the Borrower in good faith expects that substantial steps will have been taken within the time frame set forth in clause (B) below (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions and any such adjustments shall be included in the initial pro forma calculations of such financial ratios or tests and during any subsequent Test Period in which the effects thereof are expected to be realized relating to such Specified Transaction; provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no later than eighteen (18) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period; provided that any increase in Consolidated EBITDA as a result of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

(d) In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio , the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio , the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on (A) the last day of the applicable Test Period in the case of the Total Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and (B) the first day of the applicable Test Period in the case of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio is made had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any hedging obligations applicable to such Indebtedness); provided , in the case of repayment of any Indebtedness, to the extent actual interest related thereto was included during all or any portion of the applicable Test Period, the actual interest may be used for the applicable portion of such Test Period. Interest on Capitalized Leases shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Leases in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chose, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower or such Subsidiary may designate.

Section 1.09. Letter of Credit Amounts .

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.10. Cumulative Credit Transactions .

If more than one action occurs on any given date, the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Cumulative Credit immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously.

 

-47-


ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

Section 2.01. The Loans .

(a) The Term B Borrowings . (i) The Additional Term B Lender agrees to make a term loan to the Borrower in Dollars (a “ Term B Loan ”) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of the Additional Term B Commitment and (ii) each Converted Original Term Loan of each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Lender shall be converted into a Term B Loan of such Lender effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Lender’s Converted Original Term Loan immediately prior to such conversion; provided that the Term B Loans shall initially consist of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period ending March 28, 2013 and the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 1.25%. Amounts repaid with respect to Term B Loans may not be reborrowed.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars pursuant to Section 2.02 to the Borrower from its applicable Lending Office from time to time, on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Amendment No. 3 Effective Date until the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

Section 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (or, in the case of the Term B Loans to be borrowed on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) and (ii) 10 11 :00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to day of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (or, in the case of the Term B Loans to be borrowed on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent may consent) ; provided, however, that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurocurrency Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders . Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Except as provided in Section 2.14(a), each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c), 2.04(c), 2.14(a) or the last sentence of this paragraph, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount

 

-48-


of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowing, second, to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans, and third, to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.02(e) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section 2.03. Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment . (1) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of the Borrower ( provided that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit

 

-49-


previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall be deemed to be issued hereunder on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date in the name of the Borrower for the benefit of the Subsidiary of the Borrower in whose name such Existing Letter of Credit is outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and shall constitute Letters of Credit subject to the terms hereof.

(i) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments have approved such expiry date;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer;

(E) such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

(F) any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has received (as set forth in clause (a)(iv) below) Cash Collateral or similar security satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) from either the Borrower or such Defaulting Lender or such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations has been reallocated pursuant to clause (a)(iv) below in respect of such Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund under Section 2.03(c);

(G) such Letter of Credit is in an initial amount less than $ 100,000 25,000 ;

(H) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; or

(I) with respect to any commercial Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall not have established an account with the L/C Issuer for the payment of fees and any drawings thereunder, as set forth in Section 2.03(h) below.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

-50-


(iii) In the case where any Revolving Credit Lender is at any time a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower and such Defaulting Lender each agree, within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, to cause to be deposited with the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the L/C Issuer, Cash Collateral in the full amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding L/C Obligations; provided that, at the Borrower’s option, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to reallocate all or any part of the Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations among all Revolving Credit Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders but only to the extent (x) the total Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders plus such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations and any Swing Line Loans, in each case, except to the extent Cash Collateralized, does not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (excluding the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Defaulting Lender except to the extent of any outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of such Defaulting Lender) and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time (in which case the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders shall be deemed to be zero (except to the extent Cash Collateral has been posted in respect of any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans) for purposes of any determination of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ respective Pro Rata Shares of L/C Obligations (including for purposes of all fee calculations hereunder). The Borrower and/or such Defaulting Lender hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of such L/C Issuer, a security interest in any Cash Collateral and all proceeds of the foregoing with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participations in Letters of Credit deposited hereunder. Such Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at Bank of America and may be invested in Cash Equivalents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral under this clause (a)(iv) are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent for the benefit of such L/C Issuer or that the total amount of such funds is less than such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all L/C Obligations that has not been reallocated as provided above, the Borrower and/or such Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (I) such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all L/C Obligations that have not been so reallocated over (II) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral in respect thereof under this clause (a)(iv) that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse such L/C Issuer. If the Lender that triggers the Cash Collateral requirement under this clause (a)(iv) ceases to be a Defaulting Lender (as determined by such L/C Issuer in good faith), or if there are no L/C Obligations outstanding, any funds held as Cash Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall thereafter be returned to the Borrower or the Defaulting Lender, whichever provided the funds for the Cash Collateral, and the Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations of each Revolving Credit Lender shall thereafter take into account such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit . (2) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (g) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(i) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a

 

-51-


copy thereof. Upon receipt by the relevant L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(ii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application relating to a standby Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall (A) not be required to permit any such extension if the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its extended form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), and (B) not permit any such extension if it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Non-extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.01 are not then satisfied.

(iii) Promptly after issuance of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations . (3) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately following any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit with notice to the Borrower (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing in Dollars. The L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination or revaluation thereof. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Appropriate Lenders and the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. Any Unreimbursed Amount that is not reimbursed on or prior the Honor Date shall bear interest at the rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans for the first Business Day after the Honor Date and thereafter in accordance with Section 2.03(c)(iii).

(i) Each Appropriate Lender (including any Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Appropriate Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.

 

-52-


(ii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate for Revolving Credit Loans. In such event, each Appropriate Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iii) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans (but not L/C Advances) pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(v) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations . (4) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the amount received by the Administrative Agent.

(i) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

-53-


(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 2.03(e); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by

 

-54-


such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit, in each case as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . (i) If, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, (ii) if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders holding a majority of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 or (iii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iii), (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (iii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means, in respect of an obligation, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Lenders, (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are expressly subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts at the Administrative Agent as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. To the extent any Event of Default giving rise to the requirement to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.03(g) is cured or otherwise waived by the Required Lenders, then so long as no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all Cash Collateral pledged to Cash Collateralize such Letter of Credit shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate for the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Lender times such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit); provided that (x) if any portion of a Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized by the Borrower or reallocated to the other Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(iv), then the Borrower shall not be required to pay a Letter of Credit fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share so long as it is Cash Collateralized by the Borrower or reallocated to the other Revolving Credit Lenders and (y) if any portion of a Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share is not Cash Collateralized or

 

-55-


reallocated pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(iv), then the Letter of Credit fee with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share shall be payable to the applicable L/C Issuer until such Pro Rata Share is Cash Collateralized or such Lender ceases to be a Defaulting Lender. Such Letter of Credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such Letter of Credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. With respect to any commercial Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall have set up an account with the relevant L/C Issuer prior to the issuance of any such commercial Letter of Credit from which such L/C Issuer shall be permitted to debit any amounts required to be paid as fees or as a result of any drawing thereunder.

(i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it to the Borrower equal to the greater of (x) 0.125% per annum (or such other amount as may be mutually agreed by the Borrower and the applicable L/C Issuer) of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit) and (y) to the extent the L/C Issuer is the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof, $1,500 per annum. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account with respect to each Letter of Credit issued to the Borrower the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Addition of an L/C Issuer . A Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit Lender (which, among other things, shall identify the appropriate contact for notices to obtain any necessary consents to assignments under Section 10.07). The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(m) Letter of Credit Reporting . On a monthly basis, each L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a complete list of all outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer.

(n) Existing Letters of Credit . The parties hereto agree that the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement, without any further action by the Borrower.

(o) Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . In connection with the establishment of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Commitments and subject to the availability of unused Commitments with respect to such Class and the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, the Borrower may with the written consent of the applicable L/C Issuer designate any outstanding Letter of Credit to be a Letter of Credit issued pursuant to such Class of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Commitments. Upon such designation such Letter of Credit shall no longer be deemed to be issued and outstanding under such prior Class and shall instead be deemed to be issued and outstanding under such Class of Extended Revolving Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

-56-


Section 2.04. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Bank of America, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, may in its sole discretion, agree to make loans in Dollars to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”), from time to time on any Business Day during the period beginning on the Closing Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and until the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender (other than the relevant Swing Line Lender), plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; provided , further , that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, before making any Swing Line Loans (if at such time any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender), the applicable Swing Line Lender may condition the provision of any Swing Line Loans on its receipt of Cash Collateral or similar security satisfactory to such Swing Line Lender (in its sole discretion) from either the Borrower or such Defaulting Lender in respect of such Defaulting Lender’s risk participation in such Swing Line Loans as set forth below. The Borrower and/or such Defaulting Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, a security interest in all such Cash Collateral and all proceeds of the foregoing. Such Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at Bank of America and may be invested in Cash Equivalents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral under this paragraph are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate risk participation of such Defaulting Lender in the applicable Swing Line Loan, the Borrower and/or such Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate risk participation over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral under this paragraph that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. If the Revolving Credit Lender that triggers the Cash Collateral requirement under this paragraph ceases to be a Defaulting Lender (as determined by the Swing Line Lender in good faith), or if the Swing Line Loans have been permanently reduced to zero, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall thereafter be returned to the Borrower or the Defaulting Lender, whichever provided the funds for the Cash Collateral.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A)  telephone or (B) Swing Line Loan Notice . Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the requested borrowing date and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the relevant Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice (by telephone or in writing), the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, such Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless (x) the

 

-57-


relevant Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.01 is not then satisfied or (y) such Swing Line Lender has determined in its sole discretion not to make such Swing Line Loan, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds .

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes such Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.01. The relevant Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the relevant Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by such Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) (but not to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.01. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

 

-58-


(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the relevant Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, such Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by such Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of a Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(g) Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ Expiring Credit Commitment ”) at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date (each a “ non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” and collectively, the “ non-Expiring Credit Commitments ”), then with respect to each outstanding Swing Line Loan, if consented to by the applicable Swing Line Lender, on the earliest occurring maturity date such Swing Line Loan shall be deemed reallocated to the tranche or tranches of the non-Expiring Credit Commitments on a pro rata basis; provided that (x) to the extent that the amount of such reallocation would cause the aggregate credit exposure to exceed the aggregate amount of such non-Expiring Credit Commitments, immediately prior to such reallocation the amount of Swing Line Loans to be reallocated equal to such excess shall be repaid or Cash Collateralized and (y) notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall still be obligated to pay Swing Line Loans allocated to the Revolving Credit Lenders holding the Expiring Credit Commitments at the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment or if the Loans have been accelerated prior to the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment. Commencing with the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Swing Line Loans shall be agreed solely with the Swing Line Lender.

Section 2.05. Prepayments .

(a) Optional . (5) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and

 

-59-


amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans and the order of Borrowing(s) to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a), the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares).

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a).

(b) Mandatory . (6) Within six (6) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and (2) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans during such fiscal year to the extent the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1) and (2), to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness.

(i) If (1) the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a)(i), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (l), (m), (n), (o) or (p)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received; provided that if any Permitted Notes have been issued in compliance with Sections 7.01 and 7.03 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, then the Borrower may, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Permitted Notes, prepay Term Loans and purchase such Permitted Notes (at a purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof.

(ii) If the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (x) pursuant to Section 7.03(r)(i) or (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is six (6) Business Days after the receipt by the Borrower or such Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iii) If for any reason the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid

 

-60-


Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment (which shall be applied as provided in Section 2.16), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that any Class of Incremental Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Term Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans or Other Term Loans); (B) with respect to each Class of Term Loans, each prepayment pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the scheduled installments of principal thereof following the date of prepayment pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity and (C) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b).

(v) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.05(b) at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Each Term Lender may reject all or a portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Term Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Borrower.

(vi) Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.05(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b), prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b).

(vii) Foreign Dispositions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.05, (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (“ Foreign Disposition ”) or Excess Cash Flow attributable to Foreign Subsidiaries are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.05 but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be immediately effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than two Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05 and (ii) to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith

 

-61-


that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition or Foreign Subsidiary Excess Cash Flow would have material adverse tax cost consequences with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), on or before the date on which any such Net Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or any such Excess Cash Flow would have been required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b), the Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments, as applicable, as if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary).

(viii) Prepayment Premium . At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each Term Lender with outstanding Term B Loans which are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Term Lender that withholds its consent (to the extent such consent is required) to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced pursuant to Section 3.07), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or replaced) or that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Rate pursuant to such Repricing Transaction, as applicable. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

Section 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $100,000, as applicable, or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The amount of any such Commitment reduction shall not otherwise be applied to the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory . The Additional Term B Commitment of the Additional Term B Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B Loans to be made by it on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. The Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender shall automatically and permanently terminate on the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

Section 2.07. Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term B Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders with Term B Loans (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first full quarter after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Term B Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date.

 

-62-


(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all of the Borrower’s Revolving Credit Loans under such Facility outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of its Swing Line Loans on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five (5) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

(d) Original Term Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders holding Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans, the outstanding balance of such Original Term Loans that are not Converted Original Term Loans on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

Section 2.08. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan (which shall not include any Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate, for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan (other than a Swing Line Loan) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans ; provided that from and after the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Effective Date (x) for so long as such Swing Line Loan is held by the Swing Line Lender, such Applicable Rate shall be based on the Applicable Rate with respect to the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) at any time such Swing Line Loan is held by a Revolving Credit Lender other than the Swing Line Lender, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the Applicable Rate for the type of Revolving Credit Commitment held by such Revolving Credit Lender .

(b) During the continuance of a Default under Section 8.01(a), the Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts owing by it hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws; provided that no interest at the Default Rate shall accrue or be payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. Accrued and unpaid interest on such amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 2.09. Fees .

In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i):

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender under each Facility in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans (which shall exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, any Swing Line Loans) and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations; provided that (x) any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and

 

-63-


payable by the Borrower prior to such time and (y) no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fee on the Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Amendment No. 3 Effective Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility with respect to such Commitments, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date during the first full fiscal quarter to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

Section 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees .

All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this

 

-64-


Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 2.12. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Same Day Funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided in Section 2.05(b)(vi) or as otherwise provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect and (y) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking rules governing interbank compensation. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

-65-


(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.04. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

(h) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.02(b), 2.03(c), 2.04(c), 2.12(c) or 2.13, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.13. Sharing of Payments .

If, other than as expressly provided in Section 2.05(b)(vi), Section 7.03(r)(ii) or as otherwise provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after

 

-66-


such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

Section 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (a) one or more additional tranches or additions to an existing tranche of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) and/or (b) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments on the same terms as the Revolving Credit Facility (except for interest rate margins and commitment fees as set forth below) (a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (x) $135,000,000 and (y) such additional amount so long as on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loan or any borrowing under such Revolving Commitment Increase (and for purposes of any calculations under this Section 2.14 (A) the cash proceeds of such Incremental Term Loans shall be excluded for purposes of calculating Consolidated First Lien Net Debt and (B) all Revolving Commitment Increase shall be deemed to be fully drawn), the Borrower’s Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 3.50 3.75 to 1.00 (excluding, for purposes of calculating such ratio under this clause (y), Revolving Credit Loans borrowed for seasonal working capital requirements in an amount not to exceed $ 50,000,000 75,000,000 ); provided that (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall exist and (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the date of the most recently ended Test Period (or, if no Test Period cited in Section 7.11 has passed, the covenants in Section 7.11 for the first Test Period cited in such Section shall be satisfied as of the last four quarters ended), in each case, as if such Incremental Term Loans or any borrowings under any such Revolving Commitment Increases, as applicable, had been outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter of the Borrower for testing compliance therewith. Each tranche of (i) Incremental Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $10,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $1,000,000 in excess thereof ( provided that such amount may be less than $1,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence and (ii) Revolving Commitment Increases shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000 and shall be in an increment of $1,000,000 in excess thereof ( provided that such amount may be less than $1,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loans and (c) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of then-existing Term Loans, and the Applicable Rate for any Incremental Facility and, subject to clause (c) above, amortization for the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders; provided , however , that the Effective Yield for any Incremental Facility, shall not be greater than the Effective Yield with respect to Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as the case may be plus 50 basis points (unless the interest rate margins applicable to the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, respectively, are increased to the extent necessary to achieve the foregoing); provided that except as provided above, the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans may be materially different from those of the Term Loans to the extent such differences are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan or any portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase) or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases to the extent any such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents,

 

-67-


executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agents or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases, unless it so agrees. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (a) if the increase relates to the Revolving Credit Facility, each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed (in the case of an increase to the Revolving Credit Facility only), a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans under the applicable Facility outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

Section 2.15. Defaulting Lender .

(a) Reallocation of Defaulting Lender Commitment . If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding L/C Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Loans:

(i) the Pro Rata Share of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Loans will, subject to the limitation in the first proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the date such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Revolving Credit Lenders that are Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (A) the sum of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Exposure may not in any event exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (B) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, any Swing Line Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender;

(ii) to the extent that any portion (the “ unreallocated portion ”) of the Pro Rata Share of such Defaulting Lender with respect to any L/C Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Loans cannot be so reallocated, the Borrower will promptly, and in no event later than 1 Business Day after any demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be), (A)(x) cash collateralize the obligations of the Borrower to the L/C Issuer in respect of such L/C Obligations, in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of such L/C Obligations on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer and (y) in the case of such outstanding Swing Line Loans, prepay (subject to clause (iii) below) and/or cash collateralize (on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such Swing Line Lender) in full the unreallocated portion thereof, or (B) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and to the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender; and

 

-68-


(iii) any amount paid by the Borrower for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity payments or other amounts) will not be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but will instead be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated, non-interest bearing account until (subject to Section 2.14) the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the making of payments from time to time in the following order of priority: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender (pro rata as to the respective amounts owing to each of them) under this Agreement, third to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to the Lenders hereunder other than Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders, and seventh after the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(b) Termination of Defaulting Lender Commitments . The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than 3 Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Sections 2.10 and 2.12 will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

(c) Cure . If the Borrower, Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender agree in writing that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the closing date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated account referred to in Section 2.15(a)), (i) such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause such Lender’s Pro Rata Share to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Commitment, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender and (ii) the cash collateral requirements set forth in this Section 2.15 will terminate and the L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender will cause any cash collateral posted with respect to their respective L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, to be returned to the Borrower subject to any terms relating to such cash collateral; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

(d) Notices . The Administrative Agent will promptly send to each Lender and L/C Issuer a copy of any notice to the Borrower provided for in this Section 2.15.

Section 2.16. Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Indebtedness to refinance or replace all or any portion of the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans (or unused Revolving Credit Commitments) then outstanding under this Agreement (which for all purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments or Other Revolving Credit Loans), in the form of Other Term Loans, Other Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Commitments, or Other Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to

 

-69-


a Refinancing Amendment; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16 or otherwise, (i) the Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Credit Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, respectively, (ii) the Other Term Loans shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loans being refinanced and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans being refinanced and (iii) the other terms and conditions of such Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments and Other Revolving Loans (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) shall, taken as a whole, be not materially more favorable to the lenders providing such Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Commitments and Other Revolving Loans, as applicable, than, those applicable to the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date).

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents (which may be on a post-closing basis if agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that such Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

(c) Each issuance of Indebtedness under Section 2.16(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $10,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto and (ii)make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of the third paragraph of Section 10.01 (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.16, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

Section 2.17. Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Credit Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.17. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided , however , that at no time shall there be Classes of Term Loans hereunder (including Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans and Extended Term Loans) with more than five (5) different Maturity Dates; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the

 

-70-


establishment of such Extended Term Loans); (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans and (v) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements (to the extent any Intercreditor Agreement is then in effect), and (C) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.17 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension of Revolving Credit Commitments . The Borrower may, on behalf of the Borrowers, at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Revolver Tranche ”) be amended to extend the Maturity Date with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so amended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.17. In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Revolver Tranche) (each, a “ Revolver Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche and (y) be identical to the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche from which such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments are to be amended, except that: (i) the Maturity Date of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to a later date than the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided , however , that at no time shall there be Classes of Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than five (5) different Maturity Dates; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to extensions of credit under the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for extensions of credit under the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment and (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments); provided , further , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Revolver Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of a given Revolver Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder, (C) any such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements (to the extent any Intercreditor Agreement is then in effect) and (D) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing. Any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments amended pursuant to any Revolver Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Revolver Extension Series ”) of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments amended from an Existing Revolver Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Revolver Extension Series with respect to such Existing Revolver Tranche. Each Revolver Extension Series of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments incurred under this Section 2.17 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000.

 

-71-


(c) Extension Request . The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.17. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans or any of its Revolving Credit Commitments amended into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Lender (each, an “ Extending Revolving Credit Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Credit Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, in respect of which applicable Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, requested to be extended pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Administrative Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, included in each such Extension Election.

(d) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender or Extending Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, providing an Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.17(a) or (b) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, are provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents (which may, if agreed to by the Administrative Agent, be done on a post-closing basis). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.07 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.07), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.05 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of the second paragraph of Section 10.01 (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.17, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

 

-72-


(e) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension in accordance with this Section 2.17 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

Section 3.01. Taxes .

(a) Unless required by applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the applicable withholding agent), any and all payments made by or on account of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for Taxes. If the Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall be required by any Laws to withhold or deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) have been made, each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions, (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as possible thereafter), if the relevant Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other evidence acceptable to such Agent or Lender.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording Taxes, or charges or levies of the same character, imposed by any Governmental Authority, which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, other than any such Taxes that are imposed as a result of a Lender’s voluntary assignment in such Lender’s interest in the Loan hereunder, but only to the extent such assignment-related Taxes are imposed as a result of such Lender’s current or former connection with the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than any connections arising from such Lender having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, any Loan Document) (the “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Each of the Loan Parties agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes payable by such Agent or such Lender (whether or not such Taxes are correctly or legally imposed) and (ii) any expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, provided such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides the relevant Loan Party with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. If the Borrower reasonably believes that such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and L/C Issuer will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower for the Borrower to file for and obtain a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent, such Lender, or such L/C Issuer, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.

(d) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by Law certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its inability to do so. Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding tax or are subject to such Tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable Law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate. Without limiting the foregoing:

 

-73-


(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor forms) certifying that such Lender is exempt from federal backup withholding.

(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other documentation as required under the Code,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (any such certificate a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) to the effect that such Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (4) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by such Lender and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership, or is a Participant holding a participation granted by a participating Lender), two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable ( provided that, if the Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more beneficial owners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficial owner), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a deduction in, United States federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further original copies of any previously delivered form or certification (or any applicable successor form) on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate and promptly after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing that it is unable to do so. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered form or certification to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

 

-74-


(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Laws and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, if necessary, to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (e), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(f) Solely for purposes of determining withholding taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) any Loan Document, any Term Loan and any Loan made under any Revolving Credit Commitment as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

(g) (f) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.01 shall use its reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or take any other measures reasonably requested by the Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(h) (g) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall promptly remit such refund to the Loan Party, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund net of any Taxes payable by any Agent or Lender on such interest); provided that the Loan Party, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. This section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

(i) (h) For the avoidance of doubt, a “Lender” shall include, for all purposes of this Section 3.01, any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender.

Section 3.02. Illegality .

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

-75-


Section 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates .

If the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar, or other applicable, market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of such Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request, if applicable, into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

Section 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the Closing Date, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or in the case of Taxes, any Loan) or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes for which additional amounts would be payable under Section 3.01(a) or which are indemnifiable under Section 3.01(c), or any Excluded Taxes or (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c)) and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Eurocurrency Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligations to make any Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Rate funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans of the Borrower, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

 

-76-


(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.04(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b), (c) or (d).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case, be deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

Section 3.05. Funding Losses .

Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

Section 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or, if applicable, to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

 

-77-


(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans (or, if such conversion is not possible, repaid) on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02, on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans (if possible), and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of any of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders under the applicable Facility are outstanding, if applicable, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans under such Facility and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments for the applicable Facility.

Section 3.07. Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time (i) the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii)) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that (A) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to, and shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of, the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and (1) in the case of a Lender (other than an L/C Issuer), repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date and (2) in the case of an L/C Issuer, repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such L/C Issuer relating to the Loans and participations held by the L/C Issuer as of such termination date and cancel or backstop on terms satisfactory to such L/C Issuer any Letters of Credit issued by it; provided that in the case of any such termination of a Non-Consenting Lender such termination shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents and such termination shall be in respect of any applicable facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii).

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such

 

-78-


Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Assumption and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of Cash Collateral into a Cash Collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders (or, in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment involving all affected Lenders of a certain Class, the Required Class Lenders) have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

Section 3.08. Survival .

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender (including any L/C Issuer) and termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment, satisfaction and discharge of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

Section 4.01. All Credit Events After the Closing Date .

The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(i) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in Article V and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be correct in all respects as so qualified) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

-79-


(ii) No Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(iii) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the relevant Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower after the Closing Date shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(i) and (ii) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

Section 4.02. First Credit Event .

Each Lender shall make the Credit Extension to be made by it on the Closing Date subject only to the following conditions precedent, unless otherwise waived by the Arrangers in their sole discretion:

(a) This Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Guarantor.

(b) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the relevant Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and each L/C Issuer, an opinion of (i) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties, and (ii) from each local counsel for the Loan Parties listed on Schedule 4.02(c), in each case, dated the Closing Date and addressed to each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, in each case in form and substance customary for senior secured credit facilities in transactions of this kind.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower, Holdings and each other Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the member (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower or such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Responsible Officer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

(e) (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received the (x) results of searches of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) and (y) judgment and tax lien searches, made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states or other jurisdictions of formation of such Person and with respect to such other locations and names listed on the Perfection Certificate, together with (in the case of clause (y)) copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and (ii) the Security Agreement and the Holdings Pledge Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto, together with (x) certificates, if any, representing the Equity Interests of the Borrower and the Domestic Subsidiaries accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and (y) documents and instruments to be recorded or filed that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 

-80-


(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the transactions on the Closing Date, are Solvent as of the Closing Date.

(g) On the Closing Date, the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in Article V shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(h) The Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities with respect to the Borrower reasonably requested by the Lenders under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA Patriot Act; provided that the Lenders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such requests are delivered at least 5 Business Days prior to the Closing Date and are not unduly burdensome on any person unless required by applicable Law.

(i) The Arrangers shall have received the Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements.

(j) All fees required to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Fee Letters and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

(k) The Senior Notes shall have been issued or shall be issued simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date

(l) Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries will have any Indebtedness other than the Obligations and Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b), Capitalized Leases permitted under Section 7.03(e)(i) and Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(t).

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that each of the Existing Credit Facility and the Continental Cement Indebtedness have been, or concurrently with the Closing Date is being, terminated and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Facility and the Continental Cement Indebtedness have been, or concurrently with the Closing Date are being released.

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto represent and warrant to the Agents and the Lenders at the time of each Credit Extension that:

Section 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws .

Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and (ii) in the case of the Loan Parties, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (where relevant) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs and injunctions and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in the case of clause (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower), (b)(i) (other than with respect to the Borrower), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-81-


Section 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention .

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and (b) do not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment to be made under (x) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (iii) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (b)(ii)(x), to the extent that such violation, conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings and registrations that are necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect (except to the extent not required to obtained, taken, given or made or in full force and effect pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04. Binding Effect .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity, (ii) the need for filings and registrations necessary to create or perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (iii) the effect of foreign Laws, rules and regulations as they relate to pledges, if any, of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries.

Section 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) (7) The Audited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and its consolidated results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(i) The Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

-82-


(b) The forecasts of income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.

(c) Since December 31, 2010, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Indebtedness or other obligations or liabilities, direct or contingent (other than (i) the liabilities reflected on Schedule 5.05, (ii) obligations arising under the Loan Documents and (iii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business) that, either individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.06. Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.07. No Default .

Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good record title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except as set forth on Schedule 5.08 hereto and except for minor defects in title that in the aggregate do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.08 contains a true and complete list of each Material Real Property owned by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

(c) No Casualty Event . As of the Closing Date, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (i) no Loan Party has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, the occurrence (and still pending as of the Closing Date) or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any portion of a Mortgaged Property, and (ii) no Mortgage encumbers improved Mortgaged Property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Federal Emergency Management Act as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act or otherwise sufficient to comply with Flood Insurance Laws has been obtained in accordance with Section 6.07.

Section 5.09. Environmental Matters .

Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(a) or except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) each Loan Party and its operation, business, properties and facilities are and have been in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, which includes obtaining and maintaining all applicable Environmental Permits;

 

-83-


(b) the Loan Parties have not received any written notice that alleges any of them is in violation of or actually or potentially liable under any Environmental Laws, and none of the Loan Parties nor any of their properties or facilities is the subject of any claims, investigations, liens, demands, requests for information or judicial, administrative or arbitral proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened under any Environmental Law or to revoke or modify any Environmental Permit held by any of the Loan Parties;

(c) there are no facts, circumstances, occurrences or conditions, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials arising out of or relating to the operations of the Loan Parties or any property or facility owned, leased or operated by any of the Loan Parties or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any property or facility formerly owned, operated or leased by the Loan Parties or any of their predecessors in interest, that could reasonably be expected to result in violation by any Loan Party or in any of the Loan Parties incurring liability, under, Environmental Laws; and

(d) none of the Loan Parties are conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, response or other corrective action under any Environmental Law at any location.

Section 5.10. Taxes .

Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, that are due and payable (including in their capacity as a withholding agent) and taking into account applicable extensions, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed Tax audit, deficiency or assessment known to any Loan Parties against the Loan Parties that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.11. ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the five year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The Pension Plans of the Loan Parties and the Subsidiaries are funded to the extent required by Law, in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests .

As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any material Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties (or a Subsidiary of any Loan Party) in such material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and all Equity Interests owned by a Loan Party (or a Subsidiary of any Loan Party) in such material Subsidiaries are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii) any Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party and (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any other Subsidiary thereof in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership.

 

-84-


Section 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.14. Disclosure .

To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, no report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party (other than projected financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature) to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading. With respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

Section 5.15. Labor Matters .

Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.

Section 5.16. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .

Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, technology, software, know-how, rights in databases, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, such IP Rights do not conflict with the rights of any Person, except to the extent such failure to own, license or possess or such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No advertisement, product, process, method or substance used by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted infringes upon any IP Rights held by any Person except for such infringements which individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the IP Rights is filed and presently pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, presently threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Except pursuant to written licenses and other user agreements entered into by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business, as of the Closing Date, all registrations listed in Schedule 8(a) or 8(b) to the Perfection Certificate are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each individual case, to the extent that such a registration is not valid and in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-85-


Section 5.17. Solvency .

On the Closing Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

Section 5.18. Security Documents .

(a) Valid Liens . Each Collateral Document delivered pursuant to Sections 4.02, 6.11 and 6.13 will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and (i) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Collateral Documents shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in (to the extent intended to be created thereby), all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing financing statements, in each case subject to no Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . When the Security Agreement or a short form thereof is properly filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, to the extent such filings may perfect such interests, the Liens created by such Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in Patents and Trademarks (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or Copyrights (as defined in such Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case free and clear of Liens other than Liens permitted under Section

7.01 hereof (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to establish a Lien on registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (each as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for by the grantors thereof after the Closing Date).

(c) Mortgages . Upon recording thereof in the appropriate recording office, each Mortgage is effective to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable perfected first-priority Liens on, and security interest in, all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Properties thereunder and the proceeds thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4 to the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of any Mortgage executed and delivered after the date thereof in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.11 and 6.13, when such Mortgage is filed in the offices specified in the local counsel opinion delivered with respect thereto in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.11 and 6.13), the Mortgages shall constitute fully perfected first-priority Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than Liens permitted by hereunder.

Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 5.18) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to (A) the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign Law, (B) the pledge or creation of any security interest, or the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest to the extent such pledge, security interest, perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents or (C) on the Closing Date and until required pursuant to Section 6.13, the pledge or creation of any security interest, or the effects of perfection or non-perfection the priority or enforceability of any pledge or security interest.

Section 5.19. Senior Debt .

The Obligations constitute senior indebtedness of the Borrower and each other Loan Party.

 

-86-


Section 5.20. OFAC.

Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, any director, officer, employee, agent or controlled affiliate thereof, is currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.

Section 5.21. Anti-Corruption Laws..

(a) To the extent applicable, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance, in all material respects, with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and other similar anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, (i) by the Borrower in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, to fund any activities of any Person that is then currently the subject of any Sanctions.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or a backstop letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer is in place), then from and after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

Section 6.01. Financial Statements .

(a) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and within ninety (90) days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days, seventy-five (75) days and sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters, respectively, following the Closing Date and within forty-five (45) days after the end of each the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(c) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, as soon as available, and in any event no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed

 

-87-


consolidated budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form l0-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualifications or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and Sections 6.02(c) and (d) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(a) to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that if such Compliance Certificate is first delivered by electronic means, the date of such delivery by electronic means shall constitute the date of delivery for purposes of compliance with Section 6.02(a). Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08; (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and each Arranger

 

-88-


shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “AGENT PARTIES”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information .

Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(b) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), but only if available after the use of commercially reasonable efforts, a certificate (or other appropriate reporting means in accordance with applicable auditing standards) of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default under Section 7.11 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 6.02(c) may be satisfied if such information is publicly available on EDGAR;

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) or material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of debt securities (other than in connection with any board observer rights) of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture and any Permitted Refinancing thereof or any Junior Financing Documentation, in each case in a principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any clause of this Section 6.02;

 

-89-


(e) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a), (i)in the case of annual Compliance Certificates only, a report setting forth the information required by sections describing the legal name and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party and the location of the Chief Executive Office of each Loan Party of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report, (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Closing Date or the most recent list provided); and

(f) promptly, such additional customary information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Section 6.03. Notices .

Promptly after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) of the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority with respect to any Loan Document.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a), (b) or (c) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 6.04. Payment of Obligations .

(a) Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable in the normal conduct of its business, all its Taxes (whether or not shown on a Tax return), except, in each case, to the extent any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Timely and correctly file all Tax returns required to be filed, except for failures to file that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc .

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in the case of (a) or (b), (i) (other than with respect to the Borrower) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05.

 

-90-


Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties .

Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and fire, casualty or condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice and in the normal conduct of its business.

Section 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Generally . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

(b) Requirements of Insurance . On the Closing Date (or the date any such insurance is obtained, in the case of insurance obtained after the Closing Date), the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) all such insurance with respect to any Collateral shall provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 10 days (or, to the extent reasonably available, 30 days) after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof (the Borrower shall deliver a copy of the policy (and to the extent any such policy is renewed, a renewal policy) or other evidence thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, or insurance certificate with respect thereto) and (ii) all such insurance with respect to any Collateral shall name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) and loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable.

(c) Flood Insurance . With respect to each Mortgaged Property, (i) if at any time any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located in an area designated as a “Special Flood Hazard Area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance with a financially sound and reputable insurer in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, (ii) otherwise comply with the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to Administrative Agent evidence of such insurance.

Section 6.08. Compliance with Laws .

Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.09. Books and Records .

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and which reflect all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that Foreign Subsidiaries may maintain individual books and records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective countries of organization and that such maintenance shall not constitute a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants hereunder).

Section 6.10. Inspection Rights .

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than records of the Board of Directors of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary), and to

 

-91-


discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense (which expense, when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall not exceed $10,000 per such visit or inspection) ; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or (iii) is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

Section 6.11. Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .

At the Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) Upon (x) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) by the Borrower or (y) any Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary:

(i) within sixty (60) days after such formation, acquisition, cessation or designation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion:

(A) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) joinders to this Agreement as Guarantors, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, a counterpart of the Intercompany Note and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to such Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13(b)), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent, subject to local law requirements, with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting first-priority Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(B) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (and the parent of each such Domestic Subsidiary that is a Guarantor) to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) and intercompany notes (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank;

(C) take and cause such Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and each direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of UCC financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral

 

-92-


Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents, and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents;

(ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within sixty (60) days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, any existing title reports, abstracts or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of the Borrower; provided , however , that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Borrower to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained; and

(iv) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within sixty (60) days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), deliver to the Collateral Agent any other items necessary from time to time to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to perfection and existence of security interests with respect to property of any Guarantor acquired after the Closing Date and subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents, but not specifically covered by the preceding clause (i), (ii) or (iii) or clause (b) below.

(b) Not later than ninety (90) days after the acquisition by any Loan Party of Material Real Property as determined by the Borrower (acting reasonably and in good faith) (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion) that is required to be provided as Collateral pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, which property would not be automatically subject to another Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to pre-existing Collateral Documents, (A) cause such property to be subject to a first-priority Lien and Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (B) take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, in each case to the extent required by, and subject to the limitations and exceptions of, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and (C) otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Material Real Property.

(c) Always ensuring that the Obligations are secured by a first-priority security interest in all the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Section 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws .

(a) Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties and facilities to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all applicable Environmental Permits; and, in each case to the extent the Loan Parties are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, remedial or other corrective action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at any property or facility in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 5.09 or Section 6.12(a) shall have occurred or be continuing for more than 20 days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower without Borrower

 

-93-


or its Subsidiaries commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default in accordance with Environmental Laws, at the written request of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Administrative Agent within 45 days after such request, at the sole expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a commercially reasonable environmental assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default, including, where appropriate and subject to any third party consent requirements, soil and/or groundwater sampling, prepared by an environmental consulting firm and, in the form and substance, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders making the request and evaluating any alleged violation of Environmental Law, and when appropriate indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or action necessary to address such Hazardous Materials.

(c) On the Closing Date, provide a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the Borrower has implemented commercially reasonable measures designed to insure that (i) the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective operations at the facilities and properties owned, leased or otherwise operated by any of them attain and remain in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and (ii) each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries undertakes reasonable efforts to identify and evaluate issues of compliance with and liability under Environmental Laws prior to acquiring any ownership or leasehold interest in any real property that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any material liability under any Environmental Law on the part of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

Section 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions .

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), deliver each Collateral Document required to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or required pursuant to the terms of any Collateral Document, duly executed by each Loan Party required to be party thereto, together with all documents and instruments required to perfect the security interest or Lien of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral (if any) free of any other pledges, security interests or mortgages, except Liens permitted under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (subject to extension by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each Mortgaged Property on which any “building” (as defined in the Flood Insurance Laws) is located, a completed “Life of Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination and, if the area in which any such building is located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), a notice with respect to special flood hazard area status, duly executed by the Borrower and the applicable Loan Party and a certificate evidencing the flood insurance policies required by Section 6.07(c) hereof, endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” lender’s mortgagee endorsement naming the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as loss payee/mortgagee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents, to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Collateral Documents. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent reasonably determines that it is required by applicable Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party subject to a mortgage constituting Collateral, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA.

Section 6.14. Maintenance of Ratings .

The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a public corporate rating from S&P and a public corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower, and a public rating of the Facilities by each of S&P and Moody’s.

 

-94-


ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than Cash Management Obligations or obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements) which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or a backstop letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer is in place), then from and after the Closing Date:

Section 7.01. Liens .

Neither the Borrower nor its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness shall only be permitted to the extent such Lien is listed on Schedule 7.01(b), and any modifications, replacements, renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens, to the extent constituting Indebtedness, is permitted by Section 7.03;

(c) Liens for Taxes that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP to the extent required by GAAP;

(d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, sublandlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, that are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP to the extent required by GAAP;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including (i) those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations and (ii) letters of credit and bank guarantees required or requested by any Governmental Authority) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting Real Property that do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and any exceptions on the Mortgage Policies issued in connection with the Mortgaged Properties;

 

-95-


(h) Liens securing judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which (i) do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) do not secure any Indebtedness or (iii) are permitted by Section 7.05;

(j) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of Law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business or (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of Law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institutions general terms and conditions;

(l) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(i) or (n) or, to the extent related to any of the foregoing, Section 7.02(r) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(m) Liens (i) in favor of the Borrower or a Subsidiary on assets of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (ii) in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(n) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(p) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02;

(q) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff or rights of pledge (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

-96-


(s) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(t) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(u) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (i) such Liens are created within 270 days of the acquisition, construction, repair, lease or improvement of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber property (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such property) other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(v) Liens on property of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.03;

(w) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date (including Capitalized Leases); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) (a) the obligations secured thereby would not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.50 3.75 :1.00 (excluding, for purposes of calculating such ratio under this clause (w), Revolving Credit Loans borrowed for seasonal working capital requirements in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 75,000,000 ), determined on a Pro Forma Basis and (b) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(g);

(x) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(y) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

(z) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(aa) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (u) and (w) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property, other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03 (to the extent constituting Indebtedness);

(bb) Liens (which may be Liens on the Collateral so long as any such Liens securing Indebtedness for money borrowed are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and any such obligations secured by junior Lien on the Collateral shall be expressly subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 4.00% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

-97-


(cc) Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Subsidiary securing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party) permitted under Section 7.03(d);

(dd) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(ee) Liens securing Permitted Notes issued pursuant to Section 7.03(r) and any Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(s) to the extent such Liens are subject to (i) a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations or (ii) a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations.

Section 7.02. Investments .

Neither the Borrower nor the Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof ( provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $10,000,000;

(c) Investments (i) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Loan Party and (ii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(d) Investments (i) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments consisting of (x) transactions permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than 7.03(c) and (d)), 7.04 (other than 7.04(d) and (e)) and 7.05 (other than 7.05(e)), (y) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.06 and (z) repayments or other acquisitions of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor not prohibited by Section 7.13;

(f) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any original Investment under this clause (f) is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by Section 7.02;

 

-98-


(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03(f);

(h) promissory notes, securities and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(i) any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of, or all the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares or any options for Equity Interests that cannot, as a matter of law, be cancelled, redeemed or otherwise extinguished without the express agreement of the holder thereof at or prior to acquisition) in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired in a Permitted Acquisition), in a single transaction or series of related transactions, if immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom); (ii) the Borrower would be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11 after giving effect to such acquisition or investment and any related transaction; (iii) except as set forth in clause (iv) below, the acquired company and its domestic Subsidiaries (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6.11) will become Guarantors; and (iv) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) in Persons that do not become Guarantors shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (1) the greater of $35,000,000 and 2.50% of Consolidated Total Assets and (2) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower elects to apply to this subsection (i), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied (any such acquisition, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”);

(j) [RESERVED];

(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(m) loans and advances to the Borrower and any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Section 7.06(f), (g) or (j);

(n) Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (n) (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write downs or write offs thereof) at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 5.50% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (net of any return in respect of such initial Investment, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) plus (z) the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Borrower elects to apply to this subsection (z), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(p) (i) Investments made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (ii) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower);

 

-99-


(q) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation merged or amalgamated or consolidated into the Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, do not constitute a material portion of the aggregate assets acquired by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such transaction and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(r) Investments made by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Subsidiary from an Investment in such Subsidiary contemplated pursuant to Section 7.02(n) or permitted by the proviso under Section 7.02(i); and

(s) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 7.03. Indebtedness .

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness (i) outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and any refinancing thereof, of which any amount owed by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an Intercompany Note;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower and any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) no Guarantee of any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing thereof shall be permitted unless such guaranteeing party shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations on the terms set forth herein and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary owing to any Loan Party or any other Subsidiary (or issued or transferred to any direct or indirect parent of a Loan Party which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party) to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note;

(e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing an acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of a fixed or capital asset incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of the applicable asset and any Permitted Refinancing thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) 2.25% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (together with any Permitted Refinancing thereof) at any time outstanding, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 7.05(m) and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing;

 

-100-


(f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and Guarantees thereof;

(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that (x) such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from a Permitted Refinancing thereof is unsecured (except for Liens permitted by Section 7.01(w) securing Indebtedness (together with Permitted Refinancings thereof)) and (y) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, (1) no Default shall exist or result therefrom (other than a Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom), and (2) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11;

(h) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower permitted by Section 7.06;

(j) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case, constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including customary earnouts) or other similar adjustments;

(k) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Original Transactions, and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(l) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business and any Guarantees thereof;

(m) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of, and after giving effect to, the incurrence thereof, would not exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 5.50% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that no more than the greater of $35,000,000 and 2.50% of Consolidated Total Assets of such Indebtedness shall be incurred under this clause (m) by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties;

(n) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the due date thereof;

(p) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

-101-


(q) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(r) (i) Permitted Notes, the Net Proceeds of which are applied to the permanent repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iii), (ii) Permitted Notes that are offered and sold on a pro rata basis to all Lenders that are “Qualified Institutional Buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) holding Term Loans and in a principal amount not to exceed the amount of Term Loans exchanged for such Permitted Notes pursuant to procedures reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including procedures designed to comply with securities laws); provided that any Term Loans exchanged for such Permitted Notes shall be deemed to have been repaid immediately upon the effectiveness of such exchange, and (iii) in the case of Permitted Notes incurred under any of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(s) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(t) Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Unsecured Notes (including, in each case, any guarantees thereof) and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and

(u) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (t) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (u) above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (a) of Section 7.03.

Section 7.04. Fundamental Changes .

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries shall merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person (other than as part of the Original Transactions), except that:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (ii) one or more other Subsidiaries; provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or the Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor or the Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e)) and 7.03, respectively;

 

-102-


(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (D) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (E) if requested by the Administrative Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, and (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary or the Borrower, which together with each of its Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement; and

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.

Section 7.05. Dispositions .

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition (other than as part of or in connection with the Original Transactions), except:

(a) (i) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions outside the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and for consideration complying with the requirements applicable to Dispositions pursuant to clause (j) below) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000;

(b) Dispositions of inventory, goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any intellectual property to lapse or go abandoned) in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) if such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;

 

-103-


(e) to the extent constituting Dispositions, the granting of Liens permitted by Section 7.01, the making of Investments permitted by Section 7.02, mergers, consolidations and liquidations permitted by Section 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(f)) and Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.06;

(f) [RESERVED];

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software or the licensing of other intellectual property rights), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events;

(j) Dispositions of property; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (f), (k), (p), (q), (r)(i), (r)(ii), (s), (bb), (ee) and (ff)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (j)(ii), the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary associated with the assets or Subsidiary sold in such Disposition that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, and (C) aggregate non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the closing of the applicable Disposition for which such non-cash consideration is received) not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time (net of any non-cash consideration converted into cash and Cash Equivalents) and (iii) to the extent the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from Dispositions made pursuant to this Section 7.05(j) in the aggregate exceeds $75,000,000 in any fiscal year, with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to the next succeeding fiscal year only after the amount available in such subsequent fiscal year has been fully used), plus any amount available pursuant to this clause (iii) in the next succeeding fiscal year only (which amount will be permanently reduced if used in the current fiscal year) subject to a maximum of $150,000,000 in any fiscal year, all Net Proceeds in excess of such amount in such fiscal year shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

(k) Dispositions listed on Schedule 7.05(k);

(l) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Dispositions of property pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(n) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets in the ordinary course of business of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower;

 

-104-


(o) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(p) the unwinding of any Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms; and

(q) Permitted Asset Swaps;

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Section 7.05(j) or (m) shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition as determined by the Borrower in good faith. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

Section 7.06. Restricted Payments .

Neither the Borrower shall, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, and other Subsidiaries of the Borrower (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any other Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;

(c) Restricted Payments made (i) in respect of working capital adjustments or purchase price adjustments pursuant to the Original Acquisition Agreement and any earn-out payments so long as the Total Leverage Ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00, ( II ii ) in order to satisfy indemnity and other similar obligations under the Original Acquisition Agreement and ( III iii ) non-compete payments so long as the Borrower is in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.11;

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02 (other than 7.02(e)), 7.04 or Section 7.08 (other than Section 7.08(f));

(e) repurchases of or redemptions by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of either (i) Equity Interests in Continental Cement Company, L.L.C., pursuant to the exercise of any option to “put” such Equity Interests or right of redemption of any holder of such Equity Interests or (ii) Equity Interests in the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which are deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary (or of the Borrower or any other such direct or indirect parent thereof) by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of such Subsidiary (or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of such Subsidiary) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or pursuant to any employee, manager or director equity plan, employee, manager or director stock option plan or any other employee, manager or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director, officer or consultant of such Subsidiary

 

-105-


(or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $25,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as the case may be) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as the case may be)); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) to the extent contributed to the Borrower, the Net Proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, managers, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date; plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(f);

(g) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower:

(i) to pay its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries so long as allocable to such entity in accordance with GAAP, Original Transaction Expenses and any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of such parent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by such parent to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) corporate existence;

(iii) with respect to any taxable year (or portion thereof) with respect to which the Borrower is treated as a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal, applicable state and/or local income tax purposes, to fund the income tax liabilities of the Borrower’s direct owner(s) (or, if a direct owner is a pass-through entity, of an indirect owner) for such taxable year (or portion thereof) resulting from the Borrower being a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal, state and/or local income tax purposes in an aggregate amount assumed to equal the product of (i) the portion of the Borrower’s net taxable income for such taxable year (or portion thereof) on a quarterly basis and no later than five (5) days before the date specified in Section 6655(c)(2) of the Code, in amounts equal to the Tax Amount. The “ Tax Amount ”, calculated for the period beginning on the start of a relevant taxable year, through the end of the applicable quarter, is the Highest Partner Tax Amount divided by the Total Percentage Interest for the Partner described in the immediately following sentence. The “ Highest Partner Tax Amount ” is, with respect to the Partner receiving the greatest allocation of estimated net taxable income pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as of the date on which the Qualified IPO occurs (relative to its Total Percentage Interest) in the applicable time period, (A) the estimated aggregate taxable income of Summit Holdings (calculated assuming the tax items attributable to the Borrower are the only tax items of Summit Holdings) allocated to such Partner in such time period (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any adjustments under Sections 743(b) of the Code), multiplied by (B) the Assumed Tax Rate; provided, however, that for any period beginning after both (i) the date on which no Blackstone Limited Partner holds Units and (ii) the earlier of (A) the date on which all Units outstanding as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date have become vested (without taking into account any service-based vesting

 

-106-


requirements) or (B) June 30, 2020 (the later of the dates under (i) and (ii) above, the “ Trigger Date ”), the calculation of Highest Partner Tax Amount shall be made with reference to Summit Materials, Inc. (regardless of which Partner receives the greatest relative allocation of estimated net taxable income); provided that , in calculating the “Highest Partner Tax Amount”, the “estimated net taxable income” shall be reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss losses allocable to each applicable Partner (or its successor) with respect to all prior taxable years (or portions thereof) beginning after the date hereof Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (determined as if all such periods were one period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss is of a character (ordinary or capital) that would permit such loss to be deducted by the applicable Partner against the income of the taxable year in question (or portion thereof) and (ii) the highest combined marginal federal and applicable state and/or local income tax rate (taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the character of the taxable income in question (i.e., long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.)) applicable to any such direct or indirect owner of the Borrower for the taxable year in question (or portion thereof); ; provided further; if the quarterly distributions permitted under this clause (iii) with respect to any taxable year exceed (or are less than) the distribution that would have been permitted under this clause (iii) if such distribution had instead been determined on an annual basis (i.e., based on the entirety of such taxable year, taking into account income allocations on final tax returns), any such excess (or shortfall) shall reduce (in the case of an excess) or increase (in the case of a shortfall) dollar for dollar permitted distributions under this clause (iii) for the immediately subsequent taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years).

(iv) to finance any Investment that would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02 if such parent were subject to such section; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11;

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) that is directly attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(vii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement; and

(h) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(i) after a Qualified IPO, (i) any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company which are reasonable and customary and (ii) Restricted Payments of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from such Qualified IPO; and

 

-107-


(j) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed when combined with the amount applied to make prepayments of Junior Financing (or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof) pursuant to Section 7.13(a)(v) (x) $50,000,000, plus (y) if the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), as applicable (or, if no Test Period has passed, as of the last four quarters ended), as if such Restricted Payment had been made on the last day of such four quarter period, is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date that the Borrower elects to apply to this paragraph, such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied.

Section 7.07. Change in Nature of Business .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary thereto (including related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary technologies) or reasonable extensions thereof.

Section 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates .

Neither the Borrower shall, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, (b) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the Original Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses (including Original Transaction Expenses) as part of or in connection with the Original Transactions, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Original Transactions, (e) if no Event of Default is occurring or would result therefrom, the payment of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (but for avoidance of doubt, excluding termination fees) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount payable pursuant to the terms of the Investor Management Agreement and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (f) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06, (g) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such joint venture) to the extent otherwise permitted under this Article VII, (h) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business, (i) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (j) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (k) customary payments by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries to the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower, in good faith, (l) payments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements with any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, but only to the extent permitted by Section 7.06(g)(iii), (m) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof, (n) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Borrower, or are on terms at least

 

-108-


as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, (o) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Original Acquisition Agreement and (p) any termination fees payable pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement not to exceed the amount set forth in the Investor Management Agreement as in effect on the Original Closing Date.

Section 7.09. Burdensome Agreements .

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), (g) or (m) and to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 and limited to such cash or deposit or (xiii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness entered into on or after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 7.03 (including, without limitation, the Senior Notes, the Senior Unsecured Notes or any Junior Financing, and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof) that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type (and, in any event, are no more restrictive than the restrictions contained in this Agreement), so long as the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such restrictions will not affect its obligation or ability to make any payments required hereunder.

Section 7.10. Use of Proceeds .

The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used together with the proceeds of the Senior Notes to repay the term loans under the Existing Credit Agreement and to repay the Continental Cement Indebtedness. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, shall be used to repay the revolving credit loans under the Existing Credit Agreement and terminate all revolving commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement and for working capital, general corporate purposes, and any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement including Permitted Acquisitions, and other Investments. The Letters of Credit shall be used solely to support obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred for working capital, general corporate purposes and any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

-109-


Section 7.11. Financial Covenants .

(a) Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any period set forth in the table below (commencing with the first fiscal quarter completed after the Closing Date) to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

 

Test Period Ending

   Consolidated First Lien
Net Ratio
 

April 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012

     4.75 to 1.0   

January 1, 2013 - June 30, 2014

     4.75 to 1.0   

July 1, 2014 - June 30, 2015

     4.50 to 1.0   

July 1, 2015 2014 - and thereafter

     4.25 4.50  to 1.0   

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio . The Borrower shall not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio for any Test Period set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

 

Test Period Ending

   Interest Coverage Ratio  

April 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012

     1.75 to 1.0   

January 1, 2013 - December 31, 2014

     1.70 to 1.0   

Any Test Period ending after January 1, 2015

     1.85 to 1.0   

Section 7.12. Accounting Changes .

The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

Section 7.13. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .

(a) The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest and mandatory prepayments shall be permitted) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.03 or any other Indebtedness that is required to be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 7.03, such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03, (ii) the conversion or exchange of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parents, (iii) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the extent not prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in the Intercompany Note, (iv) prepayments or purchases of Junior Financing with Declined Proceeds as required pursuant to the Junior Financing Documentation and (v) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings (or any Permitted Refinancings in respect thereof) prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed when combined with the amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06(j), $50,000,000 plus, if the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), as applicable (or, if no Test Period has passed, as of the last four quarters ended), as if such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment in respect of Junior Financings had been made on the last day of such four quarter period, is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, the portion, if any, of the Cumulative Credit on such date

 

-110-


that the Borrower elects to apply to this paragraph, such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied.

(b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation in respect of any Junior Financing having an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 7.14. Permitted Activities .

Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of Borrower and activities incidental thereto, including payment of dividends and other amounts in respect of its Equity Interests, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Loan Documents and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrower and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrower, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors and (ix) any activities incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrower other than those for the benefit of the Obligations and Holdings shall not own any Equity Interests other than those of the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII

Events of Default and Remedies

Section 8.01. Events of Default .

Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Non-Payment . Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VII; provided that the covenants in Section 7.11 are subject to cure pursuant to Section 8.05; or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to the Borrower; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any, (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an outstanding aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B)

 

-111-


fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; provided , further , that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8.02; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(j) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(k) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.02, 6.11 or 6.13 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited under this Agreement) cease to create a valid and perfected Lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, (i) except to the extent that any such perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform

 

-112-


Commercial Code continuation statements and (ii) except as to Collateral consisting of Real Property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage; or

(l) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default .

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 8.03. Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries .

Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to any Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Subsidiary (an “ Immaterial Subsidiary ”) affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that did not, as of the last day of the most recent completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower, have assets with a fair market value in excess of 5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (it being agreed that all Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).

Section 8.04. Application of Funds .

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

 

-113-


First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest and fees on the Loans, Commitments, Letters of Credit and L/C Borrowings, and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Cash Management Obligations or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings (including to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit), and any breakage, termination or other payments under Cash Management Obligations or Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower as applicable.

Section 8.05. Borrower’s Right to Cure .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01 or 8.02, in the event of any Event of Default or potential Event of Default under the covenants set forth in Sections 7.11 and at any time until the expiration of the tenth (10th) day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, the Investors may make a Specified Equity Contribution to Holdings, and Holdings may apply the amount of the net cash proceeds thereof to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that such net cash proceeds (i) are actually received by the Borrower as cash common equity (including through capital contribution of such net cash proceeds to the Borrower) no later than ten (10) days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (ii) are Not Otherwise Applied. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.05(a) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11 and shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts other than the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) (i) In each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (ii) no more than four Specified Equity Contributions will be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, (iii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in Pro Forma Compliance with Section 7.11 for any

 

-114-


applicable period and (iv) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Sections 7.11 for the fiscal quarter immediately prior to the fiscal quarter in which such Specified Equity Contribution was made.

ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

Section 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of Agents .

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Loan Documents to which such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent is a party, to exercise all rights, powers and remedies that such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may have under any such Loan Documents and, in the case of the Collateral Documents, to act as agent for the Lenders, L/C Issuers and the other Secured Parties under such Collateral Documents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or Participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agents in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(c) Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or in trust for) such Secured Party for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including, Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(d) In performing its functions and duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent is acting solely on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers and its duties are entirely administrative in nature. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation other than as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents or any other relationship as the agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender, L/C Issuer or holder of any other Obligation. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties under any Loan Document by or through its agents or employees. In the event the Administrative Agent calculates the aggregate amount outstanding under Letters of Credit upon the request of any Lender or L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may make such calculation based on the face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

-115-


Section 9.02. Delegation of Duties .

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

Section 9.03. Liability of Agents .

No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

Section 9.04. Reliance by Agents .

(a) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Without limiting the foregoing, each Agent (a) may treat the payee of any Note as its holder until such Note has been assigned in accordance with Section 10.07, (b) may rely on the Register to the extent set forth in Section 10.07, (c) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower or any other Loan Party), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts, (d) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender or L/C Issuer and shall not be responsible to any Lender or L/C Issuer for any statements, warranties or representations made by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (e) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire either as to the performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as to the financial condition of any Loan Party or as to the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default, (f) shall not be responsible to any Lender or L/C Issuer for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien created or purported to be created under or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto and (g) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which writing may be a facsimile or electronic mail) or any

 

-116-


telephone message believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully rotected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01 with respect to Credit Extensions on the Closing Date or Section 4.02, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 9.05. Notice of Default .

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

Section 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents .

Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

Section 9.07. Indemnification of Agents .

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07; provided , further , that any

 

-117-


obligation to indemnify an L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall be limited to Revolving Credit Lenders only. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Section 9.08. Agents in Their Individual Capacities .

Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower and its respective Affiliates as though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrower or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the Borrower or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Bank of America and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Bank of America in its individual capacity. Any successor to Bank of America as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall also have the rights attributed to Bank of America under this paragraph.

Section 9.09. Successor Agents .

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, upon ten (10) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower and if either the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition thereof, the Borrower may remove such Defaulting Lender from such role upon ten (10) days’ notice to the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent resigns under this Agreement or is removed by the Borrower, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable in the case of a resignation, and the Borrower, in the case of a removal, may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower (in the case of a resignation), a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent or collateral agent and/or Supplemental Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent by the date which is ten (10) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation or ten (10) days following the Borrower’s notice of removal, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above

 

-118-


(except that in the case of any collateral security held by a resigning Collateral Agent under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that Section 6.11 is satisfied, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

Section 9.10. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower or the Collateral Agent) shall be (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law) entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, curator, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

Section 9.11. Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) Cash Management Obligations or obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination or Cash Collateralization of all

 

-119-


Letters of Credit, (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is Disposed or to be substantially simultaneously Disposed as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents (or, if such transferee is a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on such asset, at the option of the applicable Loan Party, such Lien on such asset may still be released in connection with the transfer so long as (x) the transferee grants a new Lien to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on such asset substantially concurrently with the transfer of such asset, (y) the transfer is between parties organized under the laws of different jurisdictions and the transferee is a Foreign Subsidiary and (z) the priority of the new Lien is the same as that of the original Lien), (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;

(b) the Collateral Agent is authorized to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document on any assets that are excluded from the Collateral;

(c) that any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (other than pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof unless the Borrower delivers a written request to the Administrative Agent for such release and no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time) as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Junior Financing; and

(d) (x) the Collateral Agent may, without any further consent of any Lender, enter into or amend (i) a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the collateral agent or other representative of the holders of Permitted Notes issued pursuant to Section 7.03(r) or Permitted Ratio Debt issued or incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(s), in each case, that are intended to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and/or (ii) a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of Permitted Ratio Debt or other Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations that is permitted by Section 7.03, (y) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted and (z) any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent shall be binding on the Secured Parties.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11. In each case as specified in this Section 9.11, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11.

Section 9.12. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers .

None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “joint bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

-120-


Section 9.13. Appointment of Supplemental Agents .

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent appoints a Supplemental Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Collateral Agent or such Supplemental Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Agent and all references therein to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Collateral Agent and/or such Supplemental Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to it or its such rights, powers, privileges and duties, such Loan Party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. In case any Supplemental Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Agent.

Section 9.14. Withholding Tax Indemnity .

To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or any other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.01 and Section 3.04 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant governmental authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The agreements in this Section 9.14 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts owing to such Lender under any Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.14. For the avoidance of doubt, a “Lender” shall, for all purposes of this Section 9.14, include any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender.

 

-121-


ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

Section 10.01. Amendments, Etc .

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (other than with respect to any amendment or waiver contemplated in clauses (i) or (j) below, which shall only require the consent of the Required Facility Lenders under the applicable Facility, as applicable) (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender holding such Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce or forgive the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 (other than pursuant to Section 2.08(b)) without the written consent of each Lender holding the applicable Obligation (it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,” “Interest Coverage Ratio,” “Total Leverage Ratio” or “Secured Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest;

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (or change the timing of payments of such fees or other amounts) without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan, L/C Borrowing or to whom such fee or other amount is owed, it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,” “Interest Coverage Ratio,” “Total Leverage Ratio” or “Secured Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01, the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Facility Lenders,” “Required Class Lenders,” Section 8.04 or the definition of “Pro Rata Share” or Section 2.12(a), 2.12(g) or 2.13 without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(e) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05, release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, amend the portion of the definition of “Interest Period” that reads as follows: “one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, nine or twelve months or less than one month thereafter”; or

 

-122-


(h) waive or modify any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans required under Section 2.05 without the written consent of the Required Class Lenders;

(i) (1) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 as to any Credit Extension under one or more Revolving Credit Facilities or (2) amend, waive or otherwise modify any term or provision which directly affects Lenders under one or more Revolving Credit Facilities and does not directly affect Lenders under any other Facility, in each case, without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Revolving Credit Facility or Facilities (and in the case of multiple Facilities which are affected, such Required Facility Lenders shall consent together as one Facility); provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (i) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Facility Lenders under such Facility or Facilities; or

(j) amend, waive or otherwise modify any term or provision (including the availability and conditions to funding under Section 2.14 with respect to Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases and the rate of interest applicable thereto) which directly affects Lenders of one or more Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases and does not directly affect Lenders under any other Facility, in each case, without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases (and in the case of multiple Facilities which are affected, such Required Facility Lenders shall consent together as one Facility); provided , however , that the waivers described in this clause (j) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Facility Lenders under such applicable Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases;

and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by a Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to adjust the borrowing mechanics related to Swing Line Loans with only the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the applicable Swing Line Lender(s) and the Borrower so long as the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders and, if applicable, the other Swing Line Lender are not affected thereby.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche denominated in Dollars (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

-123-


Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments, waivers and consents hereunder and the Commitment and the outstanding Loans or other extensions of credit of such Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Required Class Lenders, the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as required, have approved any such amendment, waiver or consent (and the definitions of “Required Class Lenders” and “Required Lenders” will automatically be deemed modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided that any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender or of any fee payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may without the input or consent of the Lenders, effect amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provisions of Section 2.14.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted Notes or Permitted Ratio Debt and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancings thereof, as expressly contemplated by the terms of such First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, such Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

Section 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

(a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an L/C Issuer or a Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

-124-


(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an L/C Issuer or a Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(d)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an L/C Issuer and a Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(d) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Section 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

 

-125-


Section 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses .

The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Arrangers , the Amendment No. 1 Arranger and , the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including all Attorney Costs , which shall be limited to Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel of each type to the affected parties)) and (b) from and after the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner and each Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all respective Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, Joint Bookrunners, Arrangers and , Amendment No. 1 Arranger , Amendment No. 3 Arranger and Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any conflict of interest, one additional counsel of each type to the affected parties)). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording and title insurance charges and fees related thereto, and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail; provided that, with respect to the Closing Date, all amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid on the Closing Date solely to the extent invoiced to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days of the Closing Date. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

Section 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrower .

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, from and after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, and directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, investment advisors and attorneys-in-fact of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Arrangers , the Amendment No. 1 Arranger , the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners, the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Amendment No.  1 Joint Bookrunners 3 Bookrunner and one counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel of each type to the affected parties)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”) in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence

 

-126-


of the Indemnitee; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) a material breach of its obligations under the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or the Borrower or any Subsidiary have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, any Loan Party’s directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents are consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor; provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the replacement of, or assignment of rights by, any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, any indemnification relating to Taxes, other than Taxes resulting from any non-Tax claim, shall be covered by Sections 3.01 and 3.04 and shall not be covered by this Section 10.05.

Section 10.06. Payments Set Aside .

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the fullest extent possible under provisions of applicable Law, be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

Section 10.07. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent (except as permitted by Section 7.04) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Assignee pursuant to an assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) (such an assignee, an “ Eligible Assignee ”) and (A) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is an Affiliated Lender, Section 10.07(k), (B) in the case of any Assignee that is Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, Section 10.07(l), or (C) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is a Debt Fund Affiliate, Section 10.07(o), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(g) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

-127-


(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (i) an assignment of all or a portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, (ii) an assignment related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure to a Revolving Credit Lender, (iii) if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee and (iv) an assignment of a Term Loan to any institution that committed during the primary syndication of the Loans or its Affiliates; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment of a Term Loan unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility or an Approved Fund;

(C) each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of the Principal L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment not related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure; and

(D) the Swing Line Lenders; provided that no consent of a Swing Line Lender shall be required for any assignment not related to Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Exposure or any assignment to an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $2,500,000 (in the case of each Revolving Credit Loan) or $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan), and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee; and

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder

 

-128-


shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and the amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Agent, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 10.07(d) and Section 2.11 shall be construed so that all Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Section 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations (or any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or of such Treasury regulations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01) provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01, provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans at such time.

(e) Any Lender may at any time sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 3.01(d)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other Obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any

 

-129-


notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any part of a Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to the Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or other Obligation under this Agreement) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish in connection with a Tax audit that any such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other Obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall have a reasonable basis for withholding consent if there would be materially increased indemnification obligations immediately after the participation.

(g) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 3.01(d)), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, unless the grant to the SPC was made with the prior written consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall have a reasonable basis for withholding consent if an exercise by SPC immediately after the grant would result in materially increased indemnification obligation to the Borrower at such time), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the

 

-130-


relevant L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender shall have identified a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans, Eurocurrency Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).

(k) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis or (y) open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following limitations:

(i) the assigning Lender and the Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ”);

(ii) Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II;

(iii) each Affiliated Lender that purchases any Term Loans pursuant to clause (x) above shall represent and warrant to the seller, or shall make a statement that such representation cannot be made, that it does not possess material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or the securities of any of them that has not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders who elect not to receive such information);

(iv) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders at the time of any assignment to an Affiliated Lender shall not exceed 20% of the principal amount of all Term Loans at such time outstanding (the “ Affiliated Lender Cap ”); provided that to the extent any assignment to an Affiliated Lender would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders exceeding the Affiliated Lender Cap, the assignment of such excess amount will be void ab initio ; and

(v) as a condition to each assignment pursuant to this clause (k), the Administrative Agent shall have been provided a notice in the form of Exhibit M (an “ Affiliated Lender Notice ”) to this Agreement in connection with each assignment to an Affiliated Lender or a Person that upon effectiveness of such assignment would constitute an Affiliated Lender pursuant to which such Affiliated Lender shall waive any right to bring any action in connection with such Term Loans against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such.

Each Affiliated Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender. Such notice shall contain the type of information required and be delivered to the same addressee as set forth in Exhibit M .

 

-131-


(l) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis or (y) notwithstanding Sections 2.12 and 2.13 or any other provision in this Agreement, open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis; provided , that, in connection with assignments pursuant to clause (y) above:

(i) if Holdings is the assignee, upon such assignment, transfer or contribution, Holdings shall automatically be deemed to have contributed the principal amount of such Term Loans, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the Borrower; or

(ii) if the assignee is the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (including through any deemed contribution pursuant to clause (i) above), (a) the principal amount of such Term Loans, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so contributed, assigned or transferred to the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such contribution, assignment or transfer, (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of the remaining Lenders shall reflect such cancellation and extinguishing of the Term Loans then held by the Borrower and (c) the Borrower shall promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent of such contribution, assignment or transfer of such Term Loans, and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Loans in the Register.

(m) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Class Lenders,” or “Required Facility Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders and Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, or subject to Section 10.07(n), any plan of reorganization pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to consent (or not consent), otherwise act or direct or require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take (or refrain from taking) any such action and:

(A) all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders and Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) have taken any actions; and

(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether all Lenders have taken any action unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on other Lenders.

(n) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption shall provide a confirmation that, if a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, unless the Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Term Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Term Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders.

(o) Although Debt Fund Affiliates shall be Eligible Assignees and shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 10.07(m) or (n), any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, a Debt Fund Affiliate only through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, without requiring any representation as to the possession of material non-public information by such Affiliate and without

 

-132-


regard to whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) or (y) open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis. Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans held by Debt Fund Affiliates may not account for more than 50% (pro rata among such Debt Fund Affiliates) of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.01.

Section 10.08. Confidentiality .

Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates); (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party or any Investor or their respective related parties (so long as such source is not known to the Administrative Agent, such Arranger, such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates to be bound by confidentiality obligations to any Loan Party); (h) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization and including any self-regulatory body having or claiming oversight over the Administrative Agent’s, any Arranger’s, any Lender’s, the L/C Issuer’s or any of their respective Affiliates’ businesses or operations) regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender) or to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and publicly available information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from the Loan Parties relating to any Loan Party, its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, managers, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof.

Section 10.09. Setoff .

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Collateral Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general

 

-133-


or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Collateral Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

Section 10.10. Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

Section 10.11. Counterparts .

This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile.

Section 10.12. Integration; Termination .

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

Section 10.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

-134-


Section 10.14. Severability .

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 10.15. GOVERNING LAW .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN FACSIMILE) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

Section 10.16. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY .

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.16 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 10.17. Binding Effect .

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, the Swing Line Lenders and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 10.07 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04.

 

-135-


Section 10.18. USA Patriot Act .

Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of the Borrower and other information regarding the Borrower that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

Section 10.19. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof), (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the financing transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Agents, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers, the Amendment No. 1 Arranger, the Amendment No. 1 Joint Bookrunners , the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, the Amendment No. 3 Bookrunner , the Joint Bookrunners and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate.

Section  10.20. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Committed Loan Notices,

 

-136-


Swing Line Loan Notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

ARTICLE XI

Guarantee

Section 11.01. The Guarantee .

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of (i) the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code and (ii) any other Debtor Relief Laws) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes, if any, held by each Lender of, the Borrower (other than such Guarantor), and all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Cash Management Obligations, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower or other Guarantor(s) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Section 11.02. Obligations Unconditional .

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, to the extent permitted by Law, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or except as permitted pursuant to Section 11.09, any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

-137-


(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, an L/C Issuer or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.09 or otherwise.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and, to the extent permitted by Law, all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive, to the extent permitted by Law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

Section 11.03. Reinstatement .

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

Section 11.04. Subrogation; Subordination .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(ii) or 7.03(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

Section 11.05. Remedies .

The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.02) for purposes of Section 11.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01.

 

-138-


Section 11.06. Instrument for the Payment of Money .

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article XI constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

Section 11.07. Continuing Guarantee .

The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

Section 11.08. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .

In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 11.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 11.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 11.10) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

Section 11.09. Release of Guarantors .

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor (a “ Transferred Guarantor ”) are sold or otherwise transferred, following which transfer such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.05 hereof) and the other Loan Documents and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect the releases described in this Section 11.09.

When all Commitments hereunder have terminated, and all Loans or other Obligation hereunder which are accrued and payable have been paid or satisfied, and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding (except any Letter of Credit the Outstanding Amount of which the Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or for which a backstop letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer has been put in place), this Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations, except with respect to Obligations that expressly survive such repayment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Section 11.10. Right of Contribution .

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04. The provisions of this Section 11.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

 

-139-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

S-1


[EACH GUARANTOR]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

S-2


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and as a Lender
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

S-3

Exhibit 10.28

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE CLASS A COMMON STOCK

of

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

Dated as of [            ], 2015

 

No. [    ] Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, [                    ] or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1 . The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution, exchange or replacement therefor as provided herein.

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to [                    ] shares of Class A Common Stock, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 7 .

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Class A Common Stock shall be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock sold in accordance with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-201058) (the “ Exercise Price ”), as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6 .

(c) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, from and after the first anniversary of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 7 .


2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1 , by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal executive office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) either, at the Holder’s sole option, (A) the payment to the Company by wire transfer or other method acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the product of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (such securities, at any time of determination, the “ Covered Securities ”) or (B) so long as the Covered Securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “ NYSE ”), by having the Company reduce the number of shares of Covered Securities issuable to Holder by upon exercise of this Warrant by the nearest whole number of Covered Securities equal in value in value to the aggregate Exercise Price as to which this Warrant is so exercised based on the closing sale price per share of the Covered Securities (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and closing ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) as reported by the NYSE on the trading day on which this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise are delivered to the Company.

(b) Date of Issuance. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Covered Securities shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Covered Securities shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Covered Securities as of the close of business on such date.

 

(c) Shares Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Class A Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees, during the term that the rights under this Warrant are exercisable, to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant, in the form hereof, for the then Covered Securities.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

- 2 -


(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a) , issuing the Covered Securities, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 , title to this Warrant may be transferred, in whole and only in whole, by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery. Any attempt by the Holder to transfer less than all of the rights hereunder shall be void.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant of like tenor and in the name of the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes), and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant and the Covered Securities must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any Covered Security in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such Covered Security unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Covered Securities; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers .

(i) In General . This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned without the Company’s prior written consent (which consent may be withheld in the Company’s sole discretion), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void.

(ii) Conditions to Transfer . Any transfer of this Warrant must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Warrant, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold the Warrant subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

(1) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

(2) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed

 

- 3 -


description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Warrant is being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of this Warrant under the Securities Act, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer this Warrant in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Covered Securities with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Covered Securities so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

(c) Securities Law Legend. The Covered Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

(d) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5 .

(e) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Covered Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 7 , the number and kind of the Covered Securities and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company in which shares of Class A Common Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor entity resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Covered Securities would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Covered Securities had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as

 

- 4 -


reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors or other governing body of the successor entity) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as practically may be, in relation to any securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the outstanding securities of the same class as the Covered Securities (the “ Warrant Class Securities ”) are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all Warrant Class Securities (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 7 ) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Warrant Class Securities which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of equity interests that a holder of the number of Warrant Class Securities immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the Warrant Class Securities are subdivided (by split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Covered Securities immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Warrant Class Securities are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Covered Securities immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased; provided , however , no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall be made solely as a result of a stock dividend by the Company that is effected in order to maintain the relationship between the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class A Units of Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (or any successor thereto).

(d) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6 , the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the tenth anniversary of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering.

8. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) Organization . The Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Authorization .

(i) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform and consummate its obligations under this Warrant. This Warrant has been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Company, and this Warrant has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

- 5 -


(ii) This Warrant constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

(c) Brokers and Finders. The Company has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Warrant, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Warrant or the Covered Securities.

9. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) No Registration. The Holder understands that this Warrant has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring this Warrant for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing this Warrant, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c) Investment Experience. The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d) Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire this Warrant. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise, while based on assumptions believed to be reliable by the Company at the time they were made, are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results and that no representation is made with respect to such projections, budgets or other forward-looking financial data other than that such information was prepared and provided by the Company in good faith.

(e) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(f) Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

- 6 -


(g) Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges, except as otherwise provided herein, that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell this Warrant and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling this Warrant under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of this Warrant. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(h) Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with this Warrant, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Warrant.

(i) Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(j) Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the Holder.

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

- 7 -


(c) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(i) if to a Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Legal Officer of the Company at 1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor, Denver, Colorado 80202 or by electronic mail to Legal@Summit-Materials.com or at such other current address or electronic mail address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(f) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

(h) Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday.

 

- 8 -


(i) Rights and Obligations Terminate Upon Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall terminate with respect to the Covered Securities upon exercise of this Warrant.

(j) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

( signature page follows )

 

- 9 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,
[                    ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

( Signature Page to Warrant )


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: Summit Materials, Inc. (the “ Company ”)
Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “ Class A Common Stock ”):                     

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

  ¨ A cash payment, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full.

 

  ¨ The cashless exercise provisions of Section 2(a)(ii)(B) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Class A Common Stock are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares of Class A Common Stock, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 9 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Date )

 

( Fax number )

 

( Email address )

 

A-1


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

INVESTOR:

 

COMPANY: SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
SECURITIES: THE WARRANT ISSUED ON [            ], 2015 (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES) (COLLECTIVELY, THE “ SECURITIES ”)
DATE:

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise; while based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time they were made, are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results and that no representation is made with respect to such projections, budgets or other forward-looking financial data other than that such information was prepared and provided by the Company in good faith.

 

A-1-1


5. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

6. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

7. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

8. No Public Market. The Investor understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

9. Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

10. Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

11. Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

A-1-2


( signature page follows )

 

A-1-3


The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

( e-mail address of investor )

 

A-1-4


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

COMPANY: SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
WARRANT: THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE CLASS A COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON [            ], 2015 (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:

 

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:

 

Address of Assignee:

 

 

Number of Shares Assigned:

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Summit Materials, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any securities issuable upon conversion thereof) (collectively, the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

- 1 -


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR ASSIGNEE

 

 

( Print name of Assignor ) ( Print name of Assignee )

 

 

( Signature of Assignor ) ( Signature of Assignee )

 

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable ) ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable ) ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address: Address:

 

 

 

 

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

of Summit Materials, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated February 22, 2015, with respect to the balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. as of December 27, 2014, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 1, 2015

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Partners

of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.:

We consent to the use of our report dated February 22, 2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows, and changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 27, 2014, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 1, 2015